Upendo ni Utimilifu wa Sheria Insha juu ya Maadili - Martin Bucer ...
Upendo ni Utimilifu wa Sheria Insha juu ya Maadili - Martin Bucer ...
Upendo ni Utimilifu wa Sheria Insha juu ya Maadili - Martin Bucer ...
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
-387<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2009
Thomas Schirrmacher<br />
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>
RVB International<br />
1 Thomas Schirrmacher: GOD Wants You to Learn Labor and Love<br />
2 Thomas Schirrmacher: Legends About the Galileo-Affair<br />
3 Thomas Schirrmacher: World Mission – Heart of Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty<br />
4 Thomas Schirrmacher: Law or Spirit – an alternative View of Galatians<br />
5 Thomas Schirrmacher: Human Rights Threatened in Europe<br />
6 Thomas Schirrmacher: Be keen to get going – William Carey’s Theology<br />
7 Thomas Schirrmacher: Love is the Fulfillment of the Law<br />
8 Thomas Schirrmacher: Studies in Church Leadership<br />
9 Monte Wilson: The Most Important Rule for Living<br />
10 Monte Wilson: Principles of Success in Business<br />
11 Th. Schirrmacher (Ed.): A Life of Transformation – From Politician to Good<br />
Samaritan – A Festschrift for Colonel Doner<br />
12 Thomas Schirrmacher DIOS Quiere Que tu Aprendas, Trabajes y Ames<br />
13 Christine Schirrmacher La Vision Islamica de Importantes Enseñanzas<br />
Cristianas<br />
14 Thomas Schirrmacher <strong>Sheria</strong> au Roho<br />
15 Thomas Schirrmacher <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
16 Thomas Schirrmacher Mateso <strong>ya</strong> Wakristo Yanatuhusu Sisi Sote<br />
17 Monte Wilson <strong>Sheria</strong> Muhimu Zaidi katika Kuishi
Thomas Schirrmacher<br />
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
<strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Kimetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> na Emmanuel E. Buganga<br />
RVB<br />
International
Die Deutsche Bibliothek – CIP<br />
Bibliografische Information Der Deutschen Bibliothek<br />
Die Deutsche Bibliothek verzeichnet diese Publikation in der Deutschen<br />
Nationalbibliografie; detaillierte bibliografische Daten sind im Internet<br />
über http://dnb.ddb.de abrufbar.<br />
Bibliographic information published by Die Deutsche Bibliothek<br />
Die Deutsche Bibliothek lists this publication in the Deutsche<br />
Nationalbibliografie; detailed bibliographic data are available in the<br />
Internet at http://dnb.ddb.de<br />
ISBN 978-3-928936-38-5<br />
© Copyright 2001, 2008 by<br />
Reformatorischer Verlag Beese<br />
www.rvbeese.de / info@rvbeese.de<br />
Printed in Germany<br />
ISBN 9976 906 96 X<br />
© K<strong>wa</strong> Toleo la Kis<strong>wa</strong>hili, 2008<br />
2nd edition 2009<br />
Trans-Africa S<strong>wa</strong>hili Christian Mi<strong>ni</strong>stries<br />
P.O. Box 772, M<strong>wa</strong>nza, Tanza<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
Toleo la K<strong>wa</strong>nza, 2008 Nakala 2500<br />
Kimetole<strong>wa</strong> na Inland Publishers, S.L.P. 125, M<strong>wa</strong>nza, Tanza<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
E-mail: ipublishers@hotmail.com<br />
Maandiko Matakatifu:<br />
The Holy Bible in Kis<strong>wa</strong>hili<br />
U<strong>ni</strong>on Version, 1994<br />
Mistari <strong>ya</strong> Biblia iliyokolez<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi mwenyewe kutoka<br />
katika Maandiko Matakatifu asilia <strong>ya</strong> Kigriki. Haki zote zimehifadhi<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Hairuhusiwi kuiga, kunakili, kutafsiri, kupiga chapa, kurudufu au kutoa<br />
kitabu hiki k<strong>wa</strong> njia yoyote ile bila idhi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> RVB International na Trans-<br />
Africa S<strong>wa</strong>hili Christian Mi<strong>ni</strong>stries, Idara <strong>ya</strong> Maandiko.<br />
__________________________________________________________<br />
Kimepig<strong>wa</strong> Chapa na: Inland Press, P.O. Box 125, M<strong>wa</strong>nza, Tanza<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
(East Africa) TEL. +255 28 2560175 inlandpress@<strong>ya</strong>hoo.com
YALIYOMO<br />
Sehemu I: <strong>Upendo</strong> na <strong>Sheria</strong> – <strong>Maadili</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Biblia k<strong>wa</strong> Jumla<br />
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>: Pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>Upendo</strong> Hufa (1993) 9<br />
Utatu na Kazi: Uhakiki <strong>wa</strong> Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kazi za Kila Siku<br />
katika Di<strong>ni</strong> Nyingine na katika Umaksi (1992/1996) 21<br />
Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kibiblia na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu (1995) 38<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a: Mahali Waso-, Wakabla- na<br />
Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a Wanapas<strong>wa</strong> kukubaliana (1992) 43<br />
‘Lex’ (<strong>Sheria</strong>) kama Neno Jingine Mbadala k<strong>wa</strong> ‘Di<strong>ni</strong>’: Somo kutoka katika<br />
Zama za Kati (1992) 48<br />
Ushika-sheria <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong>? (1993) 51<br />
Mafarisayo Miongo<strong>ni</strong> Mwetu (1993) 54<br />
Kuna Amali Kamilifu? Somo kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Camus (1993) 59<br />
Di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>? (1993) 63<br />
Sehemu II: <strong>Maadili</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kibiblia – Mada Maalumu<br />
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> (1993/2000) 69<br />
Haki za Binadamu na Ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo (1997) 96<br />
Agano la Kale Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Utoaji Mimba (1993/2000) 105<br />
Rush<strong>wa</strong> na Ufisadi (1998) 113<br />
Sababu Ishiri<strong>ni</strong> Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Ponografia (1994) 116<br />
Uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> Kibiblia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kula Damu (1994) 120<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>ndishi 122<br />
5
6 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Makala Mengine yenye Mada za <strong>Maadili</strong> katika Vitabu Vingine v<strong>ya</strong><br />
Kiingereza v<strong>ya</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>ndishi Huyu<br />
Yaliyomo katika ‘God Wants you to Learn, Labour and Love’<br />
(Mungu Akutaka Ujifunze, Ufanye Kazi na Upende’)<br />
Mungu Akutaka Ufanye Kazi: 7-14<br />
Utatu na Kazi<br />
Mungu Akutaka Upende: 15-29<br />
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>: Pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>Upendo</strong> Hufa<br />
Mungu Akutaka Usaidie: 41-42<br />
Wajibu <strong>wa</strong> Kijamii katika Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong><br />
Rush<strong>wa</strong> na Ufisadi 57-59<br />
(Yote <strong>ni</strong> matoleo <strong>ya</strong>liyofupish<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> makala sa<strong>wa</strong> na hizi zilizomo katika<br />
kitabu hiki ‘<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>’.)<br />
Kutoka katika ‘Human Rights Threatened in Europe’<br />
(Haki za Binadamu Zinavyotishi<strong>wa</strong> katika Ula<strong>ya</strong>’)<br />
Haki za Binadamu Zinavyotishi<strong>wa</strong> katika Ula<strong>ya</strong>:<br />
Euthanasia*- Utoaji mimba – Kusanyiko <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Baolojia-<strong>Maadili</strong> 7-32<br />
Agano la Kale Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Utoaji mimba 33-40<br />
Haki za Binadamu na Ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo 49-58<br />
(Makala mbili za mwisho <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na makala zilizomo katika kitabu hiki<br />
‘<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>’.)<br />
Kutoka katika ‘Legends About the Galileo-Affair’<br />
(Masimulizi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Suala la Galileo)<br />
“Laki<strong>ni</strong> Kinakwenda!”, na Masimulizi Mengine<br />
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Suala la Galileo 9-32<br />
Mabadiliko na Mapinduzi <strong>ya</strong> Mapenzi 71-80<br />
Ulaji binadamu 81-90<br />
Kiambata<strong>ni</strong>sho: Je, Kuna Sanaa <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo? 91-109<br />
[(Toleo refu zaidi la ‘Ulaji binadamu’ laweza kupatikana katika “Ulaji<br />
Binadamu na Dhabihu <strong>ya</strong> Binadamu V<strong>ya</strong>thibitish<strong>wa</strong> Ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Halali?<br />
(Can<strong>ni</strong>balism and Human Sacrifice Vindicated?)”. Ukristo na Jamii<br />
(Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society 10 (200) 1:11-17+2:4-9)]
Kutoka katika ‘World Mission – Heart of Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty’<br />
(Umishe<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kiulimwengu– Moyo <strong>wa</strong> Ukristo)<br />
Warumi kama Nembo <strong>ya</strong> Umishe<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kiulimwengu: Somo Lenye<br />
Mahusiano na Theolojia Pangilivu* na Elimu <strong>ya</strong> Umishe<strong>ni</strong> 5-14<br />
Wajibu <strong>wa</strong> Kijamii katika Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 56-58<br />
‘Law or Spirit? Galatians Between Legalism and Antinomia<strong>ni</strong>sm’<br />
(‘<strong>Sheria</strong> au Roho?’ Wagalatia Katikati <strong>ya</strong> Ushika-sheria na<br />
Upinga-sheria)<br />
Kitabu chote.<br />
7
8 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
DIBAJI<br />
Huu <strong>ni</strong> uchaguzi <strong>wa</strong> insha zangu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maadili zilizochap<strong>wa</strong> au kusambaz<strong>wa</strong><br />
tangu m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1979, ambazo k<strong>wa</strong> asili ziliandik<strong>wa</strong> katika Kiingereza au<br />
zilitafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> kwenda Kiingereza. <strong>Insha</strong> zote zinarudi<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuchap<strong>wa</strong> katika hali zake za a<strong>wa</strong>li, ziki<strong>wa</strong> na mabadiliko madogo mahali<br />
makosa <strong>ya</strong>lipopas<strong>wa</strong> kusahihish<strong>wa</strong>. Hii inaelezea mtindo tofauti <strong>wa</strong> nukuu, rejea<br />
za chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ukurasa, vich<strong>wa</strong> v<strong>ya</strong> habari (mada) na mistari <strong>ya</strong> Biblia (mfano,<br />
Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> huweka mkato kati <strong>ya</strong> sura na mstari - Mathayo 12:4). Kama<br />
ambavyo insha nyingi zimerudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> kwenye juzuu tofauti ziki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
mtindo tofauti, <strong>ni</strong>lilazimika kuchagua toleo moja ambalo daima hutaj<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati rejea inaponukuli<strong>wa</strong>. Nukuu za chi<strong>ni</strong> daima hazifuati upangaji namba <strong>wa</strong><br />
asili.<br />
Kama ilivyo k<strong>wa</strong> insha ambazo hazijaboresh<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>somaji <strong>wa</strong>naomb<strong>wa</strong> kutunza<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ka <strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> insha fula<strong>ni</strong> akili<strong>ni</strong>. Mara nyingi, toleo la Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong><br />
lenye rejea za chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ukurasa zilizoboresh<strong>wa</strong> lipo laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> katika insha ndefu<br />
au katika vitabu. Kama ilivyo, maandiko mengine <strong>ya</strong>livyonukuli<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> maandiko<br />
<strong>ya</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le tu ambao <strong>wa</strong>naweza kusoma Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ngeweza<br />
kuzikubali rejea za chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kurasa zote katika kitabu hiki.<br />
Makala za zama<strong>ni</strong> zimetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> na mimi mwenyewe, makala zilizochap<strong>wa</strong><br />
baada <strong>ya</strong> 1994 zimetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> na Cambron Teupe, M.A. Mch. Mark Rudolph<br />
amezisoma insha zote na alitoa ushauri wenye thama<strong>ni</strong>. Na<strong>wa</strong>shukuru wote k<strong>wa</strong><br />
jitihada zao!<br />
Masahihisho yote <strong>ya</strong>nakaribish<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>ya</strong>tumwe kupitia anua<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ngu<br />
Friedrichstrasse 38, D-53111 Bonn, Germany au DrThSchirrmacher@bucer.de<br />
(tafadhali andika k<strong>wa</strong> kiingereza).<br />
Makala zote zinaweza kuchap<strong>wa</strong> tena iki<strong>wa</strong> utatuma nakala mbili za kitabu<br />
kilichochap<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza. Waweza pia kuagiza faili kama unataka kusambaza<br />
makala katika mtandao.
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> 9<br />
SEHEMU I<br />
UPENDO NA SHERIA - MAADILI YA BIBLIA KWA JUMLA<br />
Yaliyomo<br />
UPENDO NI UTIMILIFU WA SHERIA:<br />
PASIPO SHERIA UPENDO HUFA (1993) 1<br />
Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong><br />
Zama Mp<strong>ya</strong> za <strong>Upendo</strong>?<br />
“Mpende Jira<strong>ni</strong> Yako kama Nafsi Yako”<br />
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>?<br />
Kumpenda Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Kuishika <strong>Sheria</strong> Yake<br />
Injili na <strong>Sheria</strong>?<br />
Pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>Upendo</strong> Hufa<br />
Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong><br />
Tuanzapo kufikiri <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> sheria na upendo, tutazame utata <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Hotuba<br />
Mlima<strong>ni</strong>. Je, hapa Yesu anatoa sheria mp<strong>ya</strong> au anarudia kutaja <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano<br />
la Kale? Wale ambao huami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yesu anatangaza sheria mp<strong>ya</strong> katika<br />
Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>naonesha ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> uele<strong>wa</strong> 1) <strong>wa</strong> jibu la Yesu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Mafarisayo, 2) <strong>wa</strong> kifungu cha Hotuba yenyewe, na kipekee 3) <strong>wa</strong> amri za Agano<br />
la Kale.<br />
1. Daima Yesu alitumia Agano la Kale ku<strong>wa</strong>pinga Mafarisayo. Angewezaje<br />
kutumia Agano la Kale kama mamlaka <strong>ya</strong>ke kinyume cha Mafarisayo iki<strong>wa</strong><br />
Mafarisayo <strong>wa</strong>lisimama badala <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale? Tena na tena Yesu<br />
ana<strong>wa</strong>kemea Mafarisayo na <strong>wa</strong>andishi k<strong>wa</strong> kufasili kimakosa, kulitumia<br />
1 Muhadhara <strong>wa</strong> Twelth Northwest Conference for Christian Reconstruction in Seattle May 2, 1992.<br />
Iliyorudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika “Love is the Fulfillment of the Law”. Calvi<strong>ni</strong>sm today (k<strong>wa</strong> sasa:<br />
Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society) 3 (1993) 2 (Apr): 7-11+32. Toleo fupi lilichap<strong>wa</strong> katika kitabu ‘God Wants You to<br />
Learn, Labour and Love’
10 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
kimakosa na kulikataa Agano la Kale. Hili laweza kuonekana vema hususa<strong>ni</strong><br />
katika Mk. 7:1-5 (Mt. 15:1-13). K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, hapa Yesu anasema: “K<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuziweka kando amri za Mungu, mnashika mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu...Mnayo<br />
njia nzuri <strong>ya</strong> kuweka kando amri za Mungu ili mpate kushika mapokeo yenu<br />
wenyewe” (Mk. 7:8-9). Katika ‘Ole’ k<strong>wa</strong> Mafarisayo na <strong>wa</strong>andishi katika Mat.<br />
23 kitambo tu kabla <strong>ya</strong> unabii <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kuharibi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Yerusalemu katika Mat.<br />
24, Yesu alitangaza: “Ole wenu <strong>wa</strong>andishi na Mafarisayo <strong>wa</strong>nafiki! K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
mnalipa zaka za mnanaa na bizari na jira, laki<strong>ni</strong> mmeacha mambo makuu <strong>ya</strong><br />
sheria, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>, adili, na rehema, na ima<strong>ni</strong>; hayo ime<strong>wa</strong>pasa ku<strong>ya</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>la <strong>ya</strong>le<br />
mengine msi<strong>ya</strong>ache” (Mat. 23:23).<br />
2. Jambo lilelile linaweza kupatikana katika Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong>. Orodha <strong>ya</strong><br />
masomo kila moja ikianza na “Mmesikia <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> kale <strong>wa</strong>livyoambi<strong>wa</strong>…Bali<br />
mimi na<strong>wa</strong>ambie<strong>ni</strong>…” (Mat. 5:21- 48) inatambulish<strong>wa</strong> na tamko la <strong>wa</strong>zi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yesu alikuja kutimiza <strong>Sheria</strong>: “Msidha<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> nalikuja kuitangua<br />
torati au manabii, la, sikuja kutangua bali kutimiliza” (Mat. 5:17). Alikuja<br />
kuimarisha hata “hizi zilizo ndogo” (Mat. 5:19, soma Mat. 5:17-20). Je,<br />
<strong>ya</strong>wezekana k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yesu alianza orodha hii k<strong>wa</strong> tamko hili na aliendelea<br />
kuthibitisha sehemu za <strong>Sheria</strong> ambazo angezitangua au kuzibadilisha? Je,<br />
hatutarajii k<strong>wa</strong>mba sasa Yesu anathibitisha k<strong>wa</strong> kina ku<strong>wa</strong> hata amri ndogo <strong>ni</strong><br />
lazima zitimizwe? Je, hatutarajii mifano <strong>ya</strong> haki <strong>ya</strong> kimakosa iliyofundish<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Mafarisayo na haki <strong>ya</strong> kweli <strong>ya</strong> Yesu?<br />
3. Mifano yenyewe huthibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba matarajio yetu <strong>ni</strong> sahihi. Maneno<br />
<strong>ya</strong>liyorudi<strong>wa</strong> “Bali mimi na<strong>wa</strong>ambie<strong>ni</strong>” katika Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong> ha<strong>ya</strong>elekezwi<br />
kinyume na Agano la Kale bali kinyume na theolojia <strong>ya</strong> Mafarisayo na fasili <strong>ya</strong>o<br />
<strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale. Wakati Yesu anukuupo “Mmesikia <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> kale<br />
<strong>wa</strong>livyoambi<strong>wa</strong>…’, hanukuu Agano la Kale bali mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> Mafarisayo na<br />
fasili <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale. Hasemi “Imeandik<strong>wa</strong>…” k<strong>wa</strong> sababu kile<br />
kilichoandik<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na “Bali mimi na<strong>wa</strong>ambie<strong>ni</strong>…”.<br />
Wakati Yesu a<strong>wa</strong>ambiapo <strong>wa</strong>sikilizaji <strong>wa</strong>ke “Laki<strong>ni</strong> mimi na<strong>wa</strong>ambia; kila<br />
mtu atazamaye m<strong>wa</strong>namke k<strong>wa</strong> kumtama<strong>ni</strong>, amekwisha kuzi<strong>ni</strong> naye moyo<strong>ni</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ke” (Mat. 5:28), haundi jambo jip<strong>ya</strong> la dhambi <strong>ya</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong> kinyume na uzoeshi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> nje <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale, bali ana<strong>wa</strong>kumbusha <strong>wa</strong>sikilizaji <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong>mba Amri<br />
Kumi hazijumuishi tu amri <strong>ya</strong> saba iliyo kinyume na uzinzi, bali pia amri <strong>ya</strong> kumi<br />
“Usimtama<strong>ni</strong> mke <strong>wa</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko…” (Kut. 20:17; Kumb. 5:21). Vishada katika<br />
nguo viliku<strong>wa</strong> na makusudi k<strong>wa</strong>mba “ku<strong>ya</strong>kumbuka maagizo yote <strong>ya</strong> BWANA,<br />
na ku<strong>ya</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>; tena k<strong>wa</strong>mba msiende kutanga-tanga kuandama mioyo yenu<br />
wenyewe, na macho yenu wenyewe” (Hes. 15:39). Ayubu asema “Nilifan<strong>ya</strong><br />
agano na macho <strong>ya</strong>ngu, kutom<strong>wa</strong>ngalia msichana k<strong>wa</strong> tamaa” (Mith. 31:1).<br />
Na Sulema<strong>ni</strong> anatuon<strong>ya</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uzinzi k<strong>wa</strong> maneno: “Usiutama<strong>ni</strong> uzuri <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
moyo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ko; <strong>wa</strong>la usikubali akunase k<strong>wa</strong> kope za macho <strong>ya</strong>ke” (Mit. 6:25).
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> 11<br />
Ni katika hali du<strong>ni</strong> kiasi ga<strong>ni</strong> ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale ulivyo <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
<strong>wa</strong>semapo k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>zo la dhambi katika kii<strong>ni</strong> cha moyo <strong>wa</strong> mtu <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zo jip<strong>ya</strong>!<br />
Hata ha<strong>wa</strong>jui amri <strong>ya</strong> kumi ambayo pia huzuia dhambi <strong>ya</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> tamaa<br />
inayoongoza katika wizi (amri <strong>ya</strong> nane).<br />
Jambo lilelile <strong>ni</strong> kweli <strong>wa</strong>kati Yesu a<strong>wa</strong>kumbushapo Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
Mungu hazuii tu uuaji halisi bali pia uuaji kupitia ma<strong>wa</strong>zo na maneno (Mat.<br />
5:21-26). Katika Agano la Kale, chuki na hasira <strong>ni</strong> zile dhambi za nda<strong>ni</strong><br />
zinazoongoza katika uuaji <strong>wa</strong> kidhalimu (mfano, Est. 5:9, Mit. 27:4, Amo. 1:11,<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>. 49:6-7, Kumb. 19:6, Mit. 16:4). Kama ilivyo kwenye Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
Agano la Kale liliruhusu kuua <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> kujilinda, <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> vita na k<strong>wa</strong><br />
hukumu <strong>ya</strong> mahakama <strong>ya</strong> kisheria tu, laki<strong>ni</strong> sio k<strong>wa</strong> matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mtu binafsi.<br />
Wajibu <strong>wa</strong> serikali kuhukumu <strong>wa</strong>halifu unarudi<strong>wa</strong> kutaj<strong>wa</strong> na Yesu kwenye<br />
Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong> (Mat. 5:25-26; tazama uwiano na Lk. 12:57-59). “Jicho k<strong>wa</strong><br />
jicho, na jino k<strong>wa</strong> jino” (Mat. 5:38) haikutole<strong>wa</strong> kamwe kama amri k<strong>wa</strong> kisasi<br />
binafsi bali kama moja <strong>ya</strong> misingi <strong>ya</strong> hukumu za haki kwenye mahakama za<br />
sheria 2 (Kut. 21:23-25; Law 24:19-29; Kumb. 19:21).<br />
Yesu hakatazi ufan<strong>ya</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong> viapo, bali kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> mtu au kitu zaidi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
mwenyewe: “Usiape…hata k<strong>wa</strong> mbimgu…<strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong> nchi…” (Mat. 5:34; Yak.<br />
5:12) kama uwiano katika Mat. 23:16-22 unavyothibitisha. Agano la Kale<br />
linaamuru: “Mtaapa k<strong>wa</strong> jina lake” (Kumb. 6:13, 10:20) na kusema: “Kila<br />
aapaye k<strong>wa</strong> jina lake atamfurahia” (Zab. 63:11). K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo Paulo anatumia<br />
kiapo mara kadhaa <strong>wa</strong>kati aki<strong>wa</strong>andikia Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>pend<strong>wa</strong> (2 Kor. 1:23; Flm<br />
1:8; 1 The. 2:5, 10; Rum. 1:9; linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Mdo. 21:23 kk). (Isivyotaraji<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Isa. 65:16 kutaku<strong>wa</strong> na viapo kwenye Mile<strong>ni</strong>a: “naye<br />
atakayeapa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>, ataapa k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> kweli”; sa<strong>wa</strong> na Isa. 19:18).<br />
Kama viapo vilizuili<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu sasa Wakristo wote daima husema ukweli<br />
<strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> t<strong>wa</strong>pasa kuelezea k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu mwenyewe huapa k<strong>wa</strong> mamia<br />
katika Agano la Kale 3 , k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> Yesu anaapa tena na tena, “Amin, Amin” (Kweli,<br />
kweli na<strong>wa</strong>ambia”) iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> moja <strong>ya</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> pekee za kiapo aliyoitumia? K<strong>wa</strong><br />
mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Waebra<strong>ni</strong>a 6:19 Mungu aliapa k<strong>wa</strong> Ibrahimu, “K<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mungu<br />
alitaka kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi asili isiyobadilika <strong>ya</strong> kusudi lake” (Ebr. 6:18), k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu “kiapo huthibitisha kile kilichosem<strong>wa</strong> na ku<strong>ya</strong>fikisha mwisho<br />
mabishanao yote” (Ebr. 6:16). K<strong>wa</strong> urahisi kiapo hakisemi ukweli bali<br />
hutengeneza kweli zisizoweza kuvunj<strong>wa</strong> au kurudi<strong>wa</strong> tena. Kiapo hutengeneza<br />
agano lenye baraka na laana, jambo ambalo haliwezi ku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kila neno la<br />
2 Eugen Huehn. Die alttestamentlichen Citate und Remi<strong>ni</strong>scenzen im Neuen Testament J. C. B. Mohr:<br />
Tuebingen, 1900. kk. 8-9 ameonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba, kimakosa Mafarisayo <strong>wa</strong>liifan<strong>ya</strong> sheria hii ku<strong>wa</strong> jambo<br />
binafsi na hivyo Yesu hanukuu Agano la Kale moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja bali anafan<strong>ya</strong> fasili <strong>ya</strong> sentensi hii k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kutumia <strong>wa</strong>andishi.<br />
3 K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Georg Giesen Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”: Eine semasiologische Studie zum Eid im Alten<br />
Testament. Bonner Biblische Beitraege 56. Peter Hanstein: Koe<strong>ni</strong>gstein, 1981. uk. 2, neno ‘kuapa’ (Kiebr.<br />
‘sb’) pekee limetumika mara 215 katika Agano la Kale, na mara 75 liki<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu kama somo lake kuu.
12 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
kweli tusemalo. Kama viapo vilizuili<strong>wa</strong> kwenye Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, isingewezekana<br />
kuoa, k<strong>wa</strong> maana ndoa <strong>ni</strong> agano la kiapo (Mit. 2:16-17; Mal. 2:14; linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na<br />
Eze. 16:8; Yer. 5:7).<br />
Zama Mp<strong>ya</strong> za <strong>Upendo</strong>?<br />
Mfano <strong>wa</strong> mwisho <strong>ni</strong> muhimu sana katika mada yetu. “mmesikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
imenen<strong>wa</strong>, umpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko na Umchukie adui <strong>ya</strong>ko; laki<strong>ni</strong> mimi<br />
na<strong>wa</strong>ambie<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>pende<strong>ni</strong> adui zenu, <strong>wa</strong>ombee<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>wa</strong>udhi” (Mat. 5:43-44).<br />
Je, hapa Yesu anatambulisha zama mp<strong>ya</strong> za upendo? Hapana! Haiwezi ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
hivyo kamwe! Yeyote hata mwenye ufahamu mdogo <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale lazima<br />
ajue k<strong>wa</strong>mba amri “Umpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko na Umchukie adui <strong>ya</strong>ko” iko kinyume<br />
na neno na kii<strong>ni</strong> cha Agano la Kale. Ina<strong>wa</strong>silisha mafundisho na matendo <strong>ya</strong><br />
baadhi <strong>ya</strong> Mafarisayo na <strong>wa</strong>andishi, kama Otto Michel asemavyo:<br />
Hapa Yesu anafan<strong>ya</strong> rejea <strong>ya</strong> fasili fula<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale, laki<strong>ni</strong> sio<br />
Agano la Kale lenyewe. K<strong>wa</strong> ujumla Yesu ana<strong>wa</strong>kataza <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
kulipa chuki k<strong>wa</strong> chuki: ‘Wapende<strong>ni</strong> adui zenu, <strong>wa</strong>tendee<strong>ni</strong> mema <strong>wa</strong>le<br />
ambao <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>chukia <strong>ni</strong>nyi’ (Lk. 6:27)”. 4<br />
<strong>Upendo</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> adui una mizizi <strong>ya</strong> kina katika Agano la Kale. Ni haki <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
kulipa kisasi k<strong>wa</strong> adui zake. K<strong>wa</strong> sehemu amega<strong>wa</strong> jukumu hili k<strong>wa</strong> serikali,<br />
ambayo hu<strong>wa</strong>adhibu <strong>wa</strong>halifu k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu za upanga, na k<strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kutumia upanga <strong>wa</strong> Roho kupitia utangazaji <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>, kupitia <strong>ni</strong>dhamu <strong>ya</strong><br />
Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na k<strong>wa</strong> kupitia maombi. Laki<strong>ni</strong> hakuna mtu binafsi aliyeruhusi<strong>wa</strong><br />
kumchukia adui <strong>ya</strong>ke yeye binafsi. Mtu aliku<strong>wa</strong> haruhusiwi kufurahia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
anguko la adui <strong>ya</strong>ke (Mit. 24:17), na Ayubu anatangaza k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakufan<strong>ya</strong><br />
hivyo kamwe (Ayu. 31:29): “Adui <strong>ya</strong>ko aki<strong>wa</strong> ana njaa, mpe chakula; tena<br />
aki<strong>wa</strong> ana kiu, mpe maji <strong>ya</strong> kuny<strong>wa</strong>” (Mith. 25:2) 5 . <strong>Sheria</strong> inasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu<br />
anapas<strong>wa</strong> kurudisha ng’ombe au punda <strong>wa</strong> adui 1<strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>kati alipopotea na,<br />
“Ukimwona punda <strong>wa</strong>ke huyo akuchukiaye hali ameanguka chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mzigo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke” m<strong>wa</strong>mi<strong>ni</strong> alipas<strong>wa</strong> kumsaidia punda pamoja na adui zake (Kut. 23:4-5).<br />
Siku moja baba <strong>ya</strong>ngu aliomb<strong>wa</strong> kutoa muhadhara <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> s<strong>wa</strong>li i<strong>wa</strong>po Mungu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Agano la Kale na <strong>wa</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ni</strong> yule yule. Alianza k<strong>wa</strong> kunukuu rundo la<br />
vifungu v<strong>ya</strong> Maandiko kuthibitisha ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale aliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><br />
Mungu <strong>wa</strong> upendo na rehema awekaye kando kisasi chake. Kisha aligeukia<br />
kitabu cha Ufunuo akionesha ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> kisasi<br />
ambaye asinge<strong>wa</strong>penda adui zake kamwe. Kisha ali<strong>wa</strong>uliza <strong>wa</strong>sikilizaji <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
jinsi ambavyo tungeweza ku<strong>wa</strong>uwia<strong>ni</strong>sha Mungu apendaye <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale na<br />
Mungu ahukumuye <strong>wa</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>. M<strong>wa</strong>nzo<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>sikilizaji <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lichanganyiki<strong>wa</strong> laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> haraka <strong>wa</strong>liliele<strong>wa</strong> somo.<br />
4 Otto Michel. “miseo”. kk. 687-698 katika: Gerhard Kittel (ed.). Theologisches Woerterbuch zum Neuen<br />
Testament. 10 vol. W. Kohlhammer: Stuttgart, 1990 (iliyorudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> 1933-1979). Vol. IV., uk. 694.<br />
5 Sababu <strong>ya</strong> hili si tu rehema bali pia hukumu ijayo (Mit. 25, 22).
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> 13<br />
“Mpende Jira<strong>ni</strong> Yako kama Nafsi Yako”<br />
Je, Yesu aliweka upendo mahali pa <strong>Sheria</strong>? Je, Agano la Kale lililo katili mahali<br />
pake palichukuli<strong>wa</strong> na Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> lenye amri <strong>ya</strong> upendo? Hili lawezekana vipi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> amri iliyo kii<strong>ni</strong> cha Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> “Umpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko kama nafsi<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ko” <strong>ni</strong> nukuu <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale?<br />
Tutazame nukuu yenyewe <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale. Katika Mambo <strong>ya</strong> Walawi 19:17<br />
t<strong>wa</strong>soma: Usimchukie ndugu <strong>ya</strong>ko moyo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ko; <strong>ni</strong> lazima kumkemea jira<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>ko, <strong>wa</strong>la usichukue dhambi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong>ke”. Kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na upande, na<br />
kutohusika <strong>ni</strong> kinyume cha upendo. Ama unamchukia ndugu <strong>ya</strong>ko au<br />
utamkemea k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. Ni mstari ufuatao usemao:<br />
“Umpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko kama nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko; Mimi ndimi BWANA” (Law 19:17).<br />
Jira<strong>ni</strong> si M<strong>ya</strong>hudi jira<strong>ni</strong> tu bali pia mge<strong>ni</strong>: “Mge<strong>ni</strong> akaaye pamoja nawe ataku<strong>wa</strong><br />
mzalia kwenu; mpende kama nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko” (Law. 19:34). Mistari hiyo miwili<br />
inafunga fungu refu ikirudia Amri zote Kumi iki<strong>wa</strong> na nyongeza kuelezea baadhi<br />
<strong>ya</strong>zo (Law. 19:1-18). Amri Kumi husema kile Mungu amaa<strong>ni</strong>shacho k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kumpenda jira<strong>ni</strong>, na sio tu kupenda kuishi k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na amri hizo, bali pia<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>kemea ndugu <strong>wa</strong> kiume na <strong>wa</strong> kike <strong>wa</strong>sioishi k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na amri hizo.<br />
Mambo <strong>ya</strong> Walawi 19:18 inafupisha amri, hususa<strong>ni</strong> Amri Kumi.<br />
Sasa tutazame sehemu mbalimbali ambazo Law. 19:18 inanukuri<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />
Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>. Tuanze na Yesu mwenyewe. Katika Mat. 19:19 Yesu anafupisha<br />
Amri Kumi, ambapo ananukuu katika toleo fupi k<strong>wa</strong> kijana tajiri kutoka kwenye<br />
Law. 19:18. Katika Mat. 22:35-40 Yesu anauliz<strong>wa</strong> na ‘M<strong>wa</strong>nasheria’ (Mat.<br />
22:36) kutoka miongo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> kundi la Mafarisayo (Mat. 22:35): “Katika torati<br />
<strong>ni</strong> amri ipi iliyo kuu?” (Mat. 22:35) Yesu alijibu k<strong>wa</strong> kuunga<strong>ni</strong>sha Law. 19:18 na<br />
Kumb. 6:5: “Mpende B<strong>wa</strong>na Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko k<strong>wa</strong> moyo <strong>wa</strong>ko wote, na k<strong>wa</strong> roho<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ko yote, na k<strong>wa</strong> akili zako zote. Hii ndio amri iliyo kuu, tena <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza. Na<br />
<strong>ya</strong> pili <strong>ya</strong>fanana nayo, nayo <strong>ni</strong> hii, Mpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko kama nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko. Katika<br />
amri hizi mbili hutegemea torati yote na manabii” (Mat. 22:37-40).<br />
Hapa Yesu anazungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale. Agano la Kale hutegemea<br />
upendo <strong>wa</strong> kumwelekea Mungu na upendo k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu utokanao na huu upendo<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kumwelekea Mungu. Pasipo upendo huu <strong>Sheria</strong> isingekuwepo. Katika<br />
kifungu chenye kuwiana cha Marko 12:28-34 Yesu ananukuu amri zile zile mbili<br />
na kuongeza: “Hakuna amri nyingine iliyo kuu kuliko hizi” (Mk. 12:31).<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>ndishi mwuliza s<strong>wa</strong>li anathibitisha jibu hili ku<strong>wa</strong> liko sahihi: Kumpenda<br />
Mungu na jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko “k<strong>wa</strong>faa kuliko sadaka nzima za kuteketez<strong>wa</strong> na dhabihu<br />
zote pia” (Mk. 12:33). K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo Yesu anam<strong>wa</strong>mbia “Wewe hu mbali na ufalme<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Mungu” (Mk. 12:34). Kila m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi angeweza kujua k<strong>wa</strong>mba amri zote<br />
ziliku<strong>wa</strong> maagizo <strong>ya</strong> upendo na tena napenda kusisitiza k<strong>wa</strong>mba hapa Yesu<br />
anazungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> za Agano la Kale, na sio <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kitu kip<strong>ya</strong>.
14 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Kii<strong>ni</strong> cha habari <strong>ya</strong> Msamaria mwema pia <strong>ni</strong> Law. 19:18. Hapa Yesu anamwuliza<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nasheria aliyetaka kujua jinsi <strong>ya</strong> “kurithi uzima <strong>wa</strong> milele” (Lk. 10:25):<br />
“Imeandik<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> katika torati? Wasomaje?” (Lk. 10:26). M<strong>wa</strong>nasheria akajibu<br />
tena k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia amri mbili za upendo (Lk. 10:27). Na Yesu anathibitisha hili<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> maneno “Fan<strong>ya</strong> hivi nawe utaishi” (Lk. 10:28). Ndipo sasa Yesu<br />
anasimulia habari <strong>ya</strong> Msamaria Mwema, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu M<strong>wa</strong>nasheria alitaka kutoa<br />
udhuru k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia maana <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> neno “jira<strong>ni</strong>”. Pasipo kutarajia, baada <strong>ya</strong><br />
habari Yesu haulizi ‘Na<strong>ni</strong> aliyeku<strong>wa</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong>’, ambalo lingetuongoza kwenye jibu<br />
‘yule aliyeangukia katika mikono <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ng’anyi’, bali k<strong>wa</strong> kinyume anauliza:<br />
Waonaje wewe, katika hao <strong>wa</strong>tatu, <strong>ni</strong> yupi aliyeku<strong>wa</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke…” (Lk. 10:36).<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nasheria alikiri k<strong>wa</strong>mba yule aliyeonesha huruma ndiye aliyeku<strong>wa</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
na Yesu akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia: “Enenda zako, nawe ukafanye vivyo hivyo” (Lk. 10:37).<br />
Kupenda <strong>ni</strong> amri kuu katika <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale. Hakuna amri inayoweza<br />
kueleweka mbali na upendo. Na upendo hauwezi kueleweka mbali na <strong>Sheria</strong>.<br />
Paulo alifuata mfano <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale na <strong>wa</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong>ke Yesu Kristo. Baada<br />
<strong>ya</strong> kutaja matendo <strong>ya</strong> mwili (Gal. 5:19-21), anaongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> upendo kama tunda<br />
la Roho:”Laki<strong>ni</strong> tunda la Roho <strong>ni</strong> upendo, furaha, ama<strong>ni</strong>, uvumilivu, utu wema,<br />
fadhili, uami<strong>ni</strong>fu, upole, kiasi” (Gal. 5:22-23). Laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> Paulo anaongeza<br />
“<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mambo kama hayo hakuna sheria” (Gal. 5:23)? K<strong>wa</strong> sababu iki<strong>wa</strong><br />
utaonesha upendo, kamwe hutavunja amri yoyote. <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> upendo.<br />
Kupenda na kufan<strong>ya</strong> kinyume cha <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ni</strong> jambo lenye kujichangan<strong>ya</strong> lenyewe,<br />
na haliwezeka<strong>ni</strong> kimaelezo! Hiki ndicho atakacho kukisema Paulo na<br />
kinaimarish<strong>wa</strong> na nukuu <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> Law. 19:18 katika mistari <strong>ya</strong> a<strong>wa</strong>li: “Maana<br />
<strong>ni</strong>nyi, ndugu, 6 mliit<strong>wa</strong> mpate uhuru; laki<strong>ni</strong> uhuru wenu usiwe sababu <strong>ya</strong><br />
kuufuata mwili, bali tumikiane<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> upendo. Maana torati yote imekamilika<br />
katika neno moja, nalo <strong>ni</strong> hili, ‘Umpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko kama nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko’” (Gal.<br />
5:13-14). Uhuru <strong>wa</strong> Mkristo si uhuru <strong>wa</strong> kuikosea sheria bali uhuru <strong>wa</strong> kupenda<br />
na kuelekeza upendo katika mtindo <strong>wa</strong> kushangaza.<br />
Tamko la <strong>wa</strong>zi la ujumbe huu laweza kupatikana katika Rum. 13:8-10:<br />
“Msiwiwe na mtu chochote, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> kupendana; k<strong>wa</strong> maana ampendaye<br />
mwenzake ameitimiza sheria. Maana kule kusema, Usizi<strong>ni</strong>, Usiue, Usiibe,<br />
Usitama<strong>ni</strong>; na iki<strong>wa</strong>po amri nyingine yoyote, inakamilish<strong>wa</strong> katika neno hili, <strong>ya</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba, Mpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko kama nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko. Pendo halimfanyii jira<strong>ni</strong> neno<br />
ba<strong>ya</strong>; basi pendo ndilo utimilifu <strong>wa</strong> sheria”. Paulo ananukuu Amri Kumi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kifupi, laki<strong>ni</strong> anaongeza k<strong>wa</strong>mba anazungumzia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> “kila amri”.<br />
Kila amri inaongoz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> upendo, huja kutokana na roho <strong>ya</strong> upendo na husema<br />
tu kile ambacho upendo utafan<strong>ya</strong>. Mtu ambaye k<strong>wa</strong> kweli hupenda, kamwe<br />
6 Katika lugha nyingi wingi <strong>wa</strong> ‘kaka’ au <strong>wa</strong> ‘dada’ hutumika kujumuisha pamoja <strong>wa</strong>toto wote <strong>wa</strong> kike na <strong>wa</strong><br />
kiume <strong>wa</strong> mzazi mmoja. K<strong>wa</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> wingi <strong>wa</strong> zama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ‘dada’, ‘Geschwister’ <strong>ni</strong> jina k<strong>wa</strong> kaka na<br />
dada. K<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida wingi <strong>wa</strong> ‘adelphos’ (‘kaka’), ‘adelphoi’ (‘kaka’ au ‘kaka na dada’) hutumika kuongea<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kaka na dada k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati mmoja. Hakuna neno jingine kudokeza kaka na dada k<strong>wa</strong> pamoja. (Wingi <strong>wa</strong><br />
dada ‘adelphai’ <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>-dada tu.
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> 15<br />
hataiba, hataua, hatatama<strong>ni</strong> au kufan<strong>ya</strong> uzinzi! Iki<strong>wa</strong> Wakristo ha<strong>wa</strong>rudi katika<br />
mantiki hii <strong>ya</strong> kimsingi na kichocheo cha Amri Kumi na <strong>Sheria</strong> yote k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla<br />
<strong>wa</strong>taomba radhi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe ha<strong>wa</strong>jui <strong>ni</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>natunza maagizo <strong>ya</strong>ke yote.<br />
Wanafikra <strong>wa</strong> Uyuma<strong>ni</strong>sti <strong>wa</strong> Kimagharibi <strong>wa</strong>meshachukua kii<strong>ni</strong> cha upendo<br />
kutoka katika Ukristo, laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nachukua tu neno lenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>nataka<br />
kuamua wenyewe <strong>ni</strong> kipi upendo huamuru, na upendo <strong>ni</strong> kitu ga<strong>ni</strong>. Wanataka<br />
uhuru mbali na sheria, si uhuru katika sheria na hivyo kutengeneza <strong>Upendo</strong><br />
mbali na sheria, sio <strong>Upendo</strong> kulingana na sheria. Mara <strong>ya</strong> mwisho tunaona<br />
Law. 19:18 inanukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika Waraka <strong>wa</strong> Yakobo. K<strong>wa</strong> urahisi Yakobo<br />
anaimarisha mahusiano ha<strong>ya</strong> baina <strong>ya</strong> uhuru na <strong>Sheria</strong>. 7 Yakobo ana<strong>wa</strong>kemea<br />
<strong>wa</strong>somaji <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>li<strong>wa</strong>pendelea matajiri na ku<strong>wa</strong>bagua na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>nyon<strong>ya</strong> maski<strong>ni</strong> (Yak. 2:1-8). Ni jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> anathibitisha suala hili la<br />
kika<strong>ni</strong>sa, kijamii na kiuchumi? Anaandika: “Laki<strong>ni</strong> mkiitimiza ile sheria <strong>ya</strong><br />
kifalme kama ilivyoandik<strong>wa</strong>, Mpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko kama nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko, m<strong>wa</strong>tenda<br />
vema. Bali mki<strong>wa</strong>pendelea <strong>wa</strong>tu, m<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong> dhambi na kuhukumi<strong>wa</strong> na sheria<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kosaji. Maana mtu a<strong>wa</strong>ye yote atakayeishika sheria yote, ila akajik<strong>wa</strong>a<br />
katika neno moja, amekosa <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> yote. K<strong>wa</strong> maana yeye aliyesema, Usizi<strong>ni</strong>, pia<br />
alisema, Usiue. Basi ijapoku<strong>wa</strong> hukuzi<strong>ni</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> umeua, umeku<strong>wa</strong> mvunja<br />
sheria. Seme<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong>nyi, na kutenda kama <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>takakohukumi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong><br />
uhuru” (Yak. 2:8-12).<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong>, hususa<strong>ni</strong> amri Kumi, mara nyingine tena inafupish<strong>wa</strong> kwenye Law.<br />
19:18. Amri <strong>ya</strong> kupenda inait<strong>wa</strong> “<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kifalme”. <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kifalme <strong>ni</strong><br />
sheria inayota<strong>wa</strong>la sheria nyingine zote. <strong>Sheria</strong> hii <strong>ya</strong> kifalme pia inait<strong>wa</strong><br />
“<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Uhuru”. <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Mungu, <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na Uhuru <strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
<strong>ni</strong> vitu vilevile. Ama unavyo vyote vitatu au huna hata kimoja. Hakuna upendo<br />
pasipo uhuru, hakuna sheria pasipo upendo, hakuna upendo pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong> na<br />
hakuna uhuru pasipo sheria.<br />
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>?<br />
Wilhelm Luetgert anaandika katika ‘<strong>Maadili</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Upendo</strong>’:<br />
Amri <strong>ya</strong> kupenda inaonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba upendo <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>jibu. <strong>Upendo</strong><br />
unaamri<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>ni</strong> utii. Inaping<strong>wa</strong> - kipekee pingamizi hili lilifany<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
[M<strong>wa</strong>nafalsafa <strong>wa</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> Immanuel] Kant - k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>weza tu kuamuru<br />
matendo <strong>ya</strong> nje, na si upendo”. 8<br />
7 Hapa Yakobo anam<strong>wa</strong>ndikia Mkristo <strong>wa</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>! Kuna yeyote awezaye kuelezea <strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba,<br />
fundisho la sheria <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale si tena sheria <strong>ya</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong> Wakristo, lingeweza kuibuka katika mtazamo<br />
<strong>wa</strong> tamko kama hili? Luther alidumu katika kuuweka kando Waraka <strong>wa</strong> Yakobo ili kuendeleza mtazamo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> sifa du<strong>ni</strong> za sheria <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale.<br />
8 Wilhelm Luetgert. Ethik der Liebe. Beitraege zur Foerderung christlicher Theologie. Reihe 2, vol. 29. C.<br />
Bertelsmann: Guetersloh, 1938. uk. 30
16 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Kant alisema ku<strong>wa</strong> upendo <strong>ni</strong> maamuzi <strong>ya</strong> dhamiri huru na hisia za nda<strong>ni</strong> kabisa<br />
na hata za kutojitambua. Luetgert analipinga hili, laki<strong>ni</strong> anakubali ku<strong>wa</strong> upendo<br />
<strong>ni</strong> kitu tusichoweza kukitengeneza:<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo upendo <strong>wa</strong>weza tu kuamri<strong>wa</strong> na mtu ambaye anaweza<br />
kuuamsha huu upendo. <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kitu cha kutole<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza kabla<br />
hakijaamri<strong>wa</strong>. <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kipa<strong>wa</strong> kabla hakija<strong>wa</strong> jukumu. Unatole<strong>wa</strong> kabla<br />
haujaamri<strong>wa</strong>. Unaweza tu ku<strong>wa</strong> na asili <strong>ya</strong>ke katika upendo, daima <strong>ni</strong> upendo<br />
katika kurudisha. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu hii <strong>wa</strong>weza tu ku<strong>wa</strong> upendo <strong>wa</strong> Mwumba,<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ngi <strong>wa</strong> upendo <strong>wa</strong>ke. Kama ulivyo upendo <strong>wa</strong> Mwumba mwenyewe,<br />
upendo huu utaku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kibu<strong>ni</strong>fu. Kuhusu upendo, kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Augustine <strong>ni</strong><br />
halali: ‘Toa kile unachoamuru na kisha amuru chochote utakacho’. 9<br />
Tunahitaji kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi asili <strong>ya</strong> upendo ili kuele<strong>wa</strong> mahusiano kati <strong>ya</strong> upendo na<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong>.<br />
1) <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Wajibu, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu tuna “<strong>wa</strong>jibu [au de<strong>ni</strong>, ] kupendana sisi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sisi” (Rum. 13:8; 1 Yoh. 4:11).<br />
2) <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> utii. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> 1 Pet. 1:22 tunaji “takasa” nafsi zetu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kutumia “utii” “kuufikilia upendano <strong>wa</strong> ndugu”. 10 Hata Yesu alionesha pendo<br />
lake k<strong>wa</strong> Baba <strong>ya</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> kumtii: “…kama vile mimi <strong>ni</strong>livyozitii amri za Baba<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ngu na kukaa katika pendo lake” (Yoh. 15:10).<br />
3) <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> tendo la mioyo na dhamiri zetu. Tunaambi<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> na “<strong>ni</strong>a moja<br />
na …upendo” (Flp. 2:2), ambayo <strong>ni</strong> “<strong>ni</strong>a hiyo hiyo…ambayo imo pia nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kristo” (Flp. 2:5).<br />
4) <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> halisi, <strong>ni</strong> kitu cha kweli, kilichopo na cha vitendo, na <strong>ni</strong> tendo.<br />
1Yohana 3:17-18 <strong>ya</strong>sema: Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu ana mali za du<strong>ni</strong>a hii, kisha amwona<br />
ndugu <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong> mhitaji, laki<strong>ni</strong> anamzuilia huruma zake, <strong>ya</strong>wezekanaje upendo<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Mungu ku<strong>wa</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke? Watoto <strong>wa</strong>pend<strong>wa</strong>, tusipende k<strong>wa</strong> maneno au<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ulimi, bali k<strong>wa</strong> vitendo na katika kweli”. Yohana anaimarisha hili k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kielelezo cha Yesu. <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Yesu hauthibitishwi k<strong>wa</strong> hisia za nda<strong>ni</strong>, maneno<br />
mazuri au mipango mikub<strong>wa</strong>, bali k<strong>wa</strong> kielelezo alichokifan<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yetu.<br />
“Katika hili tumelifahamu pendo [la Mungu], Yesu Kristo aliutoa uhai <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yetu” (1 Yoh. 3:16; <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na Rum. 5:8; Yoh. 3:16; Efe. 5:25). Katika<br />
Waefeso 5:25-33 mume anathibitisha pendo lake k<strong>wa</strong> mkewe kama Kristo<br />
anavyothibitisha pendo lake k<strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ta<strong>ya</strong>ri kufa k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong>ke na<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kumlisha na kumtunza. Paulo anatuambia k<strong>wa</strong>mba “katika Kristo Yesu”,<br />
“nguvu” pekee “<strong>ni</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> itendayo kazi k<strong>wa</strong> upendo” (Gal. 5:6). Katika Ufunuo<br />
2:4-5 Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Efeso linaamri<strong>wa</strong> kurudia “upendo <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza” ambao liliuacha:<br />
“ukatubu, uka<strong>ya</strong>fanye matendo <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza”. Katika Ufunuo 2:19 Yesu anajua<br />
“matendo <strong>ya</strong>ko na upendo na ima<strong>ni</strong>...<strong>ya</strong>ko”.<br />
9 Rud<br />
10 Tazama rejea hapo <strong>juu</strong> kuhusu ‘kaka na dada’
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> 17<br />
Kumpenda Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Kuishika <strong>Sheria</strong> Yake<br />
Sasa tunaele<strong>wa</strong> vema k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> upendo <strong>ni</strong> utimilifu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>. Mara nyingi Biblia<br />
husema k<strong>wa</strong>mba maana kamili <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kufasili na kuendeleza upendo. Paulo<br />
anam<strong>wa</strong>ndikia Timotheo: “Lengo [Kigriki: ‘telos’] la amri hiyo <strong>ni</strong> upendo<br />
utokao katika moyo safi na dhamiri njema, na ima<strong>ni</strong> isiyo na unafiki” (1 Tim.<br />
1:5).<br />
Kumhofu, kumtumikia na kumpenda Mungu, na kuipenda <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke na amri<br />
zake daima hulinga<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong> katika Agano la Kale na katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
“Mpende BWANA Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko na ushike matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke, amri zake, sheria<br />
zake na maagizo <strong>ya</strong>ke daima” (Kumb. 11:1). “Iki<strong>wa</strong> utatunza k<strong>wa</strong> maki<strong>ni</strong><br />
maagizo ha<strong>ya</strong> yote, <strong>ni</strong>mekupa kumfuata, kumpenda BWANA Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko,<br />
kutembea katika njia zake zote na kushikamana naye...” (Kumb. 11:22).<br />
“...K<strong>wa</strong> sababu unafuata k<strong>wa</strong> maki<strong>ni</strong> sheria hizi zote <strong>ni</strong>lizokuamuru leo,<br />
kumpenda BWANA Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko na kutembea daima katika njia zake...”<br />
(Kumb. 19:9).<br />
Katika Amri Kumi, Mungu anaahidi kutoa “neema” na baraka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le<br />
“<strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong>pendao, na kuzishika amri zangu” (Kut. 20:6; Kumb. 5:10). Da<strong>ni</strong>eli 9:4<br />
na Nehemia 1:5 huzungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> “Mungu ashikaye agano lake la upendo<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>mpendao, na kuzishika amri zake” (<strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na Kumb. 7:9). Katika 1<br />
Wafalme 3:3 inasomeka: “Sulema<strong>ni</strong> naye akampenda BWANA, akienda katika<br />
amri za Daudi babaye…”<br />
Je, hii <strong>ni</strong> lugha au kii<strong>ni</strong> cha Agano la Kale tu? K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, hapana. Sikiliza<br />
matamko <strong>ya</strong>liyo sa<strong>wa</strong> na hayo kutoka katika kiny<strong>wa</strong> cha mtoa-sheria mwenyewe<br />
Yesu Kristo: “Mki<strong>ni</strong>penda, mtazishika amri zangu” (Yoh. 14:15). “Yeye aliye na<br />
amri zangu, na kuzishika, yeye ndiye a<strong>ni</strong>pendaye; naye a<strong>ni</strong>pendaye atapend<strong>wa</strong><br />
na Baba <strong>ya</strong>ngu…” (Yoh. 14:21). “…Mtu aki<strong>ni</strong>penda, ata<strong>ya</strong>shika mafundisho<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ngu…Mtu asiye<strong>ni</strong>penda, hata<strong>ya</strong>shika mafundisho <strong>ya</strong>ngu…” (Yoh.<br />
14:23-24). “Kama vile Baba alivyo<strong>ni</strong>penda mimi, nami <strong>ni</strong>livyo<strong>wa</strong>penda <strong>ni</strong>nyi,<br />
kae<strong>ni</strong> katika pendo langu. Mkizishika amri zangu, mtakaa katika pendo langu;<br />
kama vile mimi <strong>ni</strong>livyozishika amri za baba <strong>ya</strong>ngu na kukaa katika pendo<br />
lake…Amri <strong>ya</strong>ngu ndiyo hii, Mpendane, kama <strong>ni</strong>livyo<strong>wa</strong>penda <strong>ni</strong>nyi” (Yoh.<br />
15:9-10, 12).<br />
Yohana, aliye<strong>ya</strong>nakiri ha<strong>ya</strong> yote, anaandika katika <strong>wa</strong>raka <strong>wa</strong>ke mwenyewe,<br />
“Hivi ndivyo tujuavyo ku<strong>wa</strong> t<strong>wa</strong><strong>wa</strong>penda <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong> Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong> kumpenda<br />
Mungu na kutekeleza amri zake. <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong>huu: kuzitii amri zake. Na<br />
amri zake si nzito” (1 Yoh. 5:2-3). “T<strong>wa</strong>jua ku<strong>wa</strong> tumepata kumfahamu yeye<br />
iki<strong>wa</strong> t<strong>wa</strong>zitii amri zake. Mtu asemaye: Namjua na hatendi Mungu<br />
anachokiamuru, <strong>ni</strong> mwongo, na ukweli haumo nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke. Iki<strong>wa</strong> yeyote hutii<br />
maneno <strong>ya</strong>ke, k<strong>wa</strong> hakika upendo <strong>wa</strong> Mungu unafany<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kamili nda<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke” (1 Yoh. 2:3-5). Na hii ndio amri <strong>ya</strong>ke, kuami<strong>ni</strong> katika jina la m<strong>wa</strong>na
18 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke Yesu Kristo, na kupendana sisi k<strong>wa</strong> sisi kama alivyotuamuru. Wale<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naozitii amri zake huishi nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke na yeye nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>o” (1 Yoh. 3:23).<br />
Je, hii <strong>ya</strong>maa<strong>ni</strong>sha ku<strong>wa</strong> t<strong>wa</strong>pasa kujichumia wokovu wetu <strong>wa</strong> milele? K<strong>wa</strong><br />
hakika, hapana. Iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> upendo, upendo k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu na <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu <strong>ni</strong> kitu kile kile, huwezi kupenda pasipo Mungu. Iki<strong>wa</strong> t<strong>wa</strong>pasa<br />
kupenda k<strong>wa</strong>nza kabla Mungu hajatupenda, upendo usingewezekana. “Bali<br />
Mungu aonyesha pendo lake yeye mwenyewe kwetu sisi, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Kristo alikufa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yetu, tulipoku<strong>wa</strong> tungali wenye dhambi” (Rum. 5:8). Laki<strong>ni</strong> i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
unapend<strong>wa</strong> na kuchaguli<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu, upendo huu huwezi kuuishi na kuufasili<br />
mbali na <strong>Sheria</strong>.<br />
“Mungu <strong>ni</strong> upendo” (1 Yoh. 4:8, 16). Yeye <strong>ni</strong> “Mungu <strong>wa</strong> upendo” (2 Kor.<br />
13:11) na Yesu <strong>ni</strong> “<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Mungu miongo<strong>ni</strong> mwetu” (1 Yoh. 4:9). K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo<br />
upendo una asili katika Mungu pekee, kama Yohana asemavyo: “k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
pendo latoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu” (1 Yoh. 4:7). K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo ku<strong>wa</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong><br />
na ku<strong>wa</strong> katika pendo lake: “Mungu <strong>ni</strong> pendo, naye akaaye katika pendo, hukaa<br />
nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, na Mungu hukaa nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke” (1 Yoh. 4:16). Vile vile kumjua<br />
Mungu <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na kumpenda yeye: “…na kila apendaye amezali<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu,<br />
naye anamjua Mungu. Yeye asiyependa, hakumjua Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong> maana Mungu<br />
<strong>ni</strong> upendo” (1 Yoh. 4:7-8). Wakati Mungu azungumzapo kupitia Hosea k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
“k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hapana kweli, <strong>wa</strong>la upendo, <strong>wa</strong>la kumjua Mungu katika nchi”<br />
(Hosea 4:1), hazungumzi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> matatizo mbalimbali, bali <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kitu kimoja na<br />
<strong>ni</strong> kile kile.<br />
Injili na <strong>Sheria</strong>?<br />
Mjadala mzima usiozaa matunda <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Injili na <strong>Sheria</strong> umeficha ujumbe <strong>wa</strong><br />
kibiblia k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ni</strong> udhihirisho <strong>wa</strong> pendo la Mungu. Hakuna Injili pasipo<br />
upendo. Laki<strong>ni</strong> i<strong>wa</strong>po upendo unadhihirish<strong>wa</strong> na kurekebish<strong>wa</strong> katika <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu hakuwezi ku<strong>wa</strong>po k<strong>wa</strong> Injili pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong>. Chukua japo mifano miwili<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati Paulo anaongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> “sheria” na “injili” kwenye kifungu kimoja:<br />
Katika 1 Tim. 1:9-11 Paulo anazungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> matumizi maba<strong>ya</strong> na matumizi<br />
<strong>ya</strong> kitau<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>. Kisha anataja mifano <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>vunja sheria kama “<strong>wa</strong>uaji” au<br />
“<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>biashara <strong>ya</strong> utum<strong>wa</strong>”, ambao <strong>wa</strong>nahukumi<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>Sheria</strong>, na anaendelea<br />
kusema: “…na liki<strong>wa</strong>ko neno lolote lingine lisilopatana na mafundisho yenye<br />
uzima; kama vile ilivyonen<strong>wa</strong> katika Habari njema <strong>ya</strong> utukufu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu”<br />
(1 Tim. 1:11). Katika Rum. 2:12-15 Paulo anaeleza hukumu <strong>ya</strong> Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi na<br />
Wamataifa k<strong>wa</strong> kupitia <strong>Sheria</strong> na anahitimisha mjadala huu k<strong>wa</strong> maneno: “Hii<br />
itatokea katika siku ambayo Mungu atahukumu siri za <strong>wa</strong>nadamu katika Yesu<br />
Kristo, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Injili <strong>ya</strong>ngu” (Rum. 2:16). Je, unashikilia kisu ili kutenga<br />
Injili na <strong>Sheria</strong> kwenye vifungu hivi? <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Injili k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
na Injili <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong> kitisho cha ajabu k<strong>wa</strong> maadui zake.
<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> 19<br />
Injili na <strong>Sheria</strong> husimama kinyume tu cha kila moja – hususa<strong>ni</strong> katika n<strong>ya</strong>raka za<br />
Paulo – i<strong>wa</strong>po ‘sheria’ inaeleweka kama wokovu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> si i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> inaeleweka kama <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu iliyoandik<strong>wa</strong> katika Agano la Kale.<br />
Pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>Upendo</strong> Hufa<br />
<strong>Upendo</strong> na <strong>Sheria</strong> hu<strong>wa</strong> pamoja. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo ukosa-sheria daima hutuongoza<br />
kwenye ukosa-upendo. 11 <strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> utimilifu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> na pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
upendo hufa. Hii <strong>ni</strong> kweli k<strong>wa</strong> maagano yote <strong>ya</strong>liyotole<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu. Pasipo<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> hapataku<strong>wa</strong> na upendo katika ndoa na katika familia. Pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
hapataku<strong>wa</strong> na upendo katika Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa. Pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong> hapataku<strong>wa</strong> na upendo<br />
katika ngazi za chi<strong>ni</strong> na za <strong>juu</strong> Serikali<strong>ni</strong>. Hakuna kifungu katika Agano la Kale<br />
na Jip<strong>ya</strong> kinachofasili k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi zaidi kuliko unabii <strong>wa</strong> Yesu katika Mat. 24:12<br />
“Na k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> ukosa-sheria kuzidi, upendo <strong>wa</strong> wengi utapoa”. 12<br />
Nadha<strong>ni</strong> hakuna mstari katika Biblia unaoeleza k<strong>wa</strong> maki<strong>ni</strong> zaidi, k<strong>wa</strong> kifupi na<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi zaidi tatizo kub<strong>wa</strong> la Uyuma<strong>ni</strong>sti <strong>wa</strong> siku hizi na pia juk<strong>wa</strong>a la Kiinjili<br />
la siku hizi kuliko huu: “Na k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> ukosa-sheria kuzidi, upendo <strong>wa</strong><br />
wengi utapoa”. Ni rudio k<strong>wa</strong> upendo <strong>wa</strong> Mungu na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu tu<br />
liwezalo kurejesha tena upendo katika familia zetu, maka<strong>ni</strong>sa yetu, mahusiano<br />
<strong>ya</strong> kikazi, jamii na serikali zetu. Ni rudio k<strong>wa</strong> upendo <strong>wa</strong> Mungu na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu tu liwezalo kutuongoza kwenye ujenzi <strong>wa</strong> kila eneo la maisha yetu. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
hiyo tumpende zaidi na zaidi na kuishi katika <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke na kuitangaza k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa lisilo na sheria na lisilo na upendo na k<strong>wa</strong> jamii isiyo na sheria na isiyo na<br />
upendo.<br />
Sasa, <strong>ya</strong>pi <strong>ni</strong> matokeo, <strong>wa</strong>kati tuongeapo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> upendo, pasipo kuruhusi<strong>wa</strong><br />
kufasili aina yoyote <strong>ya</strong> sheria au kanu<strong>ni</strong>? Kuna mifano mingi <strong>ya</strong> kila siku kuhusu<br />
jambo hili ‘uhuru’. Fikiri mchezo <strong>wa</strong> mpira <strong>wa</strong> miguu ambao sheria <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong><br />
‘Ku<strong>wa</strong> Mwung<strong>wa</strong>na!’ 13 Uung<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>ni</strong> kitu kizuri katika michezo, laki<strong>ni</strong> pasipo<br />
sheria, yote ha<strong>ya</strong>na maana na ha<strong>ya</strong>fai kitu. Kila mchezaji angeifasili tofauti.<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> upendo ndio kichocheo na lengo la <strong>Sheria</strong>, hatutampenda tu Mtoa-<strong>Sheria</strong>,<br />
Mungu Baba, Mungu M<strong>wa</strong>na na Mungu Roho Mtakatifu, bali pia tutaipenda<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke yenyewe, kama tuonavyo tena na tena katika Zaburi. “Ninayo <strong>ni</strong>a<br />
ku<strong>ya</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong> mapenzi <strong>ya</strong>ko, Ee Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ngu, <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko iko nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> moyo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngu” (Zab. 40:8 - Paulo anautumia mstari huu katika Rum. 7:22). “Ni jinsi<br />
ga<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong>ipendavyo <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko! Ninatafakari <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke mchana kut<strong>wa</strong>” (Zab.<br />
119:97; linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Zab. 119:47-48, 113, 119, 127-128, 159, 163, 165, 167).<br />
11 Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> hutumia neno ‘Lieblosigkeit’, ‘kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na upendo’ ambalo linaund<strong>wa</strong> kama ‘Gesetzlosigkeit’,<br />
‘kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>Sheria</strong>’. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo natumia neno ukosa-pendo, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ‘ukosa-wema’ <strong>ni</strong> dhaifu k<strong>wa</strong> somo<br />
langu<br />
12 Nilitumia Toleo la Mfalme James (King James Version) laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong>libadili ‘i<strong>ni</strong>quity’ (uovu)’ ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
‘kukosa-sheria’, tafsiri bora k<strong>wa</strong> neno la Kigriki ‘anomia’, “ku<strong>wa</strong> huna sheria”. Vifungu vingine v<strong>ya</strong> Biblia<br />
vimetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> na m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi kutoka andiko la Kigriki<br />
13 Kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Erwin Lutzer. Measuring Morality: A Comparison of Ethical Systems (Dallas, Tex., Probe<br />
Mi<strong>ni</strong>stries Int., 1989) uk. 36
20 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Baada <strong>ya</strong> kuimba <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji na Mwumbaji <strong>wa</strong>ke katika Zab. 19, Daudi<br />
anaendelea mbele na wimbo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>, ambao k<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>ni</strong>nahitimisha:<br />
“<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> BWANA <strong>ni</strong> kamilifu, huiburudisha nafsi. Ushuhuda <strong>wa</strong> BWANA <strong>ni</strong><br />
ami<strong>ni</strong>, humtia mjinga hekima. Maagizo <strong>ya</strong> BWANA <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> adili, huufurahisha<br />
moyo. Amri <strong>ya</strong> BWANA <strong>ni</strong> safi, hu<strong>ya</strong>tia macho nuru. Kicho cha BWANA <strong>ni</strong><br />
kitakatifu, kinadumu milele. Hukumu za BWANA <strong>ni</strong> kweli, zina haki kabisa. Ni za<br />
kutama<strong>ni</strong>ka kuliko dhahabu, kuliko wingi <strong>wa</strong> dhahabu safi. Nazo <strong>ni</strong> tamu kuliko<br />
asali, kuliko sega la asali. Tena mtumishi <strong>wa</strong>ko huony<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>zo, katika kuzishika<br />
kuna tha<strong>wa</strong>bu nyingi. Ni na<strong>ni</strong> awezaye ku<strong>ya</strong>tambua makosa <strong>ya</strong>ke? U<strong>ni</strong>takase na<br />
mambo <strong>ya</strong> siri. Umzuie mtumishi <strong>wa</strong>ko asitende dhambi za kiburi, zisi<strong>ni</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>le<br />
mimi. Ndipo <strong>ni</strong>takapoku<strong>wa</strong> kamili, nami <strong>ni</strong>taku<strong>wa</strong> mwenye haki mbali na kosa<br />
lililo kub<strong>wa</strong> . Maneno <strong>ya</strong> kiny<strong>wa</strong> changu, na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo <strong>ya</strong> moyo <strong>wa</strong>ngu, <strong>ya</strong>pate<br />
kibali mbele zako, Ee BWANA, nguvu zangu, na mkombozi <strong>wa</strong>ngu” (Zab.<br />
19:7-14 KJV).
Utatu na Kazi 21<br />
UTATU NA KAZI: UHAKIKI WA MTAZAMO WA KAZI<br />
ZA KILA SIKU KATIKA DINI NYINGINE NA KATIKA<br />
UMAKSI (1992/1996) 14<br />
Yaliyomo<br />
Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Mungu Afan<strong>ya</strong>ye Kazi<br />
Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Mtenda Kazi Kupita Wote k<strong>wa</strong> Sababu Yeye ndiye Mamlaka Kuu<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu Itapokea Ujira Wake<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Kazi k<strong>wa</strong> Ajili <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
Magumu <strong>ya</strong> Kazi<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Kazi Yenye Mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Huduma <strong>ya</strong> Kila Mtu k<strong>wa</strong> Mwenzake<br />
Tunataka kujadili theolojia <strong>ya</strong> kibiblia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kazi ili kuonesha umuhimu <strong>wa</strong><br />
mafundisho yenye kushikili<strong>wa</strong> sana <strong>ya</strong> Mungu Mtatu k<strong>wa</strong> maadili yetu na k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ujenzi mp<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong> jamii.<br />
<strong>Maadili</strong> yote <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>jiri<strong>wa</strong>, kila maadili <strong>ya</strong> kazi <strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ngi <strong>wa</strong> mungu <strong>wa</strong> jamii<br />
na <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi <strong>wa</strong>ke. Nataka kutoa baadhi <strong>ya</strong> mifano jinsi ambavyo asili <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu Mtatu katika Agano la Kale na Jip<strong>ya</strong> inavyoakisi<strong>wa</strong> katika <strong>Sheria</strong> za<br />
kibiblia zinazohusu kazi <strong>ya</strong> mtu. Kila <strong>wa</strong>kati tutauliz<strong>wa</strong> kipi tukosacho iki<strong>wa</strong><br />
mungu mwingine au di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine au mtazamo-du<strong>ni</strong>a mwingine utachukua<br />
nafasi <strong>ya</strong> Mwumba aliyefunuli<strong>wa</strong> katika Biblia.<br />
Mara nyingi <strong>ni</strong>tatumia neno Mtatu badala <strong>ya</strong> Utatu. Neno la<br />
Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> ‘Dreiei<strong>ni</strong>gkeit’ (utatu mmoja, utatu) huonesha vizuri sana k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
utatu una maadui <strong>wa</strong>wili: ‘mmoja’ husimama dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> miungu<br />
wengi; ‘utatu’ usimama dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu mmoja katika nafsi moja.<br />
Ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> miungu wengi itadu<strong>ni</strong>sha ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kibiblia kama ilivyo k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu mmoja asiye katika nafsi tatu. Neno la Kiingereza<br />
linalotafsiri<strong>wa</strong> Utatu* halisisitizi jambo hili <strong>wa</strong>kati ‘Mtatu’ husisitiza. Utatu<br />
mmoja ungeku<strong>wa</strong> mbadala ufaao k<strong>wa</strong> Utatu.<br />
14 Muhadhara kwenye Twelth Northwest Conference for Christian Reconstruction in Seattle May 2, 1992..<br />
Iliyorudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika “Tri<strong>ni</strong>ty and Work: A Critique of the View of Daily Work in Other<br />
Religions and in Marxism”. Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society 6 (1996) 2: 14-20. Toleo fupi lilichap<strong>wa</strong> katika kitabu<br />
‘God Wants You Learn, Labour and Love’
22 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Mungu Afan<strong>ya</strong>ye Kazi<br />
1. Mungu Mtatu <strong>ni</strong> Mungu Afan<strong>ya</strong>ye Kazi. Katika Biblia, kazi <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu <strong>ni</strong><br />
yenye thama<strong>ni</strong> kub<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu inam<strong>wa</strong>kisi Mungu mwenyewe afan<strong>ya</strong>ye<br />
kazi. Tangu a<strong>wa</strong>li Mungu Mtatu ameku<strong>wa</strong> akifan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kabla <strong>ya</strong> uwepo <strong>wa</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> uumbaji. K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye <strong>ni</strong> mtatu, aliweza hata kufan<strong>ya</strong><br />
kazi katika umilele kabla <strong>ya</strong> uumbaji kuwepo. Nafsi za Utatu zilitenda kazi<br />
pamoja na k<strong>wa</strong> kila moja.<br />
Katika Biblia kila kitu chema huja kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Utatu. Wanachama <strong>wa</strong> Utatu<br />
huzungumza <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o na Yesu <strong>ni</strong> Neno, hivyo t<strong>wa</strong>weza kuongea sisi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sisi. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu Nafsi za Utatu haziishi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong>o zenyewe, laki<strong>ni</strong> huishi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ajili <strong>ya</strong> kila mmoja, <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naweza kuambi<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo hivyo. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu Nafsi za Utatu hujadiliana zenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> zenyewe, kutoamua mambo<br />
peke yetu <strong>ni</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Biblia. Katika Utatu: utii upo pasipo yeyote kulazimish<strong>wa</strong><br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> chochote: upendo na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mapacha. Ma<strong>wa</strong>siliano, upendo,<br />
kuheshimiana kila mmoja na kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kuelekea lengo mbali na nafsi zetu<br />
huja kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Utatu. Laki<strong>ni</strong> Utatu uliku<strong>wa</strong>po hata kabla <strong>ya</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a kuumb<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Hivyo kupenda, kuongea, kusaidia, kusikiliza na utii vipo milele. Mungu hahitaji<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu ili awepo au awe mzuri.<br />
Watetezi wengi mbalimbali <strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> zenye ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu mmoja kama<br />
Waislamu au Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>siokubali k<strong>wa</strong>mba Utatu una mizizi katika<br />
Agano la Kale (Ninaongelea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> theolojia <strong>ya</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi, sio <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mtazamo<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kibiblia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi) – hili <strong>ni</strong> jambo tofauti. Hata hivyo Mungu<br />
alikuwepo kabla <strong>ya</strong> kuumb<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ulimwengu. Laki<strong>ni</strong> anaweza kuupenda tu<br />
Uumbaji. Haku<strong>wa</strong> na yeyote <strong>wa</strong> kupenda kabla hajamwumba yeyote. Di<strong>ni</strong> zote<br />
zaweza tu kuongea jinsi Mungu ajishughulishavyo na Uumbaji. Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>na<br />
ufunuo <strong>wa</strong> jinsi Mungu ajishughulishavyo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> sababu yeye<br />
<strong>ni</strong> Mtatu.<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu ina heshima katika maana halisi <strong>ya</strong> neno. Katika Amri<br />
Kumi, kazi inaamri<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu mwenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ifuatayo: “Siku sita<br />
fan<strong>ya</strong> kazi, utende mambo <strong>ya</strong>ko yote; laki<strong>ni</strong> siku <strong>ya</strong> saba <strong>ni</strong> Sabato <strong>ya</strong> BWANA,<br />
Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko, siku hiyo usifanye kazi yoyote, wewe, <strong>wa</strong>la m<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong>ko, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
binti <strong>ya</strong>ko, <strong>wa</strong>la mtum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ko, <strong>wa</strong>la mjakazi <strong>wa</strong>ko, <strong>wa</strong>la mn<strong>ya</strong>ma <strong>wa</strong>ko <strong>wa</strong><br />
kufuga, <strong>wa</strong>la mge<strong>ni</strong> aliye nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> malango <strong>ya</strong>ko. Maana, k<strong>wa</strong> siku sita BWANA<br />
alifan<strong>ya</strong> mbingu, na nchi, na bahari, na vyote vilivyomo, akastarehe siku <strong>ya</strong><br />
saba; k<strong>wa</strong> hiyo BWANA akaibarikia siku <strong>ya</strong> Sabato akaitakasa” (Kut. 20:9-11).<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> kweli historia <strong>ya</strong> uumbaji husema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu “alimaliza kazi <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
yote aliyoifan<strong>ya</strong> (au kutoka katika kazi <strong>ya</strong>ke yote)” (M<strong>wa</strong>. 2:2) katika siku <strong>ya</strong><br />
saba <strong>ya</strong> uumbaji: Mara kadhaa Biblia huongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong> kujishughulisha<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu. Hivyo Daudi anaomba k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> “kazi za mikono <strong>ya</strong>ko” (Zab.
Utatu na Kazi 23<br />
138:8), Sulema<strong>ni</strong> amwita Mungu “stadi <strong>wa</strong> kazi” mwenye hekima (Mith. 8:30,<br />
sa<strong>wa</strong> na Zab. 104:24) na Mtunga Zaburi asema: Naam, hatasinzia, <strong>wa</strong>la hatalala<br />
usingizi, Yeye aliye mlinzi <strong>wa</strong> Israeli” (Zab. 121:4).<br />
Kazi na shughuli <strong>ni</strong> sehemu kuu <strong>ya</strong> taswira <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu mume na mtu<br />
mke <strong>wa</strong>liumb<strong>wa</strong> katika sura na mfano <strong>wa</strong> Mungu (M<strong>wa</strong>. 1:26) afan<strong>ya</strong>ye kazi,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi.<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> Mungu mwenyewe au mamlaka kuu au sheria <strong>ya</strong> jamii yenyewe haifanyi<br />
kazi, hakuna heshima <strong>ya</strong> kazi. Ubudha <strong>ni</strong> mfano bora kabisa. <strong>Maadili</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kibudha<br />
kuhusu kazi <strong>ya</strong>navuvi<strong>wa</strong> na mungu ambaye anajionesha k<strong>wa</strong> taswira <strong>ya</strong>ke kama<br />
mnene, sanamu iliyokaa, k<strong>wa</strong>mba lengo la kila kitu sio kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi bali <strong>ni</strong><br />
“kujilaza na kulala usingizi”, kinyume na hapo <strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> tajiri na mwenye<br />
kulish<strong>wa</strong> vema. Ubudha hauna hata neno moja limaa<strong>ni</strong>shalo “kazi” na kazi sio<br />
mada katika maadili <strong>ya</strong> kibudha. 15 Ubudha na Ushoshalisti una mambo mengi<br />
yenye kufanana tuzungumziapo suala la kazi na uchumi, kama ambavyo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>andishi mbalimbali <strong>wa</strong> kibudha <strong>wa</strong>livyosema vema. 16<br />
Nukuu mbili za kale zitaonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba mungu <strong>wa</strong> jamii <strong>ni</strong> asili <strong>ya</strong> tathmi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
jamii husika <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kazi:<br />
“Katika jamii <strong>ya</strong> Kigriki kazi iliku<strong>wa</strong> ikitazam<strong>wa</strong> kama hali mba<strong>ya</strong><br />
isiyokwepeka iliyowek<strong>wa</strong> na miungu. Ku<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na miungu ilimaa<strong>ni</strong>sha<br />
kuishi huru mbali na kazi. Katika ulimwengu <strong>wa</strong> Mashariki <strong>ya</strong> Zama<strong>ni</strong>, kazi<br />
iliku<strong>wa</strong> ikitazam<strong>wa</strong> kama mzigo, kama mtum<strong>wa</strong> ajishughulishavyo k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />
<strong>ya</strong> miungu, ambao [miungu] k<strong>wa</strong> hilo <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> mbali na kazi. Lengo liliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
kujiondoa kutoka katika utumishi huu, kutoka katika shughuli hii na ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
mbali kadri iwezekanavyo. Kazi iliku<strong>wa</strong> mzigo pasipo heshima”. 17<br />
“<strong>Maadili</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kale <strong>ya</strong>lielekeza jukumu la kazi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>sio huru, na k<strong>wa</strong><br />
tabaka la <strong>wa</strong>vunja sheria <strong>wa</strong>liokatali<strong>wa</strong> na kuteng<strong>wa</strong> na jamii. Ukombozi<br />
mbali na umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mshahara tu ilitazam<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> wenye<br />
thama<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu. Hivyo iliondoa heshima <strong>ya</strong> kazi ilyoambata<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong><br />
na mateso <strong>ya</strong> mwili” 18<br />
Baadaye mtazamo huu ukaathiri k<strong>wa</strong> uzito theolojia <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo kama nukuu<br />
nyingine inavyoonesha:<br />
“Thomas Aquinas alishikilia mtazamo k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong> umuhimu pekee<br />
ndio uli<strong>wa</strong>lazimisha <strong>wa</strong>tu kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi. Si jambo la kushangaza k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
Zama za Kati ziliona matumizi <strong>ya</strong> kazi katika kushinda uzembe, kuudhibiti<br />
mwili na kumpatia mtu mahitaji <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> kuishi. Mbali na hili kuna tabia<br />
inayoonekana kuchukua mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kigriki (k<strong>wa</strong> sehemu kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong><br />
15 Tazama Peter Gerlitz. “Buddhismus” . uk. 100-118 katika Michael Kloecker, Udo Tworuschka (ed.) Ethik<br />
der Religion – Lehre und Leben” vol. 2: Arbeit. Koesel: Mu<strong>ni</strong>ch & Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht: Goettingen,<br />
1985, uk. 101<br />
16 Tazama rud. kk. 112 – 115<br />
17 Heiner Ruschhaupt. “Bauen und Be<strong>wa</strong>hren”. Der Navigator Nr. 13 (Mai/Ju<strong>ni</strong> 1987): 2-3<br />
18 Herman Cremer. Arbeit und Eigntum in christlicher Sicht. Brunnen Verlag: Giessen, 1984. uk. 8
24 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Aristotle) kusisitiza maisha yenye lengo na kutojali maisha <strong>ya</strong> vitendo. Hivyo<br />
iliku<strong>wa</strong> halali k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>nachama <strong>wa</strong> madaraja yenye heshima na makuha<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> huru mbali na shughuli za kimwili.” 19<br />
Mbali na athari hizi za kipaga<strong>ni</strong>, tunapas<strong>wa</strong> kukubaliana na Hermann Cremer<br />
anayeongeza kwenye tathmi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kigriki na Kirumi<br />
kuhusu kazi:<br />
“Uliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Ukristo pekee, kipekee di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ufunuo, ulimwengu<br />
hauna budi kushukuru k<strong>wa</strong> mtazamo mwingine <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> asili na thama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
kazi”. 20<br />
Alan Richardson alionesha jinsi Matengenezo <strong>ya</strong>livyofufua mtazamo <strong>wa</strong><br />
kibiblia kuhusu kazi:<br />
“Wanamatengezo, Luther na Calvin, <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo kutumia<br />
maneno wito na kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> majukumu <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>ya</strong> kila siku na nafasi katika<br />
maisha <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu. Ni muhimu kujua ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>lifan<strong>ya</strong> hivi ili kupinga dhidi <strong>ya</strong><br />
matumizi <strong>ya</strong> lugha <strong>ya</strong> Zama za Kati ambayo <strong>ya</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>kielekeza tu kwenye<br />
wito <strong>wa</strong> maisha <strong>ya</strong> kimonaki. Walitaka kuharibu vi<strong>wa</strong>ngo viwili v<strong>ya</strong> maadili<br />
na kuonesha ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu aweza kutukuz<strong>wa</strong> katika ulimwengu <strong>wa</strong> kazi pia”. 21<br />
Umishe<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kikristo ulisafirisha maadili ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kiprotestanti katika mabara<br />
yote. Gustav Warneck, Baba <strong>wa</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> theolojia <strong>ya</strong> umishe<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kiprotestanti aliandika:<br />
“…Umishe<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kikristo ulimwengu<strong>ni</strong> ulionesha, kupitia neno la<br />
mfano, k<strong>wa</strong>mba kazi (ambayo kupitia utum<strong>wa</strong> ilibeba un<strong>ya</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>paa mwovu),<br />
iliku<strong>wa</strong> na msingi katika amri kumi za Mungu…” 22<br />
Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Mtenda Kazi Kupita Wote k<strong>wa</strong> Sababu Yeye ndiye<br />
Mamlaka Kuu Kupita Zote<br />
2. Mungu Mtatu hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kumpita yeyote yule. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo, <strong>wa</strong>jibu zaidi mtu<br />
aubebao ndivyo abebavyo kazi nyingi zaidi.<br />
Mfano <strong>wa</strong> mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kibudha au Kigriki na Kirumi uliweka <strong>wa</strong>zi lengo la<br />
jamii hizi ku<strong>wa</strong> kama miungu <strong>ya</strong>o, ambalo <strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> huru mbali na kazi. Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu<br />
aliye na cheo cha <strong>juu</strong> hafanyi kazi kabisa, kazi nzito zitaku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>lioko<br />
chi<strong>ni</strong> tu. Kadri upandavyo kwenda <strong>juu</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi <strong>wa</strong>taishi k<strong>wa</strong> kazi za<br />
wengine. Unyon<strong>ya</strong>ji <strong>ni</strong> jambo lisiloepukika katika jamii hiyo.<br />
19 Friedrich Trzaskalik. “Katholizismus”. kk. 24 – 41 katika: Michael Kloecker, Udo Tworuschka (ed.) Ethik<br />
der Religionen – Lehre und Leben: vol. 2: Arbeit. op. cit. uk. 33<br />
20 Hermann Cremer. Arbeit und Eigentum in christlicher Sicht. Brunnen Verlag: Giessen, 1984. uk. 8<br />
21 Alan Richardson. Die biblische Lehre von der Arbeit. Anker-Verlag: Frankfurt, 1953. uk. 27<br />
22 Gustav Warneck. Die Stellung der evangelischen Mission zur Sklavenfrage. C. Bertelsmann: Guetersloh,<br />
1889. uk. 67
Utatu na Kazi 25<br />
Katika Biblia jambo hili liko k<strong>wa</strong> namna nyingine. Ta<strong>ya</strong>ri tumekwishaona<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu “halali <strong>wa</strong>la hasinzii” (Zab. 121:4). K<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mungu Mtatu<br />
amefan<strong>ya</strong> na hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi zaidi <strong>ya</strong> yeyote yule, Yeye <strong>ni</strong> mfano halisi k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>wa</strong>jibu humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha kazi. Je, haku<strong>wa</strong> Paulo aliyeandika mara mbili “nalizidi sana<br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kupita <strong>wa</strong>o wote” (1 Kor. 15:10; 2 Kor. 11:23)? Huku hakuku<strong>wa</strong><br />
kujisifu bali tokeo la asili la <strong>wa</strong>jibu mkuu kama mtume. Ku<strong>wa</strong> mtume<br />
hakumaa<strong>ni</strong>shi muda <strong>wa</strong> kustarehe zaidi, <strong>wa</strong>tumishi wengi zaidi au utajiri<br />
mkub<strong>wa</strong>, bali machozi zaidi, kazi na usingizi mchache. Hii iliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> sababu<br />
iliyomfan<strong>ya</strong> <strong>Martin</strong> Luther katika m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> Matengenezo, <strong>wa</strong>kati alipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
bado akiami<strong>ni</strong> katika uwezekano <strong>wa</strong> kuubadili upapa, aliandika barua k<strong>wa</strong> Papa<br />
akimkemea k<strong>wa</strong>mba anapas<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi zaidi katika kufa<strong>ni</strong>kisha hali bora<br />
zaidi <strong>ya</strong> mta<strong>wa</strong> au padri iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> pamoja na Luther mwenyewe. Alimwuliza Papa<br />
<strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> awezavyo kulala k<strong>wa</strong> ama<strong>ni</strong> huku katika mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la kiulimwengu kuna shida. Kinyume na <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong>ke, Papa alitumia<br />
muda mwingi k<strong>wa</strong> starehe na sherehe.<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po utamkosa Mungu Mtatu, tabia <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>jibu zaidi huleta<br />
kazi zaidi itabadilika ku<strong>wa</strong> tabia <strong>ya</strong> kibinadamu na <strong>ya</strong> mateso k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lio katika nafasi za chi<strong>ni</strong> kicheo hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lio katika<br />
nafasi za <strong>juu</strong> hivyo basi ha<strong>wa</strong>hitaji kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi zao <strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe. 23<br />
Umaksi huilaumu jamii k<strong>wa</strong> unyon<strong>ya</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong> matabaka <strong>ya</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong>, hivyo unaonesha<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> na mtazamo hasi na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>lio katika nafasi za <strong>juu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong><br />
wengine <strong>wa</strong>fanye kazi laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe ha<strong>wa</strong>fanyi kazi. Hata hivyo, Umaksi<br />
hauna fasili nyingine <strong>ya</strong> kazi. Daima kazi <strong>ni</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong> kinyon<strong>ya</strong>ji k<strong>wa</strong> tabaka la<br />
chi<strong>ni</strong>. Kama Umaksi ulivyo na ‘maada’* na ‘historia’ vitu pekee kama miungu<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke hakuna njia <strong>ya</strong> kushinda unyon<strong>ya</strong>ji. Ndio maana si ajabu Serikali na jamii<br />
za kijamaa <strong>ni</strong> mifano mizuri <strong>ya</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Uyuma<strong>ni</strong>sti k<strong>wa</strong>mba kadri upandavyo<br />
<strong>juu</strong>, ndivyo unavyoku<strong>wa</strong> na kazi chache. Si ajabu k<strong>wa</strong>mba Karl Marx na<br />
Friedrich Engels kamwe ha<strong>wa</strong>ku<strong>wa</strong>hi ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi bali <strong>wa</strong>ajiri <strong>wa</strong>zembe.<br />
Katika hali halisi, Marx mwenyewe alijichumia fedha mara moja tu k<strong>wa</strong> muda<br />
mfupi – kama mmiliki <strong>wa</strong> gazeti la Umaksi. Baadaye aliishi k<strong>wa</strong> fedha za Engels<br />
aliyeku<strong>wa</strong> tajiri k<strong>wa</strong> sababu alirithi vi<strong>wa</strong>nda kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> baba <strong>ya</strong>ke. Hakuna<br />
dokezo lolote hata dogo ku<strong>wa</strong> Marx na Engels k<strong>wa</strong> dhamiri zao <strong>wa</strong>lijisikia hatia<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia fedha <strong>wa</strong>lizojipatia k<strong>wa</strong> kazi nzito zilizofany<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi,<br />
au k<strong>wa</strong>mba Marx alijisikia viba<strong>ya</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong>liyoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>siyozalisha<br />
kadri ilivyowezekana, i<strong>wa</strong>po hutavihesabu vitabu vikub<strong>wa</strong> ambavyo haviku<strong>wa</strong><br />
ta<strong>ya</strong>ri k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati huo. Konrad Low asema:<br />
“K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> nadharia <strong>ya</strong>o wenyewe, daima Marx na Engels<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liishi k<strong>wa</strong> fedha ambazo ha<strong>wa</strong>kustahili”. 24<br />
23 Tazama sura inayohusu maadili <strong>ya</strong> kazi katika kitabu changu Marxismus – Opium fuer das Volk?<br />
Schwengeler Verlag: Berneck, 1990<br />
24 Imenukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka Konrad Loew. Marxismus Qellenlexikon. Koelner U<strong>ni</strong>versitaetsverlag: Koeln, 1985.<br />
uk. 321
26 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
K<strong>wa</strong>mba katika serikali za Kikomu<strong>ni</strong>sti uzalishaji na thama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
mazao daima viliendelea kushuka, muda na usimamizi mba<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Serikali si<br />
sababu <strong>ya</strong> kudumaa. Sababu kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>jiri<strong>wa</strong>, kama ilivyo,<br />
maadili <strong>ya</strong> kazi <strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ngwi <strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> isiyo na Mungu. Iki<strong>wa</strong> kazi nzito<br />
inaonekana kama unyon<strong>ya</strong>ji, <strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> Umaksi uta<strong>wa</strong>eleza <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba jambo hili <strong>ni</strong> tofauti i<strong>wa</strong>po m<strong>wa</strong>jiri <strong>ni</strong> Serikali <strong>ya</strong> Kimaksi?<br />
‘Ubepari usio na Mungu’ kama <strong>ni</strong>uitavyo ubepari ambao unakataa <strong>Sheria</strong> za<br />
Mungu na hivyo ku<strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Fedha – haraka hufikia hali sa<strong>wa</strong> na Umaksi,<br />
Ubudha na di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine. Watu wengi katika jamii <strong>ya</strong> kimagharibi <strong>wa</strong>na lengo la<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> matajiri katika maana <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> huru mbali na kazi. I<strong>wa</strong>po matokeo <strong>ya</strong> tabia<br />
hii inayokua ha<strong>ya</strong>wezi kuon<strong>wa</strong> mara moja, basi sababu <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba maadili <strong>ya</strong><br />
kazi <strong>ya</strong> Kiprotestanti <strong>ya</strong> Kibiblia bado <strong>ya</strong>nafan<strong>ya</strong> kazi katika maeneo mengi,<br />
inga<strong>wa</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong>ke umekwishapotez<strong>wa</strong>. Rais, Kansela au Waziri Mkuu bado<br />
anataraji<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi zaidi kuliko raia <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida. Asingepata kura i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
angefan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kama <strong>wa</strong>falme <strong>wa</strong> Ukamilifu* na <strong>wa</strong> Zama za M<strong>wa</strong>ko* ambao<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> muda mwingi <strong>wa</strong>lijihusisha na sherehe na starehe. (Ni mfalme mmoja tu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Ufaransa aliye<strong>wa</strong>pokea <strong>wa</strong>nadiplomasia aki<strong>wa</strong> mali<strong>wa</strong>to<strong>ni</strong>!)<br />
K<strong>wa</strong>mba mamlaka zaidi hutuongoza kwenye kazi zaidi, <strong>ni</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> pekee <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kikristo k<strong>wa</strong> sababu kila mamlaka hutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu, ambaye <strong>ni</strong> mfano<br />
usioshind<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kila mmoja aliye katika mamlaka, k<strong>wa</strong>mba mamlaka<br />
humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mema <strong>ya</strong> wengine. Wazazi <strong>wa</strong>na mamlaka <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>o. Je, hili lina<strong>wa</strong>okoa dhidi <strong>ya</strong> kazi? Hapana, lina<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tende<br />
kazi na inagharimu usingizi <strong>wa</strong>o zaidi: Ole <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>zazi <strong>wa</strong>pendao mamlaka<br />
laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nakataa majukumu <strong>ya</strong>ke! Mungu pekee ndiye aga<strong>wa</strong>ye mamlaka na<br />
majukumu <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi!<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> ujumla, jambo hili <strong>ni</strong> kweli kuhusu kazi. Wajibu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu kuitiisha<br />
du<strong>ni</strong>a (M<strong>wa</strong>. 1:26-30) iliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> amri <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi. Busta<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Ede<strong>ni</strong><br />
haiku<strong>wa</strong> nchi <strong>ya</strong> Cockaigne, hakuna paradiso <strong>ya</strong> mjinga kama ilivyo paradiso <strong>ya</strong><br />
Umaksi au Uislamu. Katika Uislamu mtu hakufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi alipoku<strong>wa</strong> Paradiso,<br />
kazi <strong>ya</strong>ke haikutokana na laana na hataku<strong>wa</strong> akitumika huko Mbingu<strong>ni</strong>. 25<br />
“BWANA Mungu akamt<strong>wa</strong>a huyo mtu, akamweka katika busta<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Ede<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
ailime na kuitunza” (M<strong>wa</strong>. 2:15). (Hapa Mungu anataja sehemu mbili za kila<br />
kazi, ambazo <strong>ni</strong> badiliko na endelezo, tengenezo na utunzaji. Daima Uyuma<strong>ni</strong>sti<br />
husisistiza kimoja<strong>wa</strong>po ama kingine, Biblia huviweka vyote pamoja). Kabla <strong>ya</strong><br />
Anguko, t<strong>wa</strong>ona aina mbalimbali za kazi Adamu na Ha<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>lizopas<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuzifan<strong>ya</strong>. Walipas<strong>wa</strong> kum<strong>wa</strong>gilia na kuotesha mimea (M<strong>wa</strong>. 2:5), <strong>wa</strong>lipas<strong>wa</strong><br />
kujipatia dhahabu na mawe <strong>ya</strong> thama<strong>ni</strong> (M<strong>wa</strong>. 2:10-13), <strong>wa</strong>lipas<strong>wa</strong> kujipatia<br />
chakula chao (M<strong>wa</strong>. 2:9) na <strong>wa</strong>lipas<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>patia <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma wote majina (M<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
2:19-20). Adamu aliku<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nasa<strong>ya</strong>nsi mbaolojia <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza. Ni ajabu ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
habari <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji <strong>ya</strong>sema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu alimpa Adamu haki <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>patia<br />
25 Tazama Mo<strong>ni</strong>ka Tworuschka. “Islam”. kk. 64-84 in: Michael Kloecker, Udo Tworuschka (ed.) Ethik der<br />
Religionen – Lehre und Leben: vol 2: Arbeit. op. ct., kk. 67+69
Utatu na Kazi 27<br />
majina <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma na Mungu angetumia majina <strong>ya</strong> Adamu; “kila kiumbe hai, jina<br />
alilokiita Adamu lika<strong>wa</strong> ndilo jina lake” (M<strong>wa</strong>. 2:19). Sikiliza ufupisho <strong>wa</strong><br />
Agano la Kale na mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kazi:<br />
Kazi “si tokeo au adhabu <strong>ya</strong> dhambi - k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> mtazamo<br />
unaokubalika <strong>wa</strong> uchambuzi <strong>wa</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>wa</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>. 3:17-19 <strong>ni</strong> ugumu na hali<br />
kushind<strong>wa</strong> kunakojirudia tu pekee vinasimama dhidi <strong>ya</strong> urahisi na uhuru mbali<br />
na utunzaji <strong>wa</strong> Paradiso. K<strong>wa</strong> ujumla, kazi <strong>ya</strong> mwili haipuuzwi miongo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong><br />
Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi kama ilivyoku<strong>wa</strong> miongo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> Wagriki na Warumi”. 26<br />
Sawia kabisa Wilhelm Luetgert anaandika:<br />
“Si kazi yenyewe bali mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo usio sa<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kazi na malipo au<br />
matokeo na maumivu na sulubu ambavyo havisimami katika uwiano sa<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kilichozalish<strong>wa</strong>, ndio <strong>ni</strong> matokeo <strong>ya</strong> dhambi”. 27<br />
Hata hivyo: K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Isa<strong>ya</strong>, katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a (tazama Isa. 65:17-25) kazi na<br />
shughuli havitaku<strong>wa</strong> ubatili mtupu: “Nao <strong>wa</strong>tajenga nyumba, na kukaa nda<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke; <strong>wa</strong>tapanda mizabibu, na kula matunda <strong>ya</strong>ke. Ha<strong>wa</strong>tajenga, akakaa mtu<br />
mwingine nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke; ha<strong>wa</strong>tapanda akala mtu mwingine...na <strong>wa</strong>teule <strong>wa</strong>ngu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>taifurahia kazi <strong>ya</strong> mikono <strong>ya</strong>o muda <strong>wa</strong> siku nyingi. Ha<strong>wa</strong>tajitaabisha k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kazi bure, <strong>wa</strong>la...”(Isa. 65:21-23).<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu Itapokea Ujira Wake<br />
Katika Biblia, kazi ina thama<strong>ni</strong> na heshima hata kama inalip<strong>wa</strong> au hailipwi.<br />
Laki<strong>ni</strong> sheria iliyo <strong>ya</strong> daima na <strong>ya</strong> kureje<strong>wa</strong> daima: “Mtenda kazi astahili ujira<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke” (1 Tim 5:18, Lk. 10:7) <strong>ni</strong> matokeo <strong>ya</strong> hili. Kazi si jambo lenye kufaa i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
italip<strong>wa</strong> tu bali kazi inalip<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ni</strong> kitu chenye kufaa.<br />
Jinsi ambavyo Biblia inachukulia k<strong>wa</strong> uzingativu amri <strong>ya</strong> kulipa kila kazi<br />
kunaonekana katika Yer. 22:13, “Ole <strong>wa</strong>ke ajengaye nyumba <strong>ya</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> uovu! Na<br />
vyumba v<strong>ya</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> udhalimu! Atumiaye utumishi <strong>wa</strong> mwenzake bila ujira, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
hampi mshahara <strong>wa</strong>ke”.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo kazi yote <strong>ni</strong> yenye kustahili malipo, laki<strong>ni</strong> malipo ha<strong>ya</strong> ha<strong>ya</strong>hitaji<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> fedha tu. Kila mtu aweza kuamua <strong>ni</strong> malipo <strong>ya</strong>pi atakayo au kukataa<br />
malipo <strong>ya</strong> kidu<strong>ni</strong>a. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, chukulia sifa za mke mwema katika Zaburi. Kazi<br />
iliyolip<strong>wa</strong> na kazi isiyolip<strong>wa</strong> moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja husimama bega k<strong>wa</strong> bega. Kazi <strong>ya</strong><br />
mama huyu imejaa thama<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Amri <strong>ya</strong> Mungu kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi siku sita, kama tunavyoona katika Amri Kumi, <strong>ni</strong><br />
amri <strong>ya</strong> jumla k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>naume na <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke. Watu ha<strong>wa</strong>paswi kukaa, bali<br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> Jumapili. Kazi sio tu amri <strong>ya</strong> asili na umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> asili,<br />
<strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu kinyume na hapo tungefariki k<strong>wa</strong> njaa, bali <strong>ni</strong> utaratibu<br />
ulioumb<strong>wa</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo “moja kati <strong>ya</strong> laumu za manabii <strong>ni</strong> dhidi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu matajiri<br />
26 Johannes Wachten. “Judentum”. kk. 9-23 katika : rud., uk. 10<br />
27 Hermann Cremer. Arbeit und Eigentum in christlicher Sicht. op. cit. uk. 9
28 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
(mfano, Amosi 6:3-6)”. 28 Waweza ku<strong>wa</strong> tajiri laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>weza usiwe mzembe. Ni<br />
mapenzi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na ametupatia sisi Uumbaji k<strong>wa</strong> lengo hili.<br />
Mtu asiye na ajira aweza kufan<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong>? Kazi! Inga<strong>wa</strong> hatutaki kulishusha chi<strong>ni</strong><br />
tatizo la ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> ajira, mtu asiye na ajira aweza kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi mbalimbali<br />
pasipo ujira. Aweza kusaidia familia <strong>ya</strong>ke, wenye mahitaji au ka<strong>ni</strong>sa lake. Uvivu<br />
au ku<strong>wa</strong>laumu wengine sio ja<strong>wa</strong>bu la ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> ajira.<br />
Umaksi unasemaje <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ajira? Hakuna. K<strong>wa</strong> Marx, katika ubepari ujira<br />
wowote si <strong>wa</strong> haki laki<strong>ni</strong> hakuna aliye na haki kubadili hili. Tofauti baina <strong>ya</strong><br />
matengenezo <strong>ya</strong> kijamii <strong>ya</strong> kikristo na mapinduzi pekee <strong>ya</strong> kimaksi inaku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>zi katika makala <strong>ya</strong> Marx “Uhakiki <strong>wa</strong> Azimio la Gotha” [(Critique of the<br />
Declaration of Gotha) (“Kritik des Gothaer Programm”)] iliyoandik<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
alipoku<strong>wa</strong> mzee na akitoa rai <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> juk<strong>wa</strong>a la Chama cha Kijamaa cha<br />
Kidemokrasia cha Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> (Social Democratic Party of Germany). Tak<strong>wa</strong> la<br />
Chama hiki cha kijamaa “k<strong>wa</strong>mba pato lote la kazi linapas<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> haki sa<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kila mmoja, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> hitaji lake <strong>wa</strong>kati kila mmoja<br />
analo jukumu la kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi” 29 – nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke lenyewe limeja mambo yenye<br />
kukangan<strong>ya</strong> – linakatali<strong>wa</strong> kabisa na Marx k<strong>wa</strong> sababu bado limejeng<strong>wa</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>zo la sheria na haki. Marx anaandika: “Ni haki <strong>ya</strong> ukosa-usa<strong>wa</strong>* kuhusu<br />
<strong>ya</strong>liyomo kama haki yote ilivyo”. 30 Anaendelea: “Kikanu<strong>ni</strong>, hapa haki sa<strong>wa</strong><br />
bado inabaki ku<strong>wa</strong> haki <strong>ya</strong> mtu <strong>wa</strong> tabaka la kati…” 31 Hii haiwezi kukubalika<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sababu bado “kim<strong>ya</strong>kim<strong>ya</strong> inakubali tofauti <strong>ya</strong> vipa<strong>wa</strong> v<strong>ya</strong> mtu binafsi, na<br />
hivyo basi tofauti <strong>ya</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi kama mapendeleo <strong>ya</strong> asili”. 32<br />
Marx alisoma sheria katika Chuo Kikuu cha Bonn hivyo alijua kile alichoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
akiongea. Hakutaka kubadili misimamo yoyote <strong>ya</strong> kisheria bali kusubiri unabii<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong> kweli. Unabii wote ulihitimisha ku<strong>wa</strong> jamii <strong>ya</strong> Kikomu<strong>ni</strong>sti haitaleta<br />
matokeo <strong>ya</strong> haraka:<br />
“Laki<strong>ni</strong> machungu ha<strong>ya</strong> ha<strong>ya</strong>epukiki katika hatua <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>ya</strong><br />
jamii <strong>ya</strong> Kikomu<strong>ni</strong>sti kama ilivyojitokeza k<strong>wa</strong> jamii <strong>ya</strong> kibepari baada <strong>ya</strong><br />
muda mrefu <strong>wa</strong> maumivu <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi” 33<br />
(K<strong>wa</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong>, hapa Marx anazungumza katika unabii mkamilifu, kama<br />
manabii <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale <strong>wa</strong>livyofan<strong>ya</strong>!) Engels anasema hili tena <strong>wa</strong>zi zaidi:<br />
“Tunafan<strong>ya</strong> kila jaribio kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nasheria – mkorofi,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Marx hakudai kamwe ‘haki k<strong>wa</strong> mazao yote <strong>ya</strong> kazi’ na k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
kamwe hakuweka ba<strong>ya</strong>na tak<strong>wa</strong> lolote la kisheria la namna yoyote katika<br />
maandiko <strong>ya</strong>ke yoyote <strong>ya</strong> kinadharia”. 34<br />
28 Alan Richrdson. Die biblische Lehre von der Arbeit. op. cit. uk. 16<br />
29 Ursula Schulz (ed.). Die deutsche Arbeiterbewegung 1848 – 1919 in Augenzeugenberichten. dtv: Mu<strong>ni</strong>ch,<br />
1981 3 .uk. 200<br />
30 Karl Marx. Friedrich Engels. Werke 42 vol. Dietz Verlag: Berlin. 1956ff. vol. 19. uk. 20<br />
31 Rud.<br />
32 Rud., uk. 21<br />
33 Rud<br />
34 Rud. Vol. 21. uk. 501
Utatu na Kazi 29<br />
Anaendelea:<br />
“Marx anatambua kutokukwepa k<strong>wa</strong> historia, ambayo <strong>ni</strong> haki <strong>ya</strong><br />
mahusiano <strong>ya</strong> kale kati <strong>ya</strong> mtum<strong>wa</strong> na b<strong>wa</strong>na, b<strong>wa</strong>nyenye <strong>wa</strong> Zama za Kati<br />
n.k., kama nyenzo <strong>ya</strong> maendeleo <strong>ya</strong> binadamu k<strong>wa</strong> kipindi fula<strong>ni</strong> cha<br />
kihistoria. Wakati mwingine anakubali haki <strong>ya</strong> kinyon<strong>ya</strong>ji …” 35<br />
Hakuna hata mmoja afikiriaye ku<strong>wa</strong> Marx aliku<strong>wa</strong> akipiga<strong>ni</strong>a haki za<br />
<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi, amemsoma Marx na Angels. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>limu wote,<br />
mfan<strong>ya</strong>kazi <strong>ni</strong> lazima ajitiishe chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> hitaji la historia na kusubiri hadi vita v<strong>ya</strong><br />
matabaka vitakapofikia kwenye hatua nyingine ifuatayo. Haki haiwezi<br />
kufanyi<strong>wa</strong> dai la kisheria. Umaksi unaulamu Ukristo k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>fariji <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
matumai<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mbingu<strong>ni</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hawezi kuele<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> tumai<strong>ni</strong> hili <strong>ni</strong><br />
msingi <strong>wa</strong> mabadiliko katika du<strong>ni</strong>a hii na k<strong>wa</strong> haki yoyote. Laki<strong>ni</strong> Marx<br />
mwenyewe ana<strong>wa</strong>fariji <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong> mao<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> kinabii. Laki<strong>ni</strong> Paradiso itakuja<br />
tu baada <strong>ya</strong> Umaksi <strong>wa</strong> leo ku<strong>wa</strong> umekufa. Hakuna mfuasi <strong>wa</strong> Marx<br />
aliyekwishapata chochote k<strong>wa</strong> tumai<strong>ni</strong> lake lile, sio hapa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> au hata huko<br />
mbingu<strong>ni</strong>!<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, Marx alipigana dhidi <strong>ya</strong> sheria za Kiingereza na Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> zenye<br />
kupinga kazi za <strong>wa</strong>toto zilizo kama za kitum<strong>wa</strong>. Alisema sheria kama hizi<br />
ziliku<strong>wa</strong> “za kupinga maendeleo” 36 k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ziliku<strong>wa</strong> hazifungama<strong>ni</strong> na<br />
ubepari na vi<strong>wa</strong>nda vikub<strong>wa</strong> – alithibitish<strong>wa</strong> na historia ku<strong>wa</strong> mkosa – na k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu zilirudisha nyuma maendeleo <strong>ya</strong> hatua <strong>ya</strong> mwisho <strong>ya</strong> ubepari. Marx<br />
hakutaka ku<strong>wa</strong>saidia <strong>wa</strong>nyonge bali kuona unabii <strong>wa</strong>ke uki<strong>wa</strong> kweli. Marx<br />
hakusema neno lolote <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>nyony<strong>wa</strong>o, bali aliona tu tatizo k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong> Umaksi <strong>wa</strong>ngekosa nguvu kub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mapinduzi i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngelele<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mazingira bora. 37<br />
Kutokujali kusiko na mpaka k<strong>wa</strong> haki za <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi na tendo lolote kuelekea<br />
uhusiano <strong>wa</strong> haki kati <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ajiri na <strong>wa</strong>ajiri<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>weza kuthibitish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> nukuu<br />
nyingi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Marx na Engels, 38 Marx aliandika <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Bunge la<br />
Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong>:<br />
“K<strong>wa</strong> sababu m<strong>wa</strong>weza kutumia bunge kama njia <strong>ya</strong> kuvuruga,<br />
hamtaweza kamwe kuvuruga kitu chenye kukubalika kiakili au kitu chenye<br />
matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi.” 39<br />
35 Ibid.; see the whole page<br />
36 Rud. uk. 32 (“Allgemeines Verbot der Kinderarbeit ist unvertraeglich mit der Existenz der grossen Industrie<br />
und daher leerer frommer Wunsch. Durchfuehrung desselben – wenn moeglich – <strong>wa</strong>ere reaktionaer, da, bei<br />
strenger Regelung der Arbeitszeit nach den verschiedenen Altersstufen und sonstigen Versichtsmassregeln<br />
zum Schutze der Kinder, fruehzeitige Verbindung produktiver Arbeit mit Unterricht eines der maechtigen<br />
Um<strong>wa</strong>ndlungsmittel der heutigen Gesellschaft ist”.)<br />
37 Tunataka kuonesha msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Marx, sio kujadili kazi za <strong>wa</strong>toto au haki <strong>ya</strong> serikali kurekebisha<br />
38 Konrad Loew. Marxismus Qellenlexikon. Koelner U<strong>ni</strong>versitaetsverlag: Koeln, 1985. kk. 221 – 222<br />
39 Karl Marx. Friedrich Engels. Werke.op. cit. vol. 32. uk. 360
30 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Umaksi una tatizo lenye kufanana na ubepari usioami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. Vyote<br />
vinatoa wito k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> haki <strong>ya</strong> kazi, laki<strong>ni</strong> havina sheria <strong>ya</strong> kudhibiti haki hiyo.<br />
Wakati Marx hakubali haki yoyote kuwek<strong>wa</strong> katika sheria, marafiki zake <strong>wa</strong><br />
kibepari <strong>wa</strong>najaribu kuweka mitazamo <strong>ya</strong>o katika sheria. Laki<strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mali<br />
<strong>ya</strong>weza kutambua haki katika hali <strong>ya</strong> fedha tu. Haki daima humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha kupata<br />
fedha zaidi k<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kidogo zaidi. Wanasahau k<strong>wa</strong>mba kazi <strong>ya</strong>weza<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> haki tu i<strong>wa</strong>po inarekebisha kila eneo la maisha, na sio mambo <strong>ya</strong> kifedha<br />
tu.<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Kazi k<strong>wa</strong> Ajili <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
I<strong>wa</strong>po Mungu Mtatu asingefan<strong>ya</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yetu, tusingeweza kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi<br />
kabisa. Inga<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu aliumb<strong>wa</strong> ili afanye kazi na sio ku<strong>wa</strong> mvivu, amri<br />
<strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi <strong>ni</strong> sehemu tu <strong>ya</strong> amri <strong>ya</strong> kumtumikia. Katika Biblia, daima kazi<br />
<strong>ya</strong> mtu ina mipaka. Kinyume na thama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke, kamwe kazi si jukumu la k<strong>wa</strong>nza<br />
bali <strong>ni</strong> la pili daima. Kamwe kazi yenyewe si mwisho! Ni mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kipekee <strong>wa</strong><br />
Kikristo kujumuisha tukuzo la <strong>juu</strong> kabisa la kazi kama kitu kisichofaa iki<strong>wa</strong><br />
haifanyiki katika sura <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, katika mipaka <strong>ya</strong> kazi, ili k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu<br />
asimezwe kamwe na kazi, bali aiweke kazi chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na <strong>ya</strong> uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Ni hadi uonapo pande zote mbili k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati mmoja ndipo <strong>wa</strong>weza kuele<strong>wa</strong><br />
matokeo <strong>ya</strong>tendayo kazi <strong>ya</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo.<br />
Hii <strong>ni</strong> maana <strong>ya</strong> Sabato. Sabato humkumbusha m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu k<strong>wa</strong>mba aweza<br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi katika “siku sita za kazi” (Eze. 46:1) k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mwumba <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
afan<strong>ya</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong>ke na amempa yeye uumbaji k<strong>wa</strong> matumizi <strong>ya</strong>ke. Pia<br />
Mungu ajua k<strong>wa</strong>mba kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi mchana na usiku pasipo hadhari si jambo<br />
jema k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu.<br />
Tumekwishajadili di<strong>ni</strong> mbalimbali zenye mtazamo du<strong>ni</strong> dhidi <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi<br />
sana. Laki<strong>ni</strong> pia kuna di<strong>ni</strong> zenye mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kazi ulio <strong>juu</strong> sana unaokosa<br />
marekebisho <strong>ya</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> siku nzima pasipo pumziko. Umoja <strong>wa</strong><br />
Wanasheria <strong>wa</strong> Kijapa<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>sema k<strong>wa</strong>mba katika Japa<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>tu 10,000 hufa kila<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ka k<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi zaidi <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida. 40 ‘Kifo k<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi zaidi’ <strong>ni</strong><br />
jambo lenye kukubali<strong>wa</strong> na Waziri <strong>wa</strong> Kazi <strong>wa</strong> Japa<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> chanzo maalum cha<br />
kifo. Kuna neno maalum k<strong>wa</strong> kifo kitokanacho na kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi zaidi katika<br />
lugha <strong>ya</strong> Kijapa<strong>ni</strong>, ‘karoshi’. Kifo kutokana na kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi zaidi inasem<strong>wa</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> tokeo la kazi za saa za ziada na ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> n<strong>ya</strong>kati za maburudiko. Mara<br />
nyingi “nyumba<strong>ni</strong> panaku<strong>wa</strong> mahali pa kupatia usingizi tu” 41<br />
Siku <strong>ya</strong> saba isiyo <strong>ya</strong> kazi hu<strong>wa</strong>kumbusha <strong>wa</strong>nadamu k<strong>wa</strong>mba pasipo Mungu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>singeweza kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kabisa. “BWANA asipoijenga nyumba <strong>wa</strong>ijengao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong> kazi bure. BWANA asipoulinda mji yeye aulindaye akesha bure. Kazi<br />
yenu <strong>ni</strong> bure, mnaoamka mapema, na kukawia kwenda kulala, na kula chakula<br />
40 D. P. “Zu Tode gearbeitet”. Der Kassenarzt No. 12/1991, uk. 32<br />
41 Rud
Utatu na Kazi 31<br />
cha taabu; Yeye hu<strong>wa</strong>pa usingizi a<strong>wa</strong>pendao” (Zab. 127:1-2). Mithali 10:22<br />
inasema k<strong>wa</strong> kifupi zaidi: “Baraka <strong>ya</strong> BWANA hutajirisha, <strong>wa</strong>la hachanganyi<br />
huzu<strong>ni</strong> nayo” (pia tazama Mat. 6:24-34). Na Yesu ana<strong>wa</strong>ambia <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke:<br />
“maana pasipo mimi <strong>ni</strong>nyi hamwezi kufan<strong>ya</strong> neno lolote” (Yoh. 15:5).<br />
Wafasili <strong>wa</strong> Maandiko Matakatifu <strong>wa</strong> kiuzamo (kipa<strong>ya</strong>tisti) na <strong>wa</strong> kiliberali,<br />
wote k<strong>wa</strong> pamoja <strong>wa</strong>naona mistari kama hii ikirejea kwenye jukumu la kidi<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
baraka fula<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiroho au fumbo. Mpa<strong>ya</strong>tisti anaami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba hawezi kufan<strong>ya</strong><br />
uinjilisti pasipo Yesu au hawezi kukuza ka<strong>ni</strong>sa lake pasipo Yesu. Kusema ukweli<br />
huu ndio ukweli, laki<strong>ni</strong> vifungu vilivyonukuli<strong>wa</strong> vinahusika na kazi yoyote, kila<br />
kitu <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>cho na hasa kazi <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> kila siku! K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Kutoka<br />
31:2-6 na 35, 31 <strong>wa</strong>handisi <strong>wa</strong>ngeweza kujenga hema zuri k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mungu<br />
ame<strong>wa</strong>patia Roho <strong>wa</strong>ke pamoja na vipa<strong>wa</strong> v<strong>ya</strong> ubu<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>wa</strong>o.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo ku<strong>wa</strong> wenye shukra<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> sehemu muhimu <strong>ya</strong> kazi. “Isa. 28:23-29<br />
<strong>ya</strong>sema k<strong>wa</strong>mba matokeo <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kulima kulima, kusiha, kupanda, kuivisha,<br />
kufyeka, kupura na kuoka mkate hurejea katika mafundisho <strong>ya</strong> Mungu” 42 ; “K<strong>wa</strong><br />
maana Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ke anam<strong>wa</strong>giza vizuri na kumfundisha” (Isa<strong>ya</strong> 28:26). 43<br />
Kuna njia mbalimbali zilizoimarish<strong>wa</strong> za kuelezea ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba kazi sio kila<br />
kitu, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu anahitaji kumshukuru Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong><br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi. Moja <strong>ya</strong> Kumi (zaka) huja moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja kutoka kwenye kile<br />
kilichovun<strong>wa</strong> na mtu. Zaka sio tu sehemu <strong>ya</strong> pato bali na malimbuko (mazao <strong>ya</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>nza) <strong>ya</strong> kazi zetu ili kudhihirisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu na shukra<strong>ni</strong> huja k<strong>wa</strong>nza<br />
kabla <strong>ya</strong> kutumia mazao <strong>ya</strong> kazi zetu. Jambo hili <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na lile la utoaji dhabihu.<br />
Gustav Friedrich Oehler ameonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba mimea na <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong><br />
dhabihu viliku<strong>wa</strong> “v<strong>ya</strong>kula v<strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida ambavyo <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liweza kujipatia<br />
kutokana na kazi za ka<strong>wa</strong>ida”. 44 Hii <strong>ya</strong>weza kuonekana katika dhabihu <strong>ya</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>nza iliyorekodi<strong>wa</strong> katika historia <strong>ya</strong> Abeli na Kai<strong>ni</strong> ambao wote <strong>wa</strong>litoa<br />
mazao <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza <strong>ya</strong> ufundi <strong>wa</strong>o. Jambo hili pia laonesha mahusiano <strong>ya</strong> karibu<br />
kati <strong>ya</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong> siku, huduma na shukra<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu.<br />
Hakuna kazi ifany<strong>wa</strong>yo k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mtu au familia <strong>ya</strong>ke au m<strong>wa</strong>jiri <strong>wa</strong>ke bali<br />
katika uchambuzi <strong>wa</strong> mwisho <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>jiri Mkuu, 45 Mungu Mwenyewe.<br />
Hivyo Paulo asema: “Na kila mfan<strong>ya</strong>lo, k<strong>wa</strong> neno au k<strong>wa</strong> tendo, fanye<strong>ni</strong> yote<br />
katika jina la B<strong>wa</strong>na Yesu, mkimshukuru Mungu Baba k<strong>wa</strong> yeye” (Kol. 3:17).<br />
Tena hili haliwezi kupunguz<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> katika mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kiuzamo. Hili<br />
linathibitish<strong>wa</strong> na moja <strong>ya</strong> mistari ifuatayo iliyoandik<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong><br />
bado <strong>ni</strong> sahihi k<strong>wa</strong> kila mmoja: “lolote mfan<strong>ya</strong>lo, lifanye<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> moyo, kama k<strong>wa</strong><br />
42 Alan Richardson. Die biblische Lehre von der Arbeit. op. cit. uk. 15<br />
43 Tazama maelezo kulingana na muktadha.<br />
44 Gustav Friedrich Oehler. Theologie des Alten Testament J. F. Steinkopf: Stuttgart, 1891 3 .uk. 437<br />
45 Hapa Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> ‘m<strong>wa</strong>jili’ [‘Arbeitgeber’] humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha ‘mtoaji <strong>wa</strong> kazi’, mtu apmaye mwingine kazi’.<br />
Katika Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> tunaweza kusema Mungu <strong>ni</strong> mkuu ‘Arbeitgeber’, Alye mkuu kabisa a<strong>wa</strong>paye <strong>wa</strong>nadamu<br />
kazi
32 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
B<strong>wa</strong>na, <strong>wa</strong>la si k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu, mkijua <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> mtapokea k<strong>wa</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na ujira <strong>wa</strong><br />
urithi. Mnamtumikia B<strong>wa</strong>na Yesu” (Kol. 3:23-24).<br />
“Heshima <strong>ya</strong> kazi haitoka<strong>ni</strong> na kile ufan<strong>ya</strong>cho bali k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong><br />
unakifan<strong>ya</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> agizo la utumishi lililotole<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu na tabia<br />
<strong>ya</strong> utumishi katika kazi kuelekea k<strong>wa</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko, kazi yenye ufundi kidogo<br />
kabisa <strong>ni</strong> yenye thama<strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na kazi “itumiayo akili sana”’. 46<br />
Watu wengi <strong>wa</strong>nalilaumu Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu linaamuru <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi wema (mfano, Tito 2:9-11; Efe. 6:5-9; Kol. 3:22-4:1; 1 Tim. 6:1-2;<br />
1 Pet. 2:18-25; 1 Kor. 7:21-24). Tumekwishasikia sababu za malaumu hayo.<br />
Mtu hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, sio k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>jiri. Huu <strong>ni</strong> uhuru<br />
halisi! “Ninyi <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>tii<strong>ni</strong> hao ambao k<strong>wa</strong> mwili <strong>ni</strong> b<strong>wa</strong>na zenu, katika<br />
mambo yote, si k<strong>wa</strong> utum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> macho, kama <strong>wa</strong>jipendekezao k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu,<br />
bali k<strong>wa</strong> unyofu <strong>wa</strong> moyo, mkimcha B<strong>wa</strong>na” (Kol. 3:22). Hakuna kazi chafu au<br />
mba<strong>ya</strong> katika Biblia, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> kazi au zile taaluma ambazo moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja<br />
zinakataz<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu kama ukahaba. M<strong>wa</strong>jiri m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu sio mtoaji halisi <strong>wa</strong><br />
mishahara, bali M<strong>wa</strong>jiri Mkuu <strong>wa</strong> Uumbaji. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ni</strong> Mungu pekee,<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>jiri pekee, atoaye ujira k<strong>wa</strong> haki, <strong>ni</strong> lazima <strong>wa</strong>ajiri <strong>wa</strong>nadamu <strong>wa</strong>fanye<br />
vivyo hivyo.<br />
Paulo yule anayetuambia <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>we <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>kazi <strong>wa</strong>zuri anaandika: Kila<br />
mtu na akae katika hali ileile ambayo aliku<strong>wa</strong> nayo alipoit<strong>wa</strong>. Je! Uliit<strong>wa</strong> u<br />
mtum<strong>wa</strong>? Usione <strong>ni</strong> viba<strong>ya</strong> laki<strong>ni</strong> kama ukiweza ku<strong>wa</strong> huru, afadhali<br />
kuutumia. K<strong>wa</strong> maana yeye aliyeit<strong>wa</strong> katika B<strong>wa</strong>na hali <strong>ya</strong> utum<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>ni</strong> huru <strong>wa</strong><br />
B<strong>wa</strong>na. Hivyo yeye aliyeit<strong>wa</strong> hali <strong>ya</strong> uhuru, <strong>ni</strong> mtum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kristo. Mliumb<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> thama<strong>ni</strong>; msiwe <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu (1 Kor. 7:20-23). Katika <strong>wa</strong>raka<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Filemo<strong>ni</strong>, Paulo anajishughulisha na kufunguli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mtum<strong>wa</strong>. Je, huu <strong>ni</strong><br />
mkanganyiko? Hapana, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Paulo anasema: “Laki<strong>ni</strong> kama ukiweza<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> huru, afadhali kuutumia”. Laki<strong>ni</strong> mtum<strong>wa</strong> hahitaji kusubiri muda mrefu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kuishi ili aweze kuishi maisha yenye matunda. Ameit<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu, ameit<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> ufalme <strong>wa</strong> mbingu<strong>ni</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> pia ameit<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong>ke. Sio kazi <strong>ya</strong><br />
mtum<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu inayofan<strong>ya</strong> maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong> yenye thama<strong>ni</strong> bali hali <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
<strong>ya</strong> kuit<strong>wa</strong> na Mwumba na mkombozi <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Nguvu ipen<strong>ya</strong>yo <strong>ya</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo katika historia inajikita katika ukweli huu.<br />
Mkristo aweza kumtumikia Mungu kama mtum<strong>wa</strong> pasipo kubadili hali <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong><br />
nje, na anaweza kupata uhuru na kujishughulisha k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> kujikomboa na<br />
kubadili hali <strong>ya</strong>ke. Ana maisha kamili katika kila hali. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu ta<strong>ya</strong>ri anacho<br />
kila kitu, anaweza kubadili kila kitu.<br />
Katika Kol. 3:25 - 4:1 tunapata maonyo makali k<strong>wa</strong> mab<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Wanakumbush<strong>wa</strong> majukumu <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>ya</strong> kisheria k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mungu hana<br />
upendeleo k<strong>wa</strong> mtu. Mtum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kikristo hata hivyo hahitaji kusubiri mpaka<br />
b<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong>ke a<strong>wa</strong>po mwenye haki. Anaweza kuishi k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> makusudi <strong>ya</strong><br />
46 Emil Brunner. Das Gebot und die Ordnungen. Zwingli Verlag: Zuerich, 1939 4 . p. 373
Utatu na Kazi 33<br />
Mungu hapa hapa na sasa! Hahitaji kusubiri mpaka ulimwengu utakapoku<strong>wa</strong><br />
umebadilika kabisa, kama inavyofikiri<strong>wa</strong> katika Uhindu, Ubudha, Umaksi na<br />
di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine!<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mfuasi <strong>wa</strong> Marx, mtu na kazi <strong>ni</strong> vitu vyenye kufanana kabisa. Hawezi<br />
kufikiria kazi mbali na mtu, kama amkanavyo Mungu ambaye angeku<strong>wa</strong> pia<br />
akifan<strong>ya</strong> kazi; na hawezi kufikiri mtu mbali na kazi ambayo hufan<strong>ya</strong> kitu kama<br />
Sabato, mapumziko au ibada <strong>ya</strong> Jumapili ku<strong>wa</strong> jambo lisilowezekana. Friedrich<br />
Engels anaandika:<br />
“Kazi <strong>ni</strong> chanzo cha utajiri wote, <strong>wa</strong>nasiasa <strong>wa</strong>chumi <strong>wa</strong>natuambia.<br />
Ndiyo, <strong>ni</strong> hivyo, mbali na asili ambayo hutupa vitu ambavyo kazi huzibadili<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> utajiri. Laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> jinsi isivyofikirika, kazi <strong>ni</strong> zaidi <strong>ya</strong> hili. Ni amri <strong>ya</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>nza <strong>ya</strong> kimsingi <strong>ya</strong> maisha <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu na jambo hili katika ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo<br />
hicho <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba, <strong>ni</strong> lazima tuseme katika maana <strong>ya</strong> hakika: Kazi imemwumba<br />
mtu mwenyewe”. 47<br />
K<strong>wa</strong>mba kazi imemwumba mtu <strong>ni</strong> njia pekee nyingine <strong>ya</strong> kusema k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu<br />
alijiumba mwenyewe kama nukuu ifuatayo kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Karl Marx<br />
inavyothibitisha:<br />
“K<strong>wa</strong> sababu k<strong>wa</strong> mtu mshoshalisti chochote kile kiit<strong>wa</strong>cho historia<br />
<strong>ya</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a si chochote zaidi <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>zaa <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> shughuli za<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu, huku <strong>ni</strong> kuibuka k<strong>wa</strong> asili kupitia <strong>wa</strong>tu, [mshoshalisti] ana<br />
uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi na usiopingika <strong>wa</strong> kuzali<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke kupitia yeye<br />
mwenyewe, <strong>wa</strong> hatua za asili <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe”. 48<br />
Kama mtu na kazi <strong>ni</strong> vitu sawia vyenye kufanana na kazi <strong>ni</strong> thama<strong>ni</strong> kuu <strong>ya</strong> jamii,<br />
kazi hii haitaku<strong>wa</strong> na thama<strong>ni</strong> njema iliyothibitish<strong>wa</strong> na wote, bali thama<strong>ni</strong><br />
kandamizi yenye kuchuki<strong>wa</strong> na wote isipoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>chache. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu kazi<br />
haiko chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Mungu na chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong> mtu, inaku<strong>wa</strong><br />
ukandamizaji wenye kutisha. Umaksi unajaribu kupigana pasipo kutoa njia <strong>ya</strong><br />
kujinasua. Kama kazi na mtu <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> mtu aweza kuepa<br />
ukandamizaji <strong>wa</strong> kazi pasipo kupoteza nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke?<br />
Magumu <strong>ya</strong> Kazi<br />
Daima kazi <strong>ni</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. Na mtu hawezi kuzungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kazi<br />
bila kuzungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. Hiyo ndiyo sababu pekee k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> laana k<strong>wa</strong><br />
dhambi <strong>ya</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu katika Anguko iliku<strong>wa</strong> laana <strong>ya</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu<br />
(M<strong>wa</strong>. 3:17-19; 5:29). M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu alifikiri angeweza ku<strong>wa</strong> na mamlaka <strong>ya</strong><br />
uta<strong>wa</strong>la na kazi pasipo Yeye aliyefan<strong>ya</strong> yote mawili <strong>ya</strong>wezekane, ait<strong>wa</strong>ye<br />
Mungu. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> laana, siku k<strong>wa</strong> siku m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu anakumbush<strong>wa</strong> jinsi<br />
imaa<strong>ni</strong>shavyo kumdharau Mwumba. Yeyote atakaye kazi pasipo matatizo<br />
anapinga Anguko na anapinga ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu pekee aweza ku<strong>wa</strong> chanzo cha kazi<br />
ambayo inaongoza kwenye matokeo kamili na mapumziko <strong>ya</strong> kweli. Pasipo<br />
47 Karl Marx. Friedrich Engels. Werke. op. cit. vol. 20. p. 444<br />
48 Rud. vol. 40. uk. 546
34 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
dhabihu <strong>ya</strong> Nafsi <strong>ya</strong> Pili <strong>ya</strong> Utatu kusingeku<strong>wa</strong> na matumai<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba hali hii<br />
ingebadilika kabisa. Wakati huo huo Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>nachukua msongo na suluba za<br />
kazi kutoka katika mkono <strong>wa</strong> Mungu. “Je! Mtendakazi anayo faida ga<strong>ni</strong> katika<br />
<strong>ya</strong>le anayojishugulisha nayo? Nimeona tabu ambayo Mungu ame<strong>wa</strong>pa<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nadamu, ili kutaabika nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke” (Mhu. 3:9-10). Sulema<strong>ni</strong> hafikii hitimisho<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong> vema kutofan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kabisa bali <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba tunafuraha <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
matokeo <strong>ya</strong> kazi yetu kama za<strong>wa</strong>di kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu: “Mimi najua ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
hakuna jema k<strong>wa</strong>o kupita kufurahi, na kufan<strong>ya</strong> mema maadam <strong>wa</strong>naishi. Tena <strong>ni</strong><br />
karama <strong>ya</strong> Mungu kila mtu apate kula na kuny<strong>wa</strong>, na kujiburudisha k<strong>wa</strong> mema<br />
katika kazi <strong>ya</strong>ke yote” (Mhu. 3:12-13).<br />
Biblia inatuamuru kuchukua taabu <strong>juu</strong> yetu wenyewe na sio kuweka mzigo <strong>juu</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> wengine. Mwizi huweka mzigo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> wengine kama ifan<strong>ya</strong>vyo Serikali k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kutumia kodi kuga<strong>wa</strong> tena utajiri kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> mmoja kwenda k<strong>wa</strong> mwingine.<br />
Maagizo <strong>ya</strong> Paulo ha<strong>ya</strong>hitaji maelezo marefu: “K<strong>wa</strong> maana mnafan<strong>ya</strong> neno hili<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ndugu wote <strong>wa</strong>lio katika Makedo<strong>ni</strong>a yote. Laki<strong>ni</strong> t<strong>wa</strong><strong>wa</strong>sihi, ndugu 49 …,<br />
mzidi sana. Tena mjitahidi kutulia, na kutenda shughuli zenu, na kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mikono yenu wenyewe, kama tulivyo<strong>wa</strong>agiza; ili mwenende k<strong>wa</strong> adabu<br />
mbele <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>lio nje, <strong>wa</strong>la msiwe na haja <strong>ya</strong> kitu chochote (1 Thes. 4:10-12).<br />
“Maana t<strong>wa</strong>sikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>ko <strong>wa</strong>tu kwenu <strong>wa</strong>endao bila utaratibu, ha<strong>wa</strong>na<br />
shughuli zao wenyewe, laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>najishughulisha na mambo <strong>ya</strong> wengine. Basi<br />
t<strong>wa</strong><strong>wa</strong>agiza hao, na ku<strong>wa</strong>on<strong>ya</strong> katika B<strong>wa</strong>na Yesu Kristo, <strong>wa</strong>tende kazi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
utulivu na kula chakula chao wenyewe” (2 Thes. 3:11-12).<br />
Kile ambacho Paulo ali<strong>wa</strong>fundisha wengine, yeye pamoja na <strong>wa</strong>tendakazi<br />
pamoja naye ndicho <strong>wa</strong>lichokifan<strong>ya</strong>: “M<strong>wa</strong>jua wenyewe jinsi i<strong>wa</strong>pasavyo<br />
kutufuata; k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hatukuenda bila utaratibu kwenu, <strong>wa</strong>la hatukula chakula<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mtu yeyote bure; bali k<strong>wa</strong> taabu na masumbufu, usiku na mchana tulitenda<br />
kazi, ili tusimlemee mtu <strong>wa</strong> kwenu a<strong>wa</strong>ye yote” (2 Thes. 3:7-8).<br />
Tena, Mungu <strong>ni</strong> mfano bora. Alichukua huzu<strong>ni</strong> zote, taabu na maumivu <strong>ya</strong> kazi<br />
<strong>ya</strong> ukombozi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe. Mungu alimtoa m<strong>wa</strong>nawe pekee kutukomboa<br />
sisi kutoka katika Anguko. Hakuweka mzigo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>juu</strong> yetu bali aliubeba mzigo<br />
wetu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Msalaba. Iki<strong>wa</strong> theolojia inamkosa Mungu Mtatu, inamkosa Mungu,<br />
aliyechukua mizigo <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>teule. Sio Uislamu <strong>wa</strong>la Umaksi, sio<br />
Ubudha <strong>wa</strong>la serikali zenye kitu cha kutoa badala <strong>ya</strong>ke.<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Kazi Yenye Mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo<br />
3. Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu Mtatu <strong>ni</strong> kazi yenye mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo. Nafsi za Mungu Mtatu<br />
huga<strong>wa</strong>na shughuli zao na sio k<strong>wa</strong>mba wote <strong>wa</strong>na kazi moja, kama 1 Kor.<br />
49 Katika lugha nyingi wingi <strong>wa</strong> ‘kaka’ au <strong>wa</strong> ‘dada’ hutumika kujumuisha pamoja <strong>wa</strong>toto wote <strong>wa</strong> kike na <strong>wa</strong><br />
kiume <strong>wa</strong> mzazi mmoja. K<strong>wa</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> wingi <strong>wa</strong> zama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ‘dada’, ‘Geschwister’ <strong>ni</strong> jina k<strong>wa</strong> kaka na<br />
dada. K<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida wingi <strong>wa</strong> ‘adelphos’ (‘kaka’), ‘adelphoi’ (‘kaka’ au ‘kaka na dada’) hutumika kuongea<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kaka na dada k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati mmoja. Hakuna neno jingine kudokeza kaka na dada k<strong>wa</strong> pamoja. (Wingi <strong>wa</strong><br />
dada ‘adelphai’ <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>-dada tu.)
Utatu na Kazi 35<br />
12:4-12 inavyoonesha <strong>wa</strong>zi. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu kazi zao <strong>ni</strong> tofauti, laki<strong>ni</strong> zenye<br />
kuelekez<strong>wa</strong> kwenye lengo moja, Utatu unaonesha kile ambacho ushirika <strong>wa</strong><br />
kweli katika upendo na kusaidiana, neno na majadiliano, mpango na utimizaji<br />
humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha, hata kabla <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji. Huu <strong>ni</strong> utofauti katika umoja usioweza<br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> makosa. Iki<strong>wa</strong> tu una utofauti katika umoja na umoja katika utofauti,<br />
iki<strong>wa</strong> tu unaami<strong>ni</strong> katika Mungu <strong>wa</strong> U<strong>ni</strong>-verse (umoja ‘u<strong>ni</strong>-’ katika utofauti<br />
‘–verse’), kazi <strong>ya</strong>weza ku<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> kutumikiana sisi k<strong>wa</strong> sisi. Mungu ataka <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tumikiane <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o, kama Nafsi za Utatu zinavyotumikiana.<br />
Tunategemeana sisi k<strong>wa</strong> sisi k<strong>wa</strong> sababu tuna miito tofauti, uwezo tofauti,<br />
karama tofauti na majukumu tofauti. Msisitizo katika karama za Roho katika<br />
Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa huthibitisha hili bila mashaka. Mungu hataki kila mmoja kufan<strong>ya</strong> kitu<br />
kile kile - isipoku<strong>wa</strong> kule kutunza amri zake - bali anataka tofauti za majukumu<br />
na matendo, katika Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na mahali popote.<br />
Familia <strong>ni</strong> mfano bora <strong>wa</strong> kituo cha mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi katika maisha. Katika<br />
familia, <strong>wa</strong>tu hujifunza tofauti za kijinsia – au ha<strong>wa</strong>jifunzi hilo kabisa. Katika<br />
familia <strong>wa</strong>tu hujifunza kazi tofauti za <strong>wa</strong>zazi na <strong>wa</strong>toto, za <strong>wa</strong>zee na za vijana –<br />
au ha<strong>wa</strong>jifunzi hilo kabisa. Katika familia <strong>wa</strong>tu hujifunza ambavyo <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ko<br />
tofauti chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu yule yule mmoja – au ha<strong>wa</strong>jifunzi kukubali k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
tuko tofauti. Katika familia, <strong>wa</strong>tu hujifunza k<strong>wa</strong>mba maisha na kazi humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha<br />
kutumikiana kila mtu na mwenzake – au ha<strong>wa</strong>jifunzi hilo kamwe.<br />
Ni jambo la kufurahisha ku<strong>wa</strong> Marx aliona mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi kama anguko la<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu lililosababisha matokeo <strong>ya</strong> haraka <strong>ya</strong> ndoa na umilikaji binafsi. Mtu<br />
aliumb<strong>wa</strong> kupitia kazi <strong>ya</strong>ke, laki<strong>ni</strong> utengano <strong>wa</strong> mtu na kazi ulitokea kupitia<br />
mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi. Unyon<strong>ya</strong>ji huja kupitia kazi iliyoga<strong>wa</strong>ny<strong>wa</strong>, kupitia ndoa na<br />
kupitia umilikaji binafsi. (Hata hivyo: Marx anaongelea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uanzish<strong>wa</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong><br />
mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi, ndoa na umilikaji binafsi kama “Anguko la Kiuchumi”<br />
akitumia histilahi <strong>ya</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> (‘siindenfall’) k<strong>wa</strong> Anguko la m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu<br />
lililorekodi<strong>wa</strong> katika M<strong>wa</strong>nzo 3. K<strong>wa</strong> kutambua anaweka ‘anguko’ lake katika<br />
mahala pa Anguko la kibiblia ambalo lingeku<strong>wa</strong> uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> kutosha ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
alianzisha uamsho <strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong>, na sio nadharia <strong>ya</strong> kiuchumi. Inahitaji ima<strong>ni</strong> kub<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Anguko la kibiblia kama inavyohitajika kuami<strong>ni</strong> katika Anguko la<br />
kimaksi).<br />
Marx aliku<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> kuona ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna ndoa na hakuna umilikaji binafsi pasipo<br />
mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi. Laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu anakiita dhambi kile ambacho Biblia<br />
inakitangaza ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Uumbaji mwema <strong>wa</strong> Mungu, hawezi kutoa msaada<br />
wowote katika kuushinda unyon<strong>ya</strong>ji. Msaada <strong>wa</strong>ke pekee <strong>ni</strong> unabii <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba siku moja mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi utakwisha. Aliandika:<br />
“Katika hatua <strong>ya</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikomu<strong>ni</strong>sti, baada <strong>ya</strong> utii <strong>wa</strong> kitum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi na pamoja nao ukinza<strong>ni</strong> kati <strong>ya</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong> akili<br />
na <strong>ya</strong> mwili ku<strong>wa</strong> umetoweka; baada <strong>ya</strong> kazi kutoku<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> kuishi bali<br />
yenyewe ku<strong>wa</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza <strong>ya</strong> maisha, baada <strong>ya</strong> chemchemi za utajiri <strong>wa</strong><br />
pamoja kutiririka kikamilifu kupitia maendeleo <strong>ya</strong> kila mtu binafsi na nguvu
36 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
zake za uzalishaji; hivyo ndivyo haki <strong>ya</strong> tabaka jembamba la wenye nacho<br />
(bouigeois) <strong>ya</strong>weza kufung<strong>wa</strong> na jamii <strong>ya</strong>weza kuandika kwenye bango lake:<br />
Kila mmoja k<strong>wa</strong> kadri <strong>ya</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke, kila mmoja k<strong>wa</strong> kadri <strong>ya</strong> mahitaji<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke!” 50<br />
Kamwe Marx hakuweza kuelezea jinsi ambavyo jambo hilo lingewezekana<br />
pasipo mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi. Kamwe hakujibu s<strong>wa</strong>li hilo i<strong>wa</strong>po mwisho <strong>wa</strong><br />
mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha kila mmoja anapas<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> jambo lile lile.<br />
Kamwe hakujibu jinsi ambavyo jamii ingefan<strong>ya</strong> kazi pasipo mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kazi.<br />
Bali alitabiri tu tumai<strong>ni</strong> lake la umoja k<strong>wa</strong> sababu alimchukia Mungu Mtatu,<br />
aliye chanzo cha tofauti zote za kweli.<br />
Kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Huduma <strong>ya</strong> Kila Mtu na Mwenzake<br />
Katika Utatu, Nafsi hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi kila mmoja k<strong>wa</strong> mwenzake. Katika na baada <strong>ya</strong><br />
Uumbaji, Mungu hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji. Kamwe kazi si tu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />
<strong>ya</strong> faida <strong>ya</strong> yule afan<strong>ya</strong>ye kazi. Daima na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati uleule kazi <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong><br />
mtu binafsi na k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> wengine. Ni Mungu Mtatu awezaye kufan<strong>ya</strong><br />
iwezekane k<strong>wa</strong>mba, kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mtu binafsi na kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> wengine<br />
havisimami katika kupingana kila kimoja na chenzake bali daima huenda<br />
sambamba. Kama ilivyo kazi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> utukufu <strong>wa</strong>ke mwenyewe,<br />
daima k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati uleule kazi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> Nafsi nyingine <strong>ya</strong> Utatu na, au k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ajili <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji <strong>wa</strong>ke; ndivyo kazi <strong>ya</strong> mtu ilivyopang<strong>wa</strong> kumsaidia yeye<br />
mwenyewe na ku<strong>wa</strong>saidia wengine.<br />
Kazi <strong>ni</strong> huduma. Lugha zetu zimechukua <strong>wa</strong>zo hili kutoka kwenye athari <strong>ya</strong><br />
Ukristo. Tunatumia neno la Kilati<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mtumishi, “mhudumu”, kumwita<br />
mchungaji na vile vile m<strong>wa</strong>nasiasa kwenye cheo cha <strong>juu</strong>. Yawezekana<br />
mfan<strong>ya</strong>kazi mwenye nafasi <strong>ya</strong> mamlaka apate cheo cha heshima ‘mtumishi’?<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mamlaka Kuu, Yesu Kristo Mwenyewe, <strong>ni</strong> mtumishi.<br />
Tunazungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ‘utumishi <strong>wa</strong> umma’ <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> utumishi <strong>wa</strong> kijeshi, <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
‘urefu <strong>wa</strong> utumishi’ na ‘miaka <strong>ya</strong> utumishi’ badala <strong>ya</strong> miaka <strong>ya</strong> kazi.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo mishahara kamwe haitumiki k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mfan<strong>ya</strong>kzi tu.<br />
“Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> halidu<strong>ni</strong>shi ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba kazi hutumika kumpatia<br />
mtu gharama za kuishi (Efe. 4:28; 1 Thes. 4:11; 2 Thes. 3:8, 12). Laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
upande mwingine, mishahara haikusudiwi tu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> yule afan<strong>ya</strong>ye<br />
kazi.” 51<br />
Sehemu <strong>ya</strong> pato isiyohamishika, zaka, <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. Jamii na Serikali kisheria<br />
zaweza kuchukua kodi (inga<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> hakika si sana k<strong>wa</strong> siku hizi). Yeyote<br />
asiyelipa k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> maisha <strong>ya</strong> familia <strong>ya</strong>ke, ukijumuisha <strong>wa</strong>zazi <strong>wa</strong>ke, <strong>ni</strong><br />
mba<strong>ya</strong> kuliko asiyeami<strong>ni</strong> (1 Tim. 5:8; Mk. 7:9-13). Kuna majukumu mengine <strong>ya</strong><br />
kijamii.<br />
50 Rud. vol. 19. uk. 21 (Katika Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> sentensi hii <strong>ni</strong> ngumu zaidi. Kama ilivyo sawia k<strong>wa</strong> Marx.)<br />
51 Hermann Cremer. Arbeit und Eigentum in christlicher Sicht. op. cit. uk. 11
Utatu na Kazi 37<br />
Kielelezo kizuri <strong>ni</strong> mahusiano <strong>ya</strong> Paulo k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu ambao hapo a<strong>wa</strong>li <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong><br />
wezi: “Mwibaji asiibe tena; bali afadhali afanye juhudi, akitenda kazi iliyo nzuri<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mikono <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe, apate ku<strong>wa</strong> na kitu cha kumgawia mhitaji” (Efe.<br />
4:28). Tena Paulo hataji k<strong>wa</strong>mba yule aliyeku<strong>wa</strong> mwizi hapo a<strong>wa</strong>li aishi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
pato lake, inga<strong>wa</strong> hili laweza kumaa<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong>. Paulo anaongelea tu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
uwezekano <strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>saidia wengine i<strong>wa</strong>po utafan<strong>ya</strong> kazi.
38 Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kibiblia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
MTAZAMO WA KIBIBLIA NA SHERIA YA MUNGU<br />
(1995) 52<br />
1. Hakuna mtu awezaye kuishi bila sheria. Kamwe, si suala la sheria dhidi <strong>ya</strong><br />
kutokuwepo k<strong>wa</strong> sheria, au si <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu dhidi <strong>ya</strong> kutoku<strong>wa</strong>po k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sheria; bali daima <strong>ni</strong> vita baina <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na sheria mbalimbali za<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu, di<strong>ni</strong> na aideolojia mbalimbali.<br />
2. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo, suala si kama mtu anataka ku<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> sheria au la, bali <strong>ni</strong> sheria<br />
ipi inayomfunga: “hukumu za mataifa” au <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu (Eze. 11:12; taz.<br />
Yer. 10:3, 8; Law. 18:3-5). Jambo hili linaendelea ku<strong>wa</strong> halali k<strong>wa</strong> Wakristo,<br />
ambao ha<strong>wa</strong>paswi kujichukulia hukumu zao kutoka katika di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine,<br />
tamadu<strong>ni</strong> nyingine au kutoka katika mazingira <strong>ya</strong>o, bali kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu na<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke pekee.<br />
3. Kii<strong>ni</strong> cha maadili k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> fasili na chanzo cha di<strong>ni</strong> chaweza<br />
kudhihirish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> lugha mbalimbali ambazo k<strong>wa</strong>zo neno tuliitalo leo ‘di<strong>ni</strong>’<br />
liliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> neno sa<strong>wa</strong> na ‘sheria’. Maana <strong>ya</strong> istilahi ‘di<strong>ni</strong>’ [religion] katika<br />
mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kisasa <strong>ni</strong> matokeo <strong>ya</strong> Mapinduzi <strong>ya</strong> Ufaransa na Zama za M<strong>wa</strong>ko.<br />
Katika Zama za Kati na hapo kabla, istilahi ‘lex’ (‘sheria’) ilitumika mara nyingi<br />
zaidi <strong>ya</strong> neno jingine lolote katika kuzipatia di<strong>ni</strong> mbalimbali jina la jumla.<br />
4. <strong>Sheria</strong> za Mungu zina mizizi katika tabia <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo sifa za Mungu,<br />
zinadhihirish<strong>wa</strong> katika Agano la Kale na Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, zikilingana na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu na neno la Mungu. Inga<strong>wa</strong> Mungu pekee ndiye “mtakatifu” (Ufu. 15:4),<br />
“mwema” (Mk. 10:18) na “mwenye haki” (N<strong>ya</strong>. 12:6; Zab. 11:7), “<strong>Sheria</strong>”<br />
vilevile <strong>ni</strong> “takatifu, na <strong>ya</strong> haki na njema” (Rum. 7:12).<br />
5. Hakuna mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kibiblia uwezayo ku<strong>wa</strong> halali ambao k<strong>wa</strong>o<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> haioneka<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> jumla kama Neno la Mungu kweli kweli, sa<strong>wa</strong> na sehemu<br />
nyingine <strong>ya</strong> Biblia. <strong>Sheria</strong> sio sehemu du<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Biblia.<br />
6. Upinga-U<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>ni</strong> mahali pekee penye uwezekano ambapo Agano la Kale,<br />
hususa<strong>ni</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale, limewek<strong>wa</strong> kando. <strong>Upendo</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Agano la<br />
Kale na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong> ulinzi bora dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Upinga-U<strong>ya</strong>hudi.<br />
7. Je, Yesu aliweka <strong>Upendo</strong> mahali pa <strong>Sheria</strong>? Je, nafasi <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale lililo<br />
katili ilichukuli<strong>wa</strong> na Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> lenye upendo? Hili lawezekana vipi k<strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong><br />
amri kuu (iliyo kii<strong>ni</strong>) <strong>ya</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> “Mpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko kama nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko”, <strong>ni</strong><br />
52 Ilichap<strong>wa</strong> tena kutoka katika Chalcedon Report Nr. 367 (Febr 1996): 16-18
Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Matengenezo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu 39<br />
nukuu <strong>ya</strong> Agano <strong>ya</strong> Kale? K<strong>wa</strong> Paulo, Amri Kumi na “kila amri” inaongoz<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
upendo (Rum. 13:8-10) na kipekee anataja kile ambacho upendo utafan<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
Yeyote apendaye kweli hataiba, hataua, hatatama<strong>ni</strong> au hatafan<strong>ya</strong> uzinzi! Iki<strong>wa</strong><br />
Wakristo ha<strong>wa</strong>tarudi kwenye sababu za msingi na motisho k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> yote<br />
<strong>wa</strong>taendelea kuomba radhi dhidi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu.<br />
8. Daima Yesu alitumia Agano la Kale ku<strong>wa</strong>pinga Mafarisayo. Mara nyingi<br />
aliendelea ku<strong>wa</strong>kemea Mafarisayo na <strong>wa</strong>andishi k<strong>wa</strong> kufasili kimakosa,<br />
kutumia kimakosa na kupinga Agano la Kale na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke. Hili laweza<br />
kuonekana kwenye Marko 7:1-5 (Mat. 15:1-3) na Mathayo 23:23. “M<strong>wa</strong>ikataa<br />
amri <strong>ya</strong> Mungu mpate ku<strong>ya</strong>shika mapokeo yenu” (Mk. 7:9).<br />
9. Jambo kama hilo laweza kupatikana katika Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong>. Kila mlolongo<br />
<strong>wa</strong> masomo unaanza k<strong>wa</strong> “mmesikia <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> kale <strong>wa</strong>livyoambi<strong>wa</strong>…Bali mimi<br />
na<strong>wa</strong>ambia…” (Mat. 5:21-48), unatambulish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> tamko la <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
Yesu alikuja kutimiza <strong>Sheria</strong> vizuri zaidi kuliko Mafarisayo <strong>wa</strong>livyofan<strong>ya</strong> (Mat.<br />
5:17). Alikuja kuimarisha hata “amri moja katika hizi zilizo ndogo” (Mat. 5:19,<br />
soma Mat. 5:17-20). Wakati Yesu a<strong>wa</strong>ambiapo <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke, k<strong>wa</strong> mfano,<br />
“Kila mtu atazamaye m<strong>wa</strong>namke k<strong>wa</strong> kumtama<strong>ni</strong>, amekwisha kuzi<strong>ni</strong> naye<br />
moyo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ke” (Mat. 5:28), haundi <strong>wa</strong>zo jip<strong>ya</strong> la dhambi <strong>ya</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong> dhidi <strong>ya</strong><br />
uzoeshi <strong>wa</strong> nje <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale, bali ana<strong>wa</strong>kumbusha <strong>wa</strong>sikilizaji <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Amri Kumi, sio k<strong>wa</strong>mba zinajumuisha amri <strong>ya</strong> saba tu, bali pia <strong>ya</strong> kumi<br />
(Kut. 20:17; Kum. 5:21).<br />
10. Pasipo <strong>Sheria</strong>, kusingeku<strong>wa</strong> na dhambi (Rum. 4:15; 15:13; 7:8; 1 Kor.<br />
15:56). K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo, jukumu la <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kufunua dhambi (Rum. 3:20; 7:7, 9-10;<br />
Gal. 2:19). Hivyo inaku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi ku<strong>wa</strong> kwenda kinyume na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ni</strong> ukweli ulio<br />
<strong>wa</strong>zi kabisa, unaojitegemea mbali na hisia zozote za mtu au mihemko. Mungu<br />
anatutaka sisi tufanye kile tu anachotuamuru sisi tufanye katika ufunuo <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Isipoku<strong>wa</strong> vitu vile vinavyokataz<strong>wa</strong>, vinavyokataz<strong>wa</strong> kwenye <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
(Kum. 10:12-14). Yeyote aendaye zaidi <strong>ya</strong> kile Mungu anachokielezea kama<br />
dhambi, anajitangaza mwenyewe ku<strong>wa</strong> mtunga-sheria sa<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu (Yak.<br />
4:12) na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ule ule anaifan<strong>ya</strong> sheria ku<strong>wa</strong> yenye kufany<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu na <strong>ni</strong>ra isiyobebeka (Mat. 23:4; Mdo. 15:10).<br />
11. Hakuna sheria <strong>ya</strong> asili pasipo ufunuo. Wapaga<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> “<strong>wa</strong>sio na sheria” (Rum.<br />
2:12); <strong>ni</strong> “<strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Mataifa <strong>wa</strong>sio na sheria” (Rum. 2:14). Iki<strong>wa</strong> kile kiit<strong>wa</strong>cho<br />
sheria <strong>ya</strong> asili kinachukua nafasi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu iliyoandik<strong>wa</strong>, basi<br />
hatimaye <strong>ni</strong> uamuzi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nafalsafa au <strong>wa</strong>nasheria (elimu-maadili <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>nadamu), <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa (elimu-maadili <strong>ya</strong> Kikatoliki) au <strong>wa</strong>natheolojia<br />
(elimu-maadili <strong>ya</strong> Kilutheri), kile ambacho sheria <strong>ya</strong> asili hujumuisha, na <strong>ni</strong><br />
vi<strong>wa</strong>ngo vipi v<strong>ya</strong> kibiblia ambavyo bado vinafan<strong>ya</strong> kazi na vile visivyofan<strong>ya</strong><br />
kazi. Matokeo <strong>ya</strong> mafundisho <strong>ya</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> asili k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
“Zeitgeist” au sheria <strong>ya</strong> sasa <strong>ya</strong> serikali inaku<strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu.
40 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
12. <strong>Sheria</strong> haiwezi kuumba uzima <strong>wa</strong> milele au wokovu na hivyo <strong>wa</strong>ami<strong>ni</strong><br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>na uzima <strong>wa</strong> milele huko kwenye <strong>Sheria</strong>. Tena hii <strong>ni</strong> kweli zaidi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lio <strong>wa</strong>fu kiroho (Gal. 3:21). <strong>Sheria</strong> haiwezi kuhuisha. Mahali dhambi<br />
ita<strong>wa</strong>lapo, <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>weza kuleta mauti tu, laki<strong>ni</strong> sio kuhuisha mfu ku<strong>wa</strong> hai.<br />
Jambo hili limewek<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi kwenye Agano la Kale (Mfano, Hab. 1:4).<br />
Utangulizi <strong>wa</strong> Amri Kumi unathibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba neema na Agano la Mungu<br />
huja k<strong>wa</strong>nza na ndipo <strong>Sheria</strong> hufuata. Mtu aweza tu kuishi k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> neema <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na baada <strong>ya</strong> kupokea msamaha kupitia dhabihu <strong>ya</strong><br />
upata<strong>ni</strong>sho <strong>ya</strong> Yesu Kristo, M<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> Mungu.<br />
13. Injili na <strong>Sheria</strong> husimama kinyume tu cha kila moja – hususa<strong>ni</strong> katika<br />
n<strong>ya</strong>raka za Paulo – i<strong>wa</strong>po ‘sheria’ inaeleweka kama wokovu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> si<br />
i<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>Sheria</strong> inaeleweka kama <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu iliyoandik<strong>wa</strong> katika Agano la<br />
Kale. Katika 1 Tim. 1:9-11 na Rum. 2:12-15, Paulo analiona tangazo la maelezo<br />
<strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> na Hukumu <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> dhambi maalum kama sehemu <strong>ya</strong> ‘injili’<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke.<br />
14. <strong>Sheria</strong> hai<strong>wa</strong>saidii ku<strong>wa</strong> bora <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liopata kuifahamu, bali ina<strong>wa</strong>endesha<br />
zaidi katika dhambi. Pasipo Roho <strong>wa</strong> Mungu, hata Mkristo aweza kutaka sana<br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> mema, na asiweze (Rum. 7). Iki<strong>wa</strong> Mungu hawezi kusaidia k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong><br />
Roho <strong>wa</strong>ke (Rum. 8:3-4) na kutimiza sheria <strong>ya</strong>ke nda<strong>ni</strong> yetu, basi sisi kama<br />
Wakristo t<strong>wa</strong>weza pia kutenda viba<strong>ya</strong> kabisa. Kuondole<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
kusingeweza kuondoa kizungumkuti* cha Rum. 7. Basi Mungu angeku<strong>wa</strong><br />
amebadili mwenyewe <strong>Sheria</strong> zake takatifu na kukiri ku<strong>wa</strong> hata yeye asingeweza<br />
kumbadili m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu. Laki<strong>ni</strong> sasa Mungu anatimiza sheria <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe<br />
nda<strong>ni</strong> yetu kupitia k<strong>wa</strong> Roho Mtakatifu. Hivyo, matak<strong>wa</strong> yote mawili<br />
<strong>ya</strong>natunz<strong>wa</strong>: Amri takatifu za Mungu zisizobadilika bado <strong>ni</strong> halali pamoja na<br />
ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong> Mungu pekee awezaye kuzitunza! Rum. 8:3-4. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo, <strong>ni</strong><br />
utimilizaji <strong>wa</strong> ahadi <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, ambalo k<strong>wa</strong>lo Roho<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Mungu huweka <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mioyo <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke (Eze. 18:31;<br />
36:25-27; Yer. 31:3; Ebr. 8:10; 10:16).<br />
15. <strong>Sheria</strong> hurekebisha agano baina <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu. <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
inajumuish<strong>wa</strong> katika agano baina <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu. Katika vifungu<br />
vingi, neno, “agano” linatumika badala <strong>ya</strong> “sheria” na vivyo hivyo neno “sheria”<br />
hutumika badala <strong>ya</strong> “agano” (mfano, Hos. 8:1; 2 N<strong>ya</strong>. 34:14; Zab. 78:10; Kumb.<br />
28:69, 58).<br />
16. Maagano yote katika historia <strong>ya</strong> wokovu (mfano, Nuhu, Ibrahimu, Musa,<br />
Daudi, Yesu) <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> milele k<strong>wa</strong> sababu kiapo na ahadi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu havibadiliki.<br />
Ahadi za Mungu hubaki katika utendaji, na kutoka <strong>wa</strong>kati mmoja hata<br />
mwingine, ahadi mp<strong>ya</strong> huongeze<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> zile zilizotangulia. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo, Agano<br />
Jip<strong>ya</strong> linachukulia k<strong>wa</strong>mba Wakristo wote <strong>wa</strong> leo, k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ule ule,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>najumuish<strong>wa</strong> katika agano la Mungu na Musa, Ibrahimu, Musa, Daudi na
Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Matengenezo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu 41<br />
Yesu Kristo. Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ni</strong> lenye utukufu zaidi na zaidi <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale, kama<br />
ilivyo k<strong>wa</strong> kila kipindi cha historia <strong>ya</strong> wokovu kinavyozidi vipindi v<strong>ya</strong> a<strong>wa</strong>li<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> utukufu <strong>wa</strong>ke na upana <strong>wa</strong> ufunuo <strong>wa</strong>ke. Kila hatua <strong>ya</strong> maendeleo <strong>ya</strong><br />
historia <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ya</strong> Wokovu huongoza katika mabadiliko <strong>ya</strong> jinsi Agano la<br />
Mungu na <strong>wa</strong>tu lipas<strong>wa</strong>vyo kuwek<strong>wa</strong> katika matendo, laki<strong>ni</strong> kamwe <strong>Sheria</strong> za<br />
Mungu za <strong>Maadili</strong> hazibadiliki, na <strong>wa</strong>la kanu<strong>ni</strong> za kiroho zinazobeba matendo<br />
<strong>ya</strong> nje <strong>ya</strong> agano hazibadiliki.<br />
17. Hatima <strong>ya</strong> jamii yoyote <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu inaamri<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mwelekeo <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> amri<br />
za Mungu. Hili li <strong>wa</strong>zi katika maagano <strong>ya</strong>liyoelez<strong>wa</strong> katika Walawi 26 na<br />
Kumbukumbu 27-32, ambayo <strong>ya</strong>naunga<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong> na laana na baraka. Amri za<br />
Mungu na utekelezaji <strong>wa</strong>ke hu<strong>wa</strong>ongoza <strong>wa</strong>tu katika maendeleo na ukuaji<br />
(Kumb. 28:13). Ukiukaji <strong>wa</strong> amri za Mungu huongoza katika anguko na<br />
utegemezi (Kumb. 28:43-44). Vifungu v<strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale vishughulikavyo na<br />
laana na baraka vinataj<strong>wa</strong> mara kadhaa katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> (mfano, Rum.<br />
10:6-8, 19; 12:19; 15:10; Ebr. 10:28-31).<br />
18. Kuna tofauti kati <strong>ya</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> maadili na ile <strong>ya</strong> maadhimisho inayoonekana<br />
katika Agano la Kale na kuotesh<strong>wa</strong> mizizi katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> (1 Kor. 7:19;<br />
Rum. 2:28-29). Pia k<strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> maadili, adhabu zake hubaki katika utendaji.<br />
Taratibu za adhabu k<strong>wa</strong> ukiukaji <strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> maadhimisho zinatimiz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
pamoja na utimilizaji <strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> maadhimisho. Hazipaswi kutumika tena.<br />
19. <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maadhimisho inatimiz<strong>wa</strong> katika maisha <strong>ya</strong> Yesu Kristo, laki<strong>ni</strong><br />
jambo hili halipaswi kutuongoza katika hitimisho la k<strong>wa</strong>mba iliku<strong>wa</strong> na thama<strong>ni</strong><br />
du<strong>ni</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong>mba maadhimisho sio <strong>ya</strong> kiroho au k<strong>wa</strong>mba kanu<strong>ni</strong> ambazo k<strong>wa</strong>zo<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maadhimisho ilijikita zaweza kutupili<strong>wa</strong> mbali (mfano, usafishaji <strong>wa</strong><br />
chachu, tohara <strong>ya</strong> moyo au utunzaji <strong>wa</strong> Jumapili takatifu).<br />
20. Agano la Kale huta<strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong> sheria za asili za haki (mfano, mashahidi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>wili, pasipo upendeleo, kifungo k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> sheria tu) <strong>ni</strong> muundo <strong>wa</strong><br />
ki-Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> sheria k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu wote. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo, sheria<br />
zinanukuli<strong>wa</strong> mara kadhaa katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, na pia zinatumi<strong>wa</strong> kwenye<br />
taasisi nyingine za kimaagano, kama vile Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa.<br />
21. Msingi <strong>wa</strong> kibiblia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> adhabu <strong>ya</strong> kifo <strong>ni</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>. 9:5-6 na Rum. 13:4. Kifo<br />
<strong>ni</strong> adhabu k<strong>wa</strong> um<strong>wa</strong>gaji damu na Serikali hubeba upanga ili kum<strong>wa</strong>dhibu<br />
mfan<strong>ya</strong> makosa. Katika <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Musa na katika Agano la Kale lote, umuhimu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> adhabu <strong>ya</strong> kifo k<strong>wa</strong> mwuaji na makosa mengine <strong>ya</strong> mauaji mara nyingi<br />
unataj<strong>wa</strong> kama amri, <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba haiwezeka<strong>ni</strong> kukataa k<strong>wa</strong>mba adhabu <strong>ya</strong> kifo<br />
ina mizizi katika tabia <strong>ya</strong> Mungu mwenyewe na vilevile katika amri zake. Ulipaji<br />
kisasi <strong>wa</strong> haki (Kut. 21:10) <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale unafany<strong>wa</strong> na Serikali, haufutwi<br />
katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi unathibitish<strong>wa</strong> (Mdo. 25:10, Rum. 13:3-4;<br />
Mat. 15:4, Ebr. 10:28-31; Mdo. 13:28); Lk. 23:40-41; Ufu. 13:10). Ni sheria <strong>ya</strong>
42 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Mungu pekee iwezayo kuamua <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> makosa ga<strong>ni</strong> adhabu <strong>ya</strong> kifo <strong>ni</strong> muhimu na<br />
inawezekana.<br />
22. Hakuna mashaka k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale inajitanua sio tu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mfalme <strong>wa</strong> Israeli, bali pia k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>falme wote <strong>wa</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a hii. Uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha k<strong>wa</strong>mba katika nafasi <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza, ta<strong>wa</strong>la zote katika utendaji rasmi<br />
zinafung<strong>wa</strong> na neno la Mungu; pili, inamaa<strong>ni</strong>sha uhakikisho k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong><br />
Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa kuamua vitendo v<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> neno la Mungu na kuzisihi<br />
kinabii ta<strong>wa</strong>la hizo. ‘Uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Mungu’ haupaswi kuchangany<strong>wa</strong> na ‘Uta<strong>wa</strong>la<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Makuha<strong>ni</strong>’. Mungu aweza ku<strong>wa</strong>ongoza <strong>wa</strong>tu na Serikali <strong>ya</strong>o moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja<br />
na k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke pasipo umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Taasisi <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
ita<strong>wa</strong>le au iongoze Serikali. Mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> kibiblia kati <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na Serikali si<br />
lazima uongoze kwenye mga<strong>wa</strong>nyiko kati <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na Serikali na kati <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> Mungu na Serikali.<br />
23. Katika Agano la Kale, vi<strong>wa</strong>ngo tofauti katika sheria fula<strong>ni</strong> (kutoka katika<br />
kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> jumla hadi mfano dhahiri au sheria <strong>ya</strong> tukio) v<strong>ya</strong>weza kutofautish<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> 1) Kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Msingi, 2) <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Msingi, 3) Maelekezo <strong>ya</strong> Utekelezaji, 4)<br />
Tukio la kisa cha m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu na 5) Tukio la kisa cha mn<strong>ya</strong>ma. Tuchukue mfano<br />
<strong>wa</strong> ‘tha<strong>wa</strong>bu’: hatua <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza: “hukumu <strong>ya</strong> Mungu” (Rum. 1:32); hatua <strong>ya</strong> pili:<br />
“kila mmoja atapata tha<strong>wa</strong>bu” (1 Kor. 3:8); hatua <strong>ya</strong> tatu: kila mmoja atapata<br />
tha<strong>wa</strong>bu <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe sa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> na taabu <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe; hatua <strong>ya</strong> nne:<br />
utekelezaji <strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> tukio kufany<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>zee; hatua <strong>ya</strong> tano: mashtaka <strong>ya</strong><br />
ng’ombe au <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma (1 Tim. 5:17-18 hujumuisha hatua <strong>ya</strong> nne, tano na tatu).<br />
24. Mungu ametoa mifumo <strong>ya</strong> maagizo mbalimbali <strong>ya</strong> kujita<strong>wa</strong>la: kujita<strong>wa</strong>la<br />
binafsi (<strong>ni</strong>dhanu binafsi), familia, ka<strong>ni</strong>sa, uchumi na serikali. Kila aina <strong>ya</strong><br />
uongozi huu hupata mamlaka <strong>ya</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> kuwezesh<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, iko<br />
chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na bado ina miundo, majukumu, malengo, sheria na<br />
adhabu tofauti tofauti.<br />
25. <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu itatimiza jukumu lake la kimsingi katika uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong><br />
miaka 1000 (Mile<strong>ni</strong>a). K<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le wenye kuami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kurudi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Yesu baada <strong>ya</strong> miaka 1000 <strong>wa</strong>naosisistiza hili. Laki<strong>ni</strong> mitazamo mingine yote<br />
kuhusu n<strong>ya</strong>kati za mwisho <strong>ni</strong> lazima zieleze li<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>pi na jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu itatimiza jukumu kuu katika mataifa yote, mfano katika Mik. 4:1-4; Isa.<br />
2:2-4, 51:4-5; Eze. 37:24. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Mik. 4:1-4 na Isa. 2:2-4 kutaku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
ama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kisiasa na <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu binafsi na kutaku<strong>wa</strong> na haki, usalama na umilikaji<br />
binafsi ulioenea, ambavyo vyote huenda pamoja.
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a 43<br />
SHERIA YA MUNGU KATIKA MILENIA:<br />
MAHALI WASO-, WAKABLA- NA WABAADAMILENIA<br />
WANAPASWA KUKUBALIANA 53<br />
Yaliyomo<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika Vifungu v<strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na Mas<strong>wa</strong>li Yanayofuatana<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika Vifungu v<strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mile<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
Wakati kuna ma<strong>wa</strong>zo mbalimbali <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kile kiit<strong>wa</strong>cho Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, mtu aweza<br />
kushangaz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba vifungu vilevile vingi au vichache vinatumi<strong>wa</strong> na pande<br />
zote.<br />
Makala <strong>ya</strong>fuatayo ha<strong>ya</strong>hitaji kujadili suala lenyewe la Mile<strong>ni</strong>a. Ha<strong>ya</strong>toi hoja za<br />
fasili za msingi za upande wowote. Laki<strong>ni</strong> makala ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong>nataka kuonesha ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuna mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a wenye faida ambao daima umeku<strong>wa</strong> ukipotez<strong>wa</strong><br />
katika joto la mpangilio na mjadala <strong>wa</strong> jumla <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a.<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu haami<strong>ni</strong> kabisa <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a yoyote hapa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> bali k<strong>wa</strong> ile <strong>ya</strong><br />
mbingu<strong>ni</strong>, bado anaami<strong>ni</strong> katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a na anapas<strong>wa</strong> kusoma makala ha<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
(Istilahi ‘amille<strong>ni</strong>alist’=asiyemile<strong>ni</strong>a, kutoka katika Kigriki ‘a’= ‘pasipo’/<br />
‘hakuna’ iliunga<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong> na maadui <strong>wa</strong> mtazamo huu. Wasomile<strong>ni</strong>a wengi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngependa kusisitiza k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>o pia <strong>wa</strong>na Mile<strong>ni</strong>a na <strong>wa</strong>naami<strong>ni</strong> katika<br />
vifungu kama Ufu. 20:1-9, laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>na uele<strong>wa</strong> tofauti <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
kuliko Wakablamile<strong>ni</strong>a na Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a).<br />
Kile <strong>ni</strong>takacho kusisitiza hapa <strong>ni</strong> jukumu la kimsingi la <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika<br />
Mile<strong>ni</strong>a. K<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a <strong>wa</strong>naoami<strong>ni</strong> katika idhi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu katika historia k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> (mf. Kumb. 27-30) <strong>wa</strong>naosisitiza<br />
hili. Laki<strong>ni</strong> misimamo mingine yote <strong>ya</strong>pas<strong>wa</strong> pia kuelezea li<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>pi na jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu itatimiza jukumu lake kuu katika mataifa yote. Chukua<br />
kifungu bora kielewekacho <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a (‘mapanga ku<strong>wa</strong> majembe’):<br />
“Laki<strong>ni</strong> itaku<strong>wa</strong> katika siku za mwisho, <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba mlima <strong>wa</strong> nyumba <strong>ya</strong><br />
BWANA utawek<strong>wa</strong> imara <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> milima, nao utainuli<strong>wa</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> vilima; na <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
53 Ilichap<strong>wa</strong> tena kutoka katika “God’s Law in the Millen<strong>ni</strong>um: Where A-, Pre and Post-millen<strong>ni</strong>alists Should<br />
Agree”. Chalcedon Report No. 328 (Nov 1992): 11-12
44 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong> mataifa <strong>wa</strong>tauendea makundi makundi. Na mataifa mengi <strong>wa</strong>takwenda na<br />
kusema, Njo<strong>ni</strong>, twende <strong>juu</strong> mlima<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> BWANA, na nyumba<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Yakobo; naye atatufundisha njia zake, nasi tutakwenda katika mapito <strong>ya</strong>ke; k<strong>wa</strong><br />
maana katika Sayu<strong>ni</strong> itatoka sheria; na neno la BWANA litatoka Yerusalemu.<br />
Naye atafan<strong>ya</strong> hukumu kati <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> kabila nyingi, naye ata<strong>wa</strong>kemea mataifa<br />
wenye nguvu <strong>wa</strong>lio mbali; nao <strong>wa</strong>tafua panga zao ziwe majembe, na mikuki <strong>ya</strong>o<br />
iwe miundu; taifa halitainua upanga <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> taifa lingine, <strong>wa</strong>la ha<strong>wa</strong>tajifunza vita<br />
tena kamwe. Bali <strong>wa</strong>taketi kila mtu chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mzabibu <strong>wa</strong>ke, na chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mti<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke; <strong>wa</strong>la hapana mtu atakaye<strong>wa</strong>tia hofu; k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kiny<strong>wa</strong> cha BWANA <strong>wa</strong><br />
majeshi kimesema hivi” (Mik. 4:1-4; kifungu sa<strong>wa</strong> na hiki kinapatikana katika<br />
Isa. 2:2-4 isipoku<strong>wa</strong> sentensi mbili za mwisho).<br />
Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a katika kuami<strong>ni</strong> idhi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika historia, hapa<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba vitu viwili <strong>ni</strong> matokeo <strong>ya</strong> kuenea k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> kupitia uinjilisti.<br />
Kutaku<strong>wa</strong> na ama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kisiasa na kibinafsi na kutaku<strong>wa</strong> na haki, usalama na<br />
kusambaa k<strong>wa</strong> umiliki binafsi (ambao, hata hivyo, k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida huenda<br />
pamoja).<br />
Vifungu vingine <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a pia vinatufundisha jukumu la kimsingi la <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika kipindi hicho. (Natumia vifungu ambavyo k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida<br />
hutumi<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>so-, <strong>wa</strong>kabla- na <strong>wa</strong>baada- mile<strong>ni</strong>a vyenye kufanana<br />
kuthibitisha misimamo <strong>ya</strong>o. Iki<strong>wa</strong> utahukumu ku<strong>wa</strong> moja <strong>ya</strong> vifungu huongea<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> umilele au Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la sasa n.k., basi tumia kifungu chako mwenyewe <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mile<strong>ni</strong>a kitajacho <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. Tena si nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kila msimamo kuna<br />
makubaliano <strong>ya</strong> mwisho kuhusu s<strong>wa</strong>li la <strong>ni</strong> vifungu vipi huzungumzia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
kipindi kipi).<br />
Chukua k<strong>wa</strong> mfano, vifungu viwili vifuatavyo:<br />
“Nisikilize<strong>ni</strong> mimi, enyi <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ngu; <strong>ni</strong>sikie<strong>ni</strong>, taifa langu; maana sheria<br />
itatoka k<strong>wa</strong>ngu, nami <strong>ni</strong>taistarehesha hukumu <strong>ya</strong>ngu iwe nuru <strong>ya</strong> mataifa. Haki<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ngu i karibu, wokovu <strong>wa</strong>ngu umeku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi, na mikono <strong>ya</strong>ngu ita<strong>wa</strong>hukumu<br />
kabila za <strong>wa</strong>tu; visi<strong>wa</strong> vita<strong>ni</strong>ngoja, navyo vitautumai<strong>ni</strong>a mkono <strong>wa</strong>ngu”<br />
(Isa 51:4-5).<br />
“Na mtumishi <strong>wa</strong>ngu, Daudi, ataku<strong>wa</strong> mfalme <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>o, nao wote <strong>wa</strong>taku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
mchungaji mmoja; nao <strong>wa</strong>taenenda katika hukumu zangu, na kuzishika amri<br />
zangu, na kuzitenda” (Eze. 37:24).<br />
Baadhi <strong>ya</strong> Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a ha<strong>wa</strong>ami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> idhi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika historia<br />
na <strong>wa</strong>naiona Mile<strong>ni</strong>a kama matokeo <strong>ya</strong> uinjilisti tu. Laki<strong>ni</strong> Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
<strong>wa</strong>le wengine <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kuelezea vifungu hivyo vilevile. K<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> iko hivyo,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuhubiri na kuikubali <strong>Sheria</strong> kutaubadili ulimwengu? Iki<strong>wa</strong> ama<strong>ni</strong><br />
itakuja pindi <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>mkubalipo Mungu kama Mwokozi na <strong>Sheria</strong> zake; je, hili<br />
haliwezi kuelezea k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> hakuna ama<strong>ni</strong> sasa? Na iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> ndicho kitu<br />
pekee kiwezacho kuleta ama<strong>ni</strong> katika <strong>wa</strong>kati ujao; je, hili haliwezi ku<strong>wa</strong> hivyo<br />
katika <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> sasa pia? Iki<strong>wa</strong> Mbaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a hakubali mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kisiasa
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a 45<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, bado anapas<strong>wa</strong> kuendelea kuona k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mile<strong>ni</strong>a humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu ata<strong>ya</strong>fundisha mataifa yote <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke. Iki<strong>wa</strong> [Mungu],<br />
analifan<strong>ya</strong> hili kibinafsi, moja baada <strong>ya</strong> jingine tu, bado analifan<strong>ya</strong>. Tu<strong>wa</strong>ache<br />
<strong>wa</strong>baadamile<strong>ni</strong>a hao kumfundisha mtu binafsi kila mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu na tutazame matokeo!<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a ha<strong>wa</strong>lichukulii jukumu la <strong>Sheria</strong> katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a na<br />
mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> tabia na kusudi la <strong>Sheria</strong> katika historia k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla,<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi kuhoji kihalali k<strong>wa</strong>mba, sababu <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo <strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>taki ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>baadamile<strong>ni</strong>a <strong>wa</strong>ami<strong>ni</strong>o katika idhi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika<br />
historia. Badala <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kushughulika na mtazamo <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong><br />
upinga-sheria (kutoka katika Kigriki ‘anti’=‘kupinga dhidi <strong>ya</strong>’ na<br />
‘nomos’=‘sheria’) ambao hau<strong>wa</strong>ruhusu kutambua jukumu la kimsingi la <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, hata kama vifungu v<strong>ya</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>vipendavyo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> somo hili<br />
vinafundisha suala hilo.<br />
Wakablamile<strong>ni</strong>a zaidi <strong>wa</strong>nahoji dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mile<strong>ni</strong>a <strong>ni</strong><br />
matokeo <strong>ya</strong> neema <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, sio kazi <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu. Iki<strong>wa</strong> anarudi tena kabla<br />
<strong>ya</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, ataku<strong>wa</strong> ndiye mwenye kuusimika. Iki<strong>wa</strong> anarudi tena baada <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, <strong>wa</strong>nahoji, <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu wenye kuusimika. (Hakuna Mbaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
ambaye angekubali maelezo ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong> msimamo <strong>wa</strong>ke. Angemthibitisha Mungu<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> kii<strong>ni</strong> cha Mile<strong>ni</strong>a k<strong>wa</strong> vifungu vilevile tulivyovijadili kitambo. Laki<strong>ni</strong> hii<br />
sio mada yetu hapa). Iki<strong>wa</strong> Yesu anarudi tena kabla <strong>ya</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, Mik. 4:1-4, Isa.<br />
2:2-4 bado vinamaa<strong>ni</strong>sha vilevile. K<strong>wa</strong> Mkablamile<strong>ni</strong>a, vinamaa<strong>ni</strong>sha ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
Kristo ataeneza <strong>Sheria</strong> (hapa <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale, kama tunajadili vifungu<br />
v<strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale). Ni k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia <strong>Sheria</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Kristo atabadili maisha <strong>ya</strong><br />
mataifa. Ni k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia <strong>Sheria</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Kristo ataleta ama<strong>ni</strong> na utajiri k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ulimwengu. Mile<strong>ni</strong>a haitokei k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> mwujiza, k<strong>wa</strong> maana ku<strong>wa</strong> kutaku<strong>wa</strong><br />
na ama<strong>ni</strong> pasipo mtu yeyote kujua jinsi ilivyoanzish<strong>wa</strong>, bali Mile<strong>ni</strong>a inakuja k<strong>wa</strong><br />
njia <strong>ya</strong> mwujiza k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu anaeneza <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> mataifa yote na<br />
kusababisha mioyo <strong>ya</strong>o kuikubali sheria.<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> Wakablamile<strong>ni</strong>a ha<strong>wa</strong>zingatii jukumu la <strong>Sheria</strong> katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a na<br />
mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> tabia na kusudi la <strong>Sheria</strong> katika historia k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla,<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi kuhoji kihalali, k<strong>wa</strong>mba sababu <strong>ya</strong>o kufan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo <strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>taki<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>baadamile<strong>ni</strong>a. Badala <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kushughulika na mtazamo <strong>wa</strong>o<br />
<strong>wa</strong> upinga-sheria, ambao hau<strong>wa</strong>ruhusu kutambua jukumu la kimsingi la <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, hata kama vifungu v<strong>ya</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>vipendavyo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> somo hili<br />
vinafundisha suala hilo.<br />
Wasomile<strong>ni</strong>a <strong>wa</strong>tahoji k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mile<strong>ni</strong>a <strong>ni</strong> ama mafafanuzi <strong>ya</strong> hali <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
huko mbingu<strong>ni</strong>, au inapas<strong>wa</strong> kueleweka kiroho kama mafafanuzi <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa hapa<br />
du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>. Iki<strong>wa</strong> hili <strong>ni</strong> kweli, vifungu vyetu vina ujumbe muhimu: alama <strong>ya</strong><br />
Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> au huko mbingu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu anafundisha <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke na Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa hutii! Iki<strong>wa</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a inapas<strong>wa</strong> kueleweka kiroho, somo la
46 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
vifungu hivi <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba, ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kiroho humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha kubadilish<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu<br />
na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke na kuishi k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke!<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> Wasomile<strong>ni</strong>a ha<strong>wa</strong>zingatii jukumu la <strong>Sheria</strong> katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a na mwenendo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> tabia na kusudi la <strong>Sheria</strong> katika historia k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla, ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi<br />
kuhoji kihalali, k<strong>wa</strong>mba sababu <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo, <strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>taki ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>kabla- au <strong>wa</strong>baadamile<strong>ni</strong>a. Badala <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kushughulika na<br />
mtazamo <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> upinga-sheria, ambao hau<strong>wa</strong>ruhusu kutambua jukumu la<br />
kimsingi la <strong>Sheria</strong> katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, hata kama vifungu v<strong>ya</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>vipendavyo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
somo hilo vinafundisha suala hilo.<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na Mas<strong>wa</strong>li Yanayofuatana<br />
Katika majadiliano <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mas<strong>wa</strong>li <strong>ya</strong>nayofuatana (<strong>ya</strong>liyopang<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na<br />
umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> nafasi husika), jukumu la kimsingi la <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ya</strong> milele<br />
mara nyingi limeku<strong>wa</strong> likisahaulika.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mfano chukua Isa<strong>ya</strong> 42:<br />
“…atatokeza hukumu k<strong>wa</strong> kweli. Hatazimia, <strong>wa</strong>la hatakata tamaa, hata<br />
atakapoweka hukumu du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>; na visi<strong>wa</strong> vitaingojea sheria <strong>ya</strong>ke…Mimi,<br />
BWANA… na kukutoa uwe agano la <strong>wa</strong>tu, na nuru <strong>ya</strong> mataifa…” (Isa. 42:3b-4,<br />
6b).<br />
“BWANA akapendez<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> haki <strong>ya</strong>ke, kuitukuza sheria na<br />
kuiadhimisha” (Isa. 42:21).<br />
Je, hapa Isa<strong>ya</strong> na Mungu <strong>wa</strong>nazungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la kizazi hiki au <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
muda ambao k<strong>wa</strong> sasa utakuja baadaye? Je, Yesu ‘mtumishi <strong>wa</strong>ngu’ (Isa. 42:1)<br />
ametimiza hili kikamilifu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> msalaba, alianza kulitimiza mahali pale, au<br />
ataanza kulitimiza hili katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, au <strong>wa</strong>weza kupata yote hayo katika Isa<strong>ya</strong><br />
42? S<strong>wa</strong>li hili <strong>ni</strong> muhimu (na <strong>ni</strong>naami<strong>ni</strong> katika msimamo <strong>wa</strong> mwisho tutaona<br />
mambo hayo na mafundisho hayo ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> utimilifu ukuao kuanzia Msalaba<strong>ni</strong> au<br />
Siku <strong>ya</strong> Hukumu Kuu), laki<strong>ni</strong> mas<strong>wa</strong>li ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong>nayofuatana <strong>ya</strong>naweza <strong>ya</strong>siondoe<br />
ujumbe mzima <strong>wa</strong> kifungu hiki: K<strong>wa</strong> kumtumia “mtumishi” <strong>wa</strong>ke Yesu Kristo,<br />
Mungu ataleta <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke hadi katika visi<strong>wa</strong> v<strong>ya</strong> miisho <strong>ya</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a. K<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong><br />
Yesu Mungu ataleta hukumu <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> kisheria k<strong>wa</strong> mataifa yote. K<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong><br />
Yesu Mungu anaitukuza <strong>Sheria</strong> na kuifan<strong>ya</strong> iheshimike. Iki<strong>wa</strong> hili <strong>ni</strong> jukumu la<br />
Yesu, <strong>ni</strong> jukumu lake katika n<strong>ya</strong>kati zote.<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu anaami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba hili lilitokea kikamilifu k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> Msalaba na<br />
Ufufuo, <strong>ya</strong>wezekanaje aendelee kufikiri ku<strong>wa</strong> Yesu <strong>ni</strong> mwisho <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>?<br />
Asingepas<strong>wa</strong> kutambua ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu anaikuza <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> Yesu na<br />
anataka isambazwe hadi kwenye visi<strong>wa</strong> v<strong>ya</strong> mbali kushinda vyote? Jambo hili <strong>ni</strong><br />
sa<strong>wa</strong> pia iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu anaami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Isa. 42 inahusika na Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa zima la zama<br />
hizi. Viko <strong>wa</strong>pi vitabu v<strong>ya</strong>ke v<strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> na maelezo <strong>ya</strong>ke iki<strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
linapas<strong>wa</strong> kuipeleka kila mahali?
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika Mile<strong>ni</strong>a 47<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu anaami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Isa. 42 huongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mbingu<strong>ni</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> hafundishi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba itaku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mahali ambapo <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu itatekelez<strong>wa</strong> kikamilifu na<br />
kutupa du<strong>ni</strong>a kamili, ikionesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> milele na ‘hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi’?<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu anaami<strong>ni</strong> hili kutokea <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a anapas<strong>wa</strong> kuzingatia kila<br />
kitu kilichosem<strong>wa</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a katika makala ha<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> kifungu kihusucho mambo <strong>ya</strong>jayo kinazungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu,<br />
t<strong>wa</strong>pasa ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>angalifu k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna kanu<strong>ni</strong> za upinga-sheria<br />
zinazotuongoza kujadili kila mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kifungu isipoku<strong>wa</strong> kii<strong>ni</strong> cha <strong>Sheria</strong> na<br />
mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke katika <strong>Maadili</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo. <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na haki <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu, hukumu na ulipaji kisasi <strong>wa</strong>ke vina msingi katika vifungu vyote<br />
vihusuvyo mambo <strong>ya</strong>jayo. Hili linapas<strong>wa</strong> kuelez<strong>wa</strong> na Waso-, Wakabla- na<br />
Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a (na vipera* v<strong>ya</strong>o vyote) wote. Yeyote asiyezungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati azungumzapo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mambo <strong>ya</strong>jayo (<strong>ya</strong>liyokwishatambuli<strong>wa</strong> au<br />
<strong>ya</strong> baadaye) anakosea, bila kujali <strong>ni</strong> msimamo upi anaoushikilia.
48 ‘Lex’ (<strong>Sheria</strong>) Kama Neno Jingine Mbadala k<strong>wa</strong>‘Di<strong>ni</strong>’<br />
‘LEX’ (SHERIA)<br />
KAMA NENO JINGINE MBADALA KWA ‘DINI’: SOMO<br />
KUTOKA ZAMA ZA KATI (1992) 54<br />
Utangulizi na Rousas J. Rushdoony: “Tunathami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> huu <strong>ni</strong> moja <strong>ya</strong><br />
pembuzi zilizo muhimu kabisa tulizo<strong>wa</strong>hi kuzichapa”.<br />
Katika maana na katika asili <strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong>, kii<strong>ni</strong> cha maadili na sheria chaweza<br />
kudhihirish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> lugha mbalimbali ambazo k<strong>wa</strong>zo neno tuliitalo leo ‘di<strong>ni</strong>’<br />
(religion) liliku<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na neno ‘sheria’.<br />
Neno la zama<strong>ni</strong> la Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> neno di<strong>ni</strong> ‘e’ au ‘e<strong>wa</strong>’ humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha ‘sheria <strong>ya</strong><br />
kimungu’ au ‘amri’. Di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine zilitazam<strong>wa</strong> kama sheria nyingine. Baada <strong>ya</strong><br />
makabila <strong>ya</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> kuupokea Ukristo neno hili na maana <strong>ya</strong>ke havikupotea<br />
mara moja. ‘E’ lika<strong>wa</strong> neno ‘agano’ katika ‘Agano la Kale’ (‘diu alte e’) na<br />
‘Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>’ (‘diu <strong>ni</strong>uwe e’). 55<br />
Maana <strong>ya</strong> istilahi ‘di<strong>ni</strong>’ katika hali <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> sasa <strong>ni</strong> matokeo <strong>ya</strong> Mapinduzi <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kifaransa na kipindi cha M<strong>wa</strong>ko. Kama Ernst Feil alivyoonesha 56 istilahi hiyo<br />
haiku<strong>wa</strong> histilahi kuu <strong>ya</strong> kujumuisha pamoja ima<strong>ni</strong> mbalimbali na miungu<br />
mbalimbali. Kabla na katika Zama za Kati, ‘lex’ iliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> istilahi iliyotumika<br />
mara nyingi kuliko yoyote katika kutoa jina la ka<strong>wa</strong>ida k<strong>wa</strong> Mkristo, M<strong>ya</strong>hudi,<br />
Mwislamu 57 na <strong>wa</strong>kati mwingine k<strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine.<br />
Augustine aliweza kuzungumzia ‘Christiana lex’ (Devera religione 27:20)<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati alipoku<strong>wa</strong> akiongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo au alinga<strong>ni</strong>shapo ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kikristo na ‘sheria’ nyingine na di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine. ‘Religio’ k<strong>wa</strong> Augustine <strong>ni</strong> neno<br />
moja tu kati <strong>ya</strong> mengine katika kutaja di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine.<br />
John <strong>wa</strong> Salisbury (1115-1180) pia anatumia ‘lex’ sambamba na ‘religio<strong>ni</strong>s<br />
cultus’ au ‘fidei professio’ (Policratus IV:6; VI:17; VII:13). Raimundus Lullus<br />
anatumia ‘lex’ na ‘fidei’ (‘ima<strong>ni</strong>’) k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>ya</strong>changan<strong>ya</strong> (mf. Liber de Gentili et<br />
Tribus Sapientibus 1:94b).<br />
54 Ilichap<strong>wa</strong> tena kutoka katika “‘Lex’ (Law) As Another Word for Religion: A Lesson Learned from the<br />
Middle Ages”. Chalcedon Report no. 320 (March 1992): 7-8 = “Lex” (Law) As Another Word for Religion’:<br />
A Lesson Learned from the Middle Ages”. Calvi<strong>ni</strong>sm Today (now: Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society) 2 (1992) 2: 5 +<br />
14<br />
55 Hans Eggers. Deutsche Sprachgeschichte I: Das Althochdeutsche. Rowohlts deutsche Enzyklopaedie<br />
185/186. Rowohlt: Reinbek, 1963. p. 125 and Guenter Lanczkowski. Einfuehrung in die<br />
Religionswissenschaft. Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft: Darmastadt, 1980. kk. 2-23.<br />
56 Ernst Feil. Religion: Die Geschichte eines neuzeitlichen Grundbegriffs vom Fruehchristentum bis zur<br />
Reformation. Forschungen zur Kirchen- und Dogmengeschichte 36. Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht: Goettingen,<br />
1986.<br />
57 Tazama Ernst Feil. Religio. Rud. kk. 233+274-275
‘Lex’ (<strong>Sheria</strong>) Kama Neno Jingine Mbadala k<strong>wa</strong> ‘Di<strong>ni</strong>’ 49<br />
Papa Pius II (1405-1464) anatumia ‘lex’ katika kitabu chake akilinga<strong>ni</strong>sha<br />
Uislamu na Ukristo. K<strong>wa</strong>ke ‘lex mahumetana’ (Lettera a Maometto II:<br />
109+115+116) haiwezi ku<strong>wa</strong> kigezo cha muungano wowote, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu<br />
‘christiana lex’ (115+158-159) <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> zama<strong>ni</strong> zaidi.<br />
Matumizi ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ‘lex’ ha<strong>ya</strong>patika<strong>ni</strong> tu katika ugwe* <strong>wa</strong> kiothodoksi tu. Roger<br />
Bacon (1220- baada <strong>ya</strong> 1292) akijaribu kuzilinga<strong>ni</strong>sha pamoja di<strong>ni</strong> mbalimbali<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> msaada <strong>wa</strong> elimu <strong>ya</strong> nyota* bado anashikilia ‘lex Christiana’ (Opus majus<br />
II:388kk, linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na 386), ambayo <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo, ku<strong>wa</strong> bora zaidi.<br />
Anaziita di<strong>ni</strong> za kipaga<strong>ni</strong> ‘lex Antichristii’ (II:370). 58<br />
Erich Feil ametoa mifano mbalimbali zaidi kutoka katika kipindi cha Augustine<br />
hadi katika m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> Matengenezo. Kama ambavyo sifahamu uchunguzi<br />
wowote katika kazi za Wanamatengenezo kuonesha <strong>ni</strong> istilahi ga<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>liyotumia<br />
kudokeza di<strong>ni</strong> mbalimbali, <strong>ni</strong> vigumu kusema i<strong>wa</strong>po matumizi <strong>ya</strong> ‘lex’<br />
<strong>ya</strong>liendelea <strong>wa</strong>kati na baada <strong>ya</strong> Matengenezo. (Jambo moja <strong>ni</strong> hakika: Istilahi<br />
‘religio’ haikutumika k<strong>wa</strong> lengo hili).<br />
Maana <strong>ya</strong> istilahi <strong>ya</strong> Kirumi ‘religio’ iliku<strong>wa</strong> holela kutokea m<strong>wa</strong>nzo, na maana<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> asili bado inajadili<strong>wa</strong> hadi leo, ikijikita mahali fula<strong>ni</strong> kati <strong>ya</strong> ‘kufung<strong>wa</strong><br />
na Mungu’ (mf. Laktanz) na ‘kumtumikia (Mungu) k<strong>wa</strong> utii’ (mf. Cicero).<br />
Istilahi ‘religio’ ilileta maana <strong>wa</strong>kati ilipotumika katika muktadha maalumu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Kikristo na ilitumika kama istilahi moja<strong>wa</strong>po miongo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> nyingine<br />
sambamba na maneno kama ‘cultus’ au ‘ritus’ ikizungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mkristo<br />
kumtumikia Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla au katika huduma za Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa. Hivyo Augustine<br />
na Luther <strong>wa</strong>litumia istilahi ‘religio’ kuzungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mkristo kumtegemea<br />
Mungu na kumtumikia yeye. Laki<strong>ni</strong> istilahi hii iliku<strong>wa</strong> du<strong>ni</strong> na bado <strong>ni</strong> du<strong>ni</strong><br />
ikitumika kulinga<strong>ni</strong>sha di<strong>ni</strong> mbalimbali kila moja na nyingine. ‘<strong>Sheria</strong>’ badala<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke huonesha mahali ambapo tofauti za kweli zimelala na k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna kitu<br />
kama di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kinadharia bali kila di<strong>ni</strong> ina mfumo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> sheria ambao<br />
unaakisi* miungu <strong>ya</strong>ke na kujipatia sura katika utamadu<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Kikihukumu kulingana na mtazamo <strong>wa</strong>ke – kipindi cha M<strong>wa</strong>ko kilifan<strong>ya</strong> kitu<br />
sahihi kabisa kufan<strong>ya</strong> istilahi di<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kuu katika maana <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> sasa, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu iliku<strong>wa</strong> holela. Kutoka kipindi hiki na kuendelea, Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>nakosa<br />
istilahi ambayo kihalisia inafan<strong>ya</strong> tofauti kuu kati <strong>ya</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>o na di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine.<br />
Peter Antes ameonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida di<strong>ni</strong> hutumia istilahi <strong>ya</strong> pamoja<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> zote. Laki<strong>ni</strong> istilahi hii inachota kutoka kwenye hukumu <strong>ya</strong>o<br />
wenyewe <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> nyingine na hufasili dhana <strong>wa</strong>nazoami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kii<strong>ni</strong> cha<br />
ulinga<strong>ni</strong>shaji <strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong>. 59<br />
58 Kipekee tazama Erich Heck. Roger Bacon: Ein mittelalterlicher Versuch einer historischen und<br />
systematischen Religionswissenschaft. Abhandlungen zur Philosophie, Psychologie und Paedagogik 13. H.<br />
Bouvier: Bonn, 1957. kk. 92-95<br />
59 Peter Antes. “Religion einmal anders”. Temenos: Studies in comparative Religion 14 (1978): 184 – 197
50 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Neno la Kiislamu litumikalo kuchukua nafasi <strong>ya</strong> histilahi <strong>ya</strong> Kimagharibi <strong>ya</strong><br />
religion <strong>ni</strong> ‘din’ (k<strong>wa</strong> wingi ‘ad<strong>ya</strong>n’) lina u<strong>wa</strong>nja mpana <strong>wa</strong> maana, zote<br />
zikionesha kile kilicho kii<strong>ni</strong> cha Uislamu: ‘hukumu, utii, kulipa kisasi, uwekaji<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kfu, uta<strong>wa</strong>la na uelekezi’. 60<br />
Istilahi <strong>ya</strong> Ki-Sankrit iliyotumika mahali pa di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> istilahi yenye kujulikana<br />
vema ‘dharma’ ilitumika pia k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zo la msingi la Uhindu. ‘Dharma’ <strong>ni</strong> sheria<br />
<strong>ya</strong> ulimwengu, ambayo inashikilia mzunguko <strong>wa</strong> kuzali<strong>wa</strong> tena na tena*. Pia<br />
inajumuisha maana mbalimbali: haki, kitu sahihi, sheria, desturi, njia’. 61<br />
Rousas Rushdoony aliandika katika kitabu chake cha Institutes: “…katika<br />
utamadu<strong>ni</strong> wowote kii<strong>ni</strong> cha sheria <strong>ni</strong> mungu <strong>wa</strong> jamii”. 62 K<strong>wa</strong> kufuata<br />
mwelekeo huu, katika machapisho mbalimbali 63 <strong>ni</strong>lijaribu kuthibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>weza ku<strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kukana uwepo <strong>wa</strong> Mungu. <strong>Sheria</strong> yoyote ipingayo<br />
neno la Mungu <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong>. Umaksi na Ujamaa <strong>wa</strong> Kitaifa* na sheria zao <strong>ni</strong> mifano<br />
mikuu. Hakuna sheria pasipo di<strong>ni</strong> na hakuna di<strong>ni</strong> pasipo sheria. Iki<strong>wa</strong> bado<br />
t<strong>wa</strong>tumia istilahi ‘sheria’ <strong>wa</strong>kati tuongeapo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> di<strong>ni</strong>, kila mmoja angetambua<br />
hili pasipo mjadala na Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>ngeele<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Uyuma<strong>ni</strong>sti, Umaksi au<br />
maono <strong>ya</strong> Ulimwengu Mp<strong>ya</strong>* <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> pinza<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Ukristo <strong>wa</strong> Biblia kama ulivyo<br />
Uislamu au Ubudha<br />
60 Rud., kk. 189-192<br />
61 Rud., kk. 192 – 194<br />
62 Rousas J. Rushdoony. Institutes of Biblical Law. Presbyterian and Reformed: Philipsburgh (NJ), 1973. uk. 4<br />
63 Mfano, Juu <strong>ya</strong> Umaksi: Marxismus – Opium fuer das Volk. Schwengeler: Berneck, 1990; “Der<br />
Kommu<strong>ni</strong>sms als Lehre vom Tausendjaehrigen Reich”, Factum 11/12/1986: 12-19; <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Ujamaa <strong>wa</strong><br />
Kitaifa: “National Socialism…”. Calvi<strong>ni</strong>sm Today (now: Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society) 2(1991) 2 (April): 16-23;<br />
makala ileile katika Symbiotica: The Journal of the Institute for Christian Economics Europe 1 (1991): 2:<br />
23-29; “Die Religion des Nationalsozialismus”, Factum 11/12/1989:506-511; “Adolf Hitler und kein Ende”,<br />
Factum 11/12/1989: 506 – 511; “Adolf Hitler und kein Ende”, Factum 6/1989: 252-255; k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla:<br />
“Reinkarnation und Karma in der Anthroposophie”, Factum 11/12/1988: 473 – 482
Ushika-sheria <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>? 51<br />
USHIKA-SHERIA NI NINI? (1993)<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> haraka haraka ‘Ushika-sheria’ unaku<strong>wa</strong> msemo utumikao kumwona yeyote<br />
anayetetea <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Biblia ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mwenye makosa. Hivi, hili <strong>ni</strong> neno la<br />
kibiblia? Je, Andiko huelezea ukinza<strong>ni</strong> huo? K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> neno lenyewe –<br />
linalolingana na neno la Kigriki au Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a halioneka<strong>ni</strong> kwenye Biblia, <strong>wa</strong>le<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naolitumia kama neno la ku<strong>wa</strong>laumu wengine <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kulifasili kutoka<br />
katika kii<strong>ni</strong> cha Biblia.<br />
Inga<strong>wa</strong> mimi binafsi <strong>ni</strong>ngependelea kuliondoa neno hilo kutoka katika msamiati<br />
wetu, <strong>ni</strong>naweza kukubali kuliwekea mipaka kwenye maana lililope<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Mababa <strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa, “jitihada kupata haki k<strong>wa</strong> matendo <strong>ya</strong> sheria”. Hata hivyo,<br />
hivi sivyo limaa<strong>ni</strong>shavyo daima, na <strong>wa</strong>la siyo maana yenye kufaa.<br />
Gordon H. Clark anadha<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> katika kozi <strong>ya</strong> historia <strong>ya</strong> theolojia<br />
‘Ushika-sheria’ ulielezea mtazamo k<strong>wa</strong>mba M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu angeweza kujipatia<br />
wokovu k<strong>wa</strong> kushika <strong>Sheria</strong>. Basi kinyume chake <strong>ni</strong> wokovu k<strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong>. Clark<br />
anaendelea, “Katika karne <strong>ya</strong> sasa neno ‘ushika-sheria’ limechukua maana<br />
mp<strong>ya</strong>. Elimu-maadili <strong>ya</strong> mazingira hupuuza sheria na kanu<strong>ni</strong>. Mtu yeyote<br />
ambaye k<strong>wa</strong> uele<strong>wa</strong> hutii sheria za Mungu huit<strong>wa</strong> mshika-sheria. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu<br />
hii, Joseph Fletcher anakubaliana na uvunjaji <strong>wa</strong> amri yoyote katika Amri Kumi.<br />
Hivyo anaipeleka maana iliyo kinyume <strong>ya</strong> ‘Ushika-sheria’ k<strong>wa</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong><br />
kihistoria <strong>ya</strong> Uprotestanti.” 64<br />
Ni jambo ba<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hii <strong>ni</strong> kweli sio tu k<strong>wa</strong> Elimu-maadili <strong>ya</strong> Mazingira bali<br />
pia k<strong>wa</strong> Wanasili* <strong>wa</strong>naoami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> imekwishatanguli<strong>wa</strong> na kisha<br />
<strong>wa</strong>natangaza mfumo wowote <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili ujeng<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> kisheria.<br />
Hata hivyo, Ushika-sheria hauwezi kushind<strong>wa</strong> na Ukosa-sheria. Greg L.<br />
Bahnsen anaandika, “Jibu k<strong>wa</strong> ushika-sheria sio uami<strong>ni</strong> rahisi, uinjilisti pasipo<br />
hitaji la kutubu, ufuataji <strong>wa</strong> baraka <strong>ya</strong> pili iliyofichika katika Roho, au maisha <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kikristo pasipo maagizo <strong>ya</strong> haki na uongozi. Uele<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kibiblia unapinga<br />
ushika-sheria k<strong>wa</strong> ‘maisha <strong>ya</strong> kweli katika Roho’. Katika kuishi hivyo, Roho <strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu <strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzilishi <strong>wa</strong> maisha map<strong>ya</strong> mwenye neema, ambaye<br />
hutuhakikishia dhambi zetu na hatari mba<strong>ya</strong> dhidi <strong>ya</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
iliyovunj<strong>wa</strong>, ambaye hutuunga<strong>ni</strong>sha sisi na Kristo katika wokovu ili tuweze<br />
kushiriki maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke matakatifu, ambaye anatuwezesha kuele<strong>wa</strong> uongozi<br />
tuliope<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> neno la Mungu, na ambaye hutufan<strong>ya</strong> tukue katika neema <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu ili tuwe <strong>wa</strong>tu ambao tunazishika vema amri za Mungu.” 65 Alfred de<br />
64 Gordon H. Clark. “Legalism”. uk. 385 katika Carl F. Henry (ed.). Baker’s Dictionary of Christian Ethics.<br />
Baker Book House: Grand Rapids (MI), 1973; kilichorudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> katika Gordon H. Clark. Essays on<br />
Ethics and Politics. Tri<strong>ni</strong>ty Foundation: Jefferson (MD), 1992. uk. 150.<br />
65 Greg. L. Bahnsen. By this Standard: The Authority of God’s Law Today. Institute for Christian Economics:<br />
Tyler (TX), 1985. kk. 67-68
52 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Ouervain anaandika k<strong>wa</strong> msisitizo ule ule, “Imekwisha kusem<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
kushikama<strong>ni</strong>sha matendo yetu kwenye Andiko huunda ushika-sheria, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> mtu<br />
yuko huru na ushika-sheria <strong>wa</strong>kati anapoipa nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke sheria. Kweli, yeyote<br />
ambaye katika majivuno <strong>ya</strong>ke hutumia <strong>Sheria</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
binafsi anatenda k<strong>wa</strong> jinsi <strong>ya</strong> ushika-sheria. Hii <strong>ni</strong> hali k<strong>wa</strong>mba ama anakusudia<br />
kushika herufi za sheria au anatupilia mbali sheria iliyoandik<strong>wa</strong> na kuimarisha<br />
sheria zake mwenyewe”. 66<br />
Kamwe, Biblia si <strong>ya</strong> ushika-sheria. Hakuna mtu yeyote anayejipatia amali<br />
kutoka kwenye Neno la Mungu anayeonekana <strong>ni</strong> mshika sheria. Hata pasipo<br />
kuitumia kanu<strong>ni</strong> katika mfumo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili, Emil Brunner alilieleza hili<br />
vema, “Kama ilivyo Andiko pasipo Roho <strong>ni</strong> Uothodoksi*, na Roho pasipo<br />
Andiko <strong>ni</strong> upinga-sheria na ushika di<strong>ni</strong> sana bila akili”. 67<br />
Ushika-sheria usitumike kama msemo dhidi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naorejea kwenye amri za<br />
Mungu, bali <strong>ni</strong> lazima ufasiliwe kulingana na Biblia na kisha upingwe k<strong>wa</strong> njia<br />
hiyo hiyo.<br />
Iki<strong>wa</strong> t<strong>wa</strong>fasili ‘ushika-sheria’ kumaa<strong>ni</strong>sha matumizi <strong>ya</strong>siyofaa <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>, <strong>ni</strong><br />
lazima tuelezee, k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia Maandiko, <strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>weza kutumi<strong>wa</strong><br />
viba<strong>ya</strong> na <strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>pas<strong>wa</strong> kutumi<strong>wa</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu hii, majed<strong>wa</strong>li mawili<br />
<strong>ya</strong>fuatayo <strong>ya</strong>naonesha mitindo mitano <strong>ya</strong> ushika-sheria na pia matumizi matano<br />
sahihi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>.<br />
66 Alfred de Quervain. Die Heiligung. Ethick Erster Teil. Evangelischer Verlag: Zollikon, 1946 2 . uk. 259<br />
67 Emil Brunner. Das Gebot und die Ordnungen. Zwingli Verlag: Zuerich, 1939 4 . uk. 79
Ushika-sheria <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>? 53<br />
Ushika-sheria <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>?<br />
Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> huelezea njia tano za matumizi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong>siyofaa:<br />
1. Kushika <strong>Sheria</strong> ili uhesabiwe haki na uokolewe (Tazama Rum. 3:21 - 4:25;<br />
Efe. 2:9-10).<br />
2. Kulazimisha sheria <strong>ya</strong> maadhimisho k<strong>wa</strong> wengine (Gal. 4:9-11; Kol.<br />
2:16-17, Kitabu cha Waebra<strong>ni</strong>a).<br />
3. Kuongeza sheria <strong>ya</strong> mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> kibinadamu kwenye sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu (Mk.<br />
7:1-15; Mt. 15:1-9).<br />
4. Kusahau mambo <strong>ya</strong> msingi k<strong>wa</strong> kupendelea mambo madogo madogo (Mt.<br />
23:23).<br />
5. Kujihusisha na utii <strong>wa</strong> nje <strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu (Mk. 7:18-23, Mt. 15:15-20,<br />
Mt. 23:27-28).<br />
Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> halihukumu <strong>ya</strong>fuatayo:<br />
Kile Ambacho Ushika-sheria Sio<br />
1. Kufikiri ku<strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ya</strong> maadili <strong>ni</strong> njema sana, <strong>ya</strong> haki, takatifu<br />
na <strong>ya</strong> kiroho (Rum. 7:12, 14; 1Tim. 1:8. Linga<strong>ni</strong>sha Zab. 19:8-12; Zab. 119).<br />
2. Kutama<strong>ni</strong> kushika Amri za Mungu za maadili katika roho <strong>ya</strong> uana (sio katika<br />
roho <strong>ya</strong> utum<strong>wa</strong>) na katika nguvu za Roho Mtakatifu (Rum. 8:2-4; 3:31).<br />
3. Ku<strong>wa</strong>sihi wengine k<strong>wa</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, <strong>wa</strong>kati hili lifany<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong>a iliyo sa<strong>wa</strong> (Efe. 6:1-4).<br />
4. Kutoa wito <strong>wa</strong> kushika <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ya</strong> maadili (Yak. 2:6-12; Rum.<br />
13:8-10).<br />
5. Kutekeleza <strong>ni</strong>dhamu <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa (Gal. 5:18-23; 1Tim. 1:5-11).
54 Mafarisayo Miongo<strong>ni</strong> Mwetu<br />
MAFARISAYO MIONGONI MWETU (1993)<br />
Moja kati <strong>ya</strong> ma<strong>wa</strong>zo kinza<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>ni</strong>liyo<strong>ya</strong>pata kama mchungaji <strong>wa</strong><br />
ka<strong>ni</strong>sa <strong>ya</strong>lihusu <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>tanashati kuumiz<strong>wa</strong> na mhubiri a<strong>wa</strong>po mimbari<strong>ni</strong>*.<br />
Bila kutarajia, mimi mwenyewe siku<strong>wa</strong> mtuhumi<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ukinza<strong>ni</strong> huo, bali <strong>ni</strong><br />
mhubiri mge<strong>ni</strong> aliyeonekana <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> majira <strong>ya</strong> joto bila tai <strong>wa</strong>la suti.<br />
Washirika kadhaa <strong>wa</strong>lisisitiza k<strong>wa</strong>mba Maandiko <strong>ya</strong>lifundisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba mhubiri<br />
<strong>ni</strong> lazima awe amevaa vizuri <strong>wa</strong>kati asimamapo mimbari<strong>ni</strong>. Nilishtuka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> Biblia haitaji kamwe mchungaji wetu <strong>wa</strong> kisasa, <strong>wa</strong>la dhana yetu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
‘Jumapili’ <strong>wa</strong>la suala kuhusu uvaaji upas<strong>wa</strong>o. Yawezekanaje masuala ha<strong>ya</strong><br />
matatu tena ambayo ha<strong>ya</strong>kutaj<strong>wa</strong> katika Biblia <strong>ya</strong>nafany<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> vipimo<br />
muhimu sana v<strong>ya</strong> hali <strong>ya</strong> kiroho <strong>ya</strong> mhubiri kuliko <strong>ya</strong>le <strong>ya</strong>liyomo katika<br />
mahubiri <strong>ya</strong>ke?<br />
Laki<strong>ni</strong> kuna mifano elfu nyingi. Kila Mkristo hugundua ku<strong>wa</strong> ndugu zake katika<br />
Kristo hufan<strong>ya</strong> madai <strong>ya</strong>siyopatikana katika Biblia. Ha<strong>ya</strong> sio maendeleo map<strong>ya</strong><br />
bali inaonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> sehemu asilia <strong>ya</strong> uta<strong>wa</strong> isiyotoshelez<strong>wa</strong> na amri za<br />
Mungu na inayotama<strong>ni</strong> kuzikamilisha amri hizo k<strong>wa</strong> utaratibu mp<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
Mtazamo kinza<strong>ni</strong> katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> mara nyingi ulihusu mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi<br />
<strong>ya</strong>liyoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>kisaidia Agano la Kale. K<strong>wa</strong> maelezo, Paulo ana<strong>ya</strong>kanusha<br />
mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> mababa, ambayo ali<strong>ya</strong>tetea k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu kabla <strong>ya</strong> kuami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
(Gal. 1:14), laki<strong>ni</strong> hajakataa Agano la Kale lenyewe. Daima anaunga mkono<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong>, lakina anakanusha matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi ambayo <strong>ya</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>meongez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>yo.<br />
Kipekee, mgogoro huu u <strong>wa</strong>zi katika vitabu v<strong>ya</strong> Injili ambavyo vinaarifu hoja za<br />
Yesu na <strong>wa</strong>andishi na Mafarisayo. (K<strong>wa</strong> kiasi kikub<strong>wa</strong>, Masadukayo <strong>wa</strong>lipinga<br />
mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> mdomo na zaidi sana masomo <strong>ya</strong> kimsingi <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale kama<br />
vile ufufuo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>fu).<br />
Watu wengi <strong>wa</strong>na uele<strong>wa</strong> holela tu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> chuki kati <strong>ya</strong> Yesu na mamlaka za<br />
kidi<strong>ni</strong> za <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke. Wengine <strong>wa</strong>naziona tu kama hali <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida <strong>ya</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu kutokubaliana katika masuala <strong>ya</strong> kitheolojia, <strong>wa</strong>kati wengine<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naami<strong>ni</strong> istilahi “Farisayo” k<strong>wa</strong> urahisi imetumika kumaa<strong>ni</strong>sha maadui <strong>wa</strong><br />
B<strong>wa</strong>na, na <strong>wa</strong>nashangaz<strong>wa</strong> kugundua k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mafarisayo wengi na Makuha<strong>ni</strong><br />
baadaye <strong>wa</strong>liami<strong>ni</strong> katika Yeye (Mdo. 6:7, 15:5; pia tazama kuami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Paulo -<br />
aliku<strong>wa</strong> Farisayo, Mdo 23:6).<br />
Inawezekana hakuna andiko katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> ambalo linaeleza k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi<br />
zaidi kudhihirisha kii<strong>ni</strong> cha mgogoro <strong>wa</strong> Yesu na Mafarisayo kama maelezo<br />
katika Marko 7:1-13 (au Mat. 15:1-9). Kifungu kinatuweka huru kutoka chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu na mapokeo, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna mapokeo <strong>ya</strong>
Mafarisayo Miongo<strong>ni</strong> Mwetu 55<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu, hakuna desturi za kienyeji ziwezazo kudai hadhi <strong>ya</strong> ki-Mungu. Ni<br />
neno la Mungu tu lililo la lazima <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu wote.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> nguvu, maagano yote mawili <strong>ya</strong>nakinza<strong>ni</strong>sha mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> sheria za kita<strong>wa</strong><br />
na Neno la Mungu lenyewe, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> mapokeo <strong>ya</strong>liinuka na kuchukua hadhi <strong>ya</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> kigezo na kulifan<strong>ya</strong> Neno lisitende kazi (Mk. 7:13). Yesu ananukuu<br />
Isa<strong>ya</strong> 29:13, “Isa<strong>ya</strong> alitabiri vema <strong>juu</strong> yenu <strong>ni</strong>nyi <strong>wa</strong>nafiki, kama<br />
ilivyoandik<strong>wa</strong>, ‘Watu ha<strong>wa</strong> hu<strong>ni</strong>heshimu k<strong>wa</strong> midomo <strong>ya</strong>o, bali mioyo <strong>ya</strong>o i<br />
mbali nami: Na katika ubatili hu<strong>ni</strong>abudu, <strong>wa</strong>kifundisha amri za<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nadamu kama mafundisho sahihi’. K<strong>wa</strong> kuweka kando amri <strong>ya</strong> Mungu,<br />
mnashikilia mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu...” (Mk. 7:6-8).<br />
Kifungu cha Marko kinazidisha uzito <strong>wa</strong> madai k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mafarisayo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lithami<strong>ni</strong> zaidi mapokeo <strong>ya</strong>o wenyewe kuliko Biblia(Agano la Kale).Yesu<br />
anaanza, “K<strong>wa</strong> kuweka kando amri <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, mnashikilia mapokeo <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>nadamu...” (Mk. 7:8). Mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu <strong>ya</strong>naku<strong>wa</strong><br />
muhimu. Neno la Mungu, ambalo mtu anapas<strong>wa</strong> kulihubiri, linapuuz<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Mtu aweza kufikiri ku<strong>wa</strong> suluhisho linalowezekana lingeku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kufuata<br />
mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> Neno la Mungu. Hata hivyo, hili haliwezeka<strong>ni</strong> pia, kama maelezo <strong>ya</strong><br />
mwisho <strong>ya</strong> Yesu <strong>ya</strong>livyoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>kionesha, “M<strong>wa</strong>ikataa amri <strong>ya</strong> Mungu ili<br />
mweze ku<strong>ya</strong>shika mapokeo yenu” (Mk. 7:9). Ili kushika mapokeo halisi, mtu<br />
anapas<strong>wa</strong> kutangua amri halisi za B<strong>wa</strong>na. Amri za Mungu na maagizo <strong>ya</strong> kita<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong> haviwezi kukaa pamoja k<strong>wa</strong> ama<strong>ni</strong>, na <strong>wa</strong>la havisaidiza<strong>ni</strong><br />
kila kimoja, bali kila kimoja kinafan<strong>ya</strong> kingine kutoku<strong>wa</strong> halali. Yeyote<br />
a<strong>wa</strong>fungaye <strong>wa</strong>tu kwenye kitu ambacho Mungu hakuamuru; k<strong>wa</strong> kudhamiria au<br />
bila kudhamiria, ametangua uamuzi <strong>wa</strong> Mungu.<br />
Suluhisho jingine linalowezekana laweza ku<strong>wa</strong> kushika mapokeo <strong>ya</strong>le tu<br />
<strong>ya</strong>nayoliacha neno la Mungu bila kugus<strong>wa</strong>. Hili pia haliwezeka<strong>ni</strong>, vilevile kama<br />
maneno <strong>ya</strong> mwisho <strong>ya</strong> Yesu <strong>ya</strong>livyoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>kionesha, “...mkilifan<strong>ya</strong> neno la<br />
Mungu kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na athari k<strong>wa</strong> mapokeo yenu mliyopokezana. Na mengi<br />
sa<strong>wa</strong> na hayo mfan<strong>ya</strong>yo” (Mk. 7:13). Ku<strong>wa</strong>po kabisa k<strong>wa</strong> mapokeo huonesha<br />
mashaka sio <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> amri <strong>ya</strong> mtu tu, bali <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Neno la Mungu katika ujumla<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Ni vipi i<strong>wa</strong>po kila dreva ataongeza sheria zake na <strong>ya</strong>le <strong>ya</strong>siyopas<strong>wa</strong> kwenye<br />
sheria za barabara<strong>ni</strong>? <strong>Sheria</strong> za barabara<strong>ni</strong> hazitaendelea kuwepo tena, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
kila mmoja ataweza kujihalalisha yeye mwenyewe na kurasa zake alizoongeza.<br />
Kila mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kisheria upo k<strong>wa</strong> misingi <strong>ya</strong> mamlaka <strong>ya</strong> mtoa sheria <strong>wa</strong>ke. Yeye<br />
afan<strong>ya</strong>ye sheria zenye ku<strong>wa</strong>funga binadamu wote, anajitangaza mwenyewe<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu na anatupilia mbali mashaka <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> dola <strong>ya</strong> kisheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu:<br />
“Yule ambaye humsema viba<strong>ya</strong> nduguye na kumhukumu nduguye, huisema<br />
viba<strong>ya</strong> sheria na kuihukumu sheria. Laki<strong>ni</strong> ukiihukumu sheria, huwi mtendaji <strong>wa</strong><br />
sheria bali hakimu. Kuna Mtoa-sheria mmoja tu, awezaye kuokoa na kuharibu<br />
(Mungu). Wewe <strong>ni</strong> na<strong>ni</strong> kumhukumu mwingine?” (Yakobo 4:11-12).
56 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, B<strong>wa</strong>na ana<strong>wa</strong>hukumu Mafarisayo na <strong>wa</strong>andishi k<strong>wa</strong> kubadilisha<br />
jukumu lao la ku<strong>wa</strong>saidia <strong>wa</strong>zazi <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> utoaji <strong>wa</strong> dhabihu maalum k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />
<strong>ya</strong> Hekalu, “Korba<strong>ni</strong>” (Mk. 7:11-13). Hivyo basi iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu alitama<strong>ni</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong><br />
jukumu lake, kama Mungu alivyoamuru, basi kuha<strong>ni</strong> angeweza kudai fedha k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ajili <strong>ya</strong> hekalu. Tatizo hili bado lipo k<strong>wa</strong> mtindo ule ule. U<strong>wa</strong>jibikaji k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong><br />
familia mara kadhaa umeach<strong>wa</strong> tu, hivyo mtu aweza kutoa muda zaidi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
‘kumtumikia Mungu’ k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ku<strong>wa</strong> inaami<strong>ni</strong>ka ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> muhimu zaidi.<br />
Watumishi <strong>wa</strong> Kikristo <strong>wa</strong> muda wote, zaidi <strong>ya</strong> yote, ndio wenye kuteseka na<br />
ugumu huu, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>najifan<strong>ya</strong> kutoa vyote vilivyo v<strong>ya</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> ufalme <strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu (ambao pia umejumuisha familia). Hata hivyo, Mungu amefan<strong>ya</strong><br />
uangalizi <strong>wa</strong> familia ku<strong>wa</strong> amri <strong>ya</strong>ke yenye kipaumbele cha <strong>juu</strong> (Tazama 1 Tim.<br />
5:8, “Laki<strong>ni</strong> mtu yeyote asiye<strong>wa</strong>hudumia <strong>wa</strong>lio <strong>wa</strong>ke, na hususa<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong><br />
nyumba<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ke, ameikana Ima<strong>ni</strong>, tena <strong>ni</strong> mba<strong>ya</strong> kuliko mtu<br />
asiyeami<strong>ni</strong>”), laki<strong>ni</strong> hajatuamuru kutoa zaidi kupita ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha zaka kilivyo<br />
au daima kufan<strong>ya</strong> jambo k<strong>wa</strong> gharama <strong>ya</strong> familia. Yeye asiyeiongoza nyumba<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke vema, anakataz<strong>wa</strong> na Paulo ku<strong>wa</strong> kiongozi katika ka<strong>ni</strong>sa, bila kujali <strong>ni</strong><br />
muda ga<strong>ni</strong>, mwingi kiasi ga<strong>ni</strong>, aweza kuuwekeza katika ka<strong>ni</strong>sa!<br />
1 Wakorintho 7:34 inatofautisha kati <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>li* ambao, kama Paulo,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naweza kutoa nguvu zao k<strong>wa</strong> kazi <strong>ya</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>lioole<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
ambao <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kutunza mambo <strong>ya</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a – “jinsi atakavyompendeza<br />
mumewe”. Kama mseja*, Paulo aliweza kusafiri na hata kuweka maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
kwenye hatari. Kama angeku<strong>wa</strong> mtu aliyeoa angeweza kuzuili<strong>wa</strong> na majukumu<br />
mengine.<br />
N<strong>ya</strong>kati za sasa, Mafarisayo <strong>wa</strong> sasa <strong>wa</strong>natetea sheria zilizoongez<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kitumia<br />
Jina la Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> jitihada isiyokoma kuhubiri Neno lake. Simulizi fupi na <strong>ya</strong><br />
kweli iliyosimuli<strong>wa</strong> na C.H. Spurgeon inatoa kielelezo cha hali ilivyo. Wakati<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kutoa salamu hekalu<strong>ni</strong>, M<strong>wa</strong>merika mmoja alihusisha suala la k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
ameshaacha kuvutaji sigara. Spurgeon akajibu, k<strong>wa</strong>mba mara kadhaa aliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
akijili<strong>wa</strong>za k<strong>wa</strong> sigara, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba aliku<strong>wa</strong> na mengi kupita kiasi <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> ili<br />
aweze kushika Amri Kumi, <strong>ni</strong> hadi alipogundua ile <strong>ya</strong> kumi na moja, “Usivute<br />
sigara”. Mimi mwenyewe <strong>ni</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong> mshawishikaji <strong>wa</strong> kutotumia sigara, sikusudii<br />
kutojali madhara <strong>ya</strong> sigara k<strong>wa</strong> af<strong>ya</strong> zetu, laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> lazima tutambue k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
katika hili hatujishughulishi na sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. C. Everrett Koop, Katibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Ushirika <strong>wa</strong> Wapasuaji-bing<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kiinjili (the Evangelical Surgeon General)<br />
(Katibu <strong>wa</strong> Af<strong>ya</strong>) k<strong>wa</strong> Ronald Reagan, aliweka vipaumbele vibovu k<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong><br />
kampe<strong>ni</strong> dhidi <strong>ya</strong> uvutaji, laki<strong>ni</strong> sio kubadili hali <strong>ya</strong> utoaji mimba 68 – na k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
mbele <strong>ya</strong> kitabu chake mwenyewe kilicho bora dhidi <strong>ya</strong> utoaji mimba 69<br />
ambacho, k<strong>wa</strong> sinema yenye kubeba jina hilo hilo, kiliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong><br />
68 Hili linaping<strong>wa</strong> na David Chilton. Power in the Blood: a Christian Response to AIDS. Wolgemuth & H<strong>ya</strong>tt:<br />
Brentwood (TN), 1987. kk. 9-96<br />
69 Francis Schaeffer, Charles Koop. How Shall We Then Live? 1981; German: Francis Schaeffer, Charles<br />
Koop. Bitte, lass mich leben!. Haenssler: Neuhausen, 1981
Mafarisayo Miongo<strong>ni</strong> Mwetu 57<br />
kuajiri<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke kwenye ofisi hiyo. 70 Sauti nyingine za Kikristo zilizoungana<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> wito <strong>wa</strong> Uzuiaji k<strong>wa</strong> wenye Miaka Ishiri<strong>ni</strong>, ulihakikisha ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
matumizi <strong>ya</strong> viny<strong>wa</strong>ji vyote vyenye kileo <strong>ya</strong>natangaz<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> haramu, <strong>juu</strong> na<br />
zaidi <strong>ya</strong> Amri za Mungu, <strong>wa</strong>kati k<strong>wa</strong> upande mwingine, mabadiliko makub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
kimaadili katika tamadu<strong>ni</strong> za Kiamerika <strong>ya</strong>lipuuz<strong>wa</strong> na ma<strong>wa</strong>kili <strong>wa</strong>pinga<br />
viny<strong>wa</strong>ji vyenye vileo.<br />
Vuguvugu la Kiinjili linaonekana pia kukana mfumo sheria <strong>wa</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu pasipo kutamka, laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu sana likitetea elimu-maadili <strong>ya</strong><br />
binadamu. Klaus Bockmuhl ameona, “Mara nyingi somo la maadili hufan<strong>ya</strong><br />
jukumu lisilo muhimu katika utoaji <strong>wa</strong> kozi kwenye seminari za Kiinjili. Hili<br />
linashangaza, <strong>wa</strong>kati mtu anapozingatia maadili makali na taratibu za tabia<br />
zinazopas<strong>wa</strong> za <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi <strong>wa</strong> Kiinjili”. 71<br />
Eduard Bohl, ambaye Theolojia <strong>ya</strong>ke Pangilivu iliyo muhimu <strong>ya</strong> karne hii <strong>ya</strong><br />
mwisho imechap<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kuchele<strong>wa</strong>, anasisitiza umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong>ke Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>naweza kutambua sheria za uongo na<br />
mapokeo. “Hatuwezi kutupilia mbali <strong>Sheria</strong> kutoka kwenye uhusiano baina <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu na m<strong>wa</strong>mi<strong>ni</strong>; hatuwezi kutafuta taratibu mp<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mienendo<br />
yetu au kufan<strong>ya</strong> dhamiri zetu wenyewe ku<strong>wa</strong> kigezo cha sheria.<br />
Hatujakombole<strong>wa</strong> ili kuishi k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na sheria maalumu za kimaadili au<br />
mafundisho <strong>ya</strong> ukamilifu, bali ili tutii Amri za Mungu (1 Kor. 7:19; Gal. 5:6;<br />
Rom. 8:4, 13:10). Inga<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kimaandiko k<strong>wa</strong>mba mwumi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> lazima awekwe<br />
katika njia iliyo sa<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> utakaso k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> Roho Mtakatifu, Roho hutumia<br />
Neno la Mungu, kipekee Amri Kumi kama kanu<strong>ni</strong>-ongozi na sheria k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong><br />
maisha yetu”. 72<br />
Ni rahisi sana kuishi k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na Amri za Mungu kuliko kujaribu kushika<br />
makusanyo <strong>ya</strong> mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> kita<strong>wa</strong>, ambayo <strong>ya</strong>naeleza kile ambacho Mkristo<br />
mzuri anapas<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> au hapaswi kufan<strong>ya</strong>, anapasa kufikiri au asichopas<strong>wa</strong><br />
kufikiri. Amri za Mungu hutukomboa sisi kutoka kwenye uta<strong>wa</strong> huu <strong>wa</strong> hali <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>juu</strong> laki<strong>ni</strong> ambao <strong>ni</strong> ushika-sheria ulio danganyifu. K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, <strong>ni</strong> lazima<br />
tupinge utii <strong>wa</strong> kiliberali <strong>wa</strong> mamlaka <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, laki<strong>ni</strong> pia <strong>ni</strong> lazima tuone<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Biblia pia inafundisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>Sheria</strong> vilevile inatup<strong>wa</strong> nje <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liojitoa sana <strong>wa</strong>napoongeza vipimo na taratibu zaidi za kita<strong>wa</strong> kwenye<br />
zile chache, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> kimantiki amri zilizotole<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu.<br />
Ili kuepuka kutoeleweka, ngoja <strong>ni</strong>dokeze ku<strong>wa</strong> ulimwengu huu unahitaji sheria<br />
asilia ambazo haziwezi kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja kutoka katika neno la<br />
Mungu. Hata hivyo, <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu tu iwezayo kuratibu mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong><br />
70 Tazama C. Everett Koop. “Unterwegs nach Ausschwitz” (1977). S. 31-51 and Ronald Reagan. “Recht zum<br />
Leben” Abtreibung und Gewissen” (1983). S. 17-30 in: Ronald Reagan. Recht zum Leben: Abtreibung und<br />
Gewissen. Haenssler: Neuhausen, 1994<br />
71 Klaus Bockmuehl. Christliche Lebensfuehrung: Eine Ethik der Zehn Gebote. TVG. Brunnen: Giessen, 1993.<br />
uk. 12<br />
72 Eduard Boehl. Dogmatik: Darstellung der christlichen Glaubenslehre auf reformirt-kirchlicher Grundlage.<br />
Scheffer: Amsterdam, 1887. S. 515 (toleo-rudufu 1995).
58 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
sheria hizo k<strong>wa</strong> mamlaka za <strong>wa</strong>nadamu na kuonesha mipaka <strong>ya</strong> mamlaka hizo.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, Agano la Mungu hu<strong>wa</strong>pa <strong>wa</strong>zazi haki <strong>ya</strong> kutunga sheria k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>o, i<strong>wa</strong>po sheria hizo zitalingana na mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Mungu kielimu na<br />
kimaadili. <strong>Sheria</strong> za mzazi <strong>ni</strong> zenye kufaa tu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>ke mwenyewe na<br />
mpaka <strong>wa</strong>kati mtoto afikiapo umri <strong>wa</strong> utu uzima kisheria (katika Agano la Kale,<br />
umri <strong>wa</strong> miaka 12). Vilevile, Serikali <strong>ya</strong>weza kupitisha tu sheria zinazolingana<br />
na eneo la u<strong>wa</strong>jibikaji iliyope<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu, na Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa laweza kuratibu baadhi <strong>ya</strong><br />
mitazamo <strong>ya</strong> maisha <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la mtaa, kama vile liturujia*, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
anataka utaratibu katika huduma <strong>ya</strong> ibada (1 Kor. 14:33). Mamlaka <strong>ya</strong> kupitisha<br />
sheria k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu fula<strong>ni</strong> na hali fula<strong>ni</strong>: 1. <strong>ni</strong> lazima ichukuliwe toka katika<br />
Neno la Mungu 2. inaruhusi<strong>wa</strong> tu katika mipaka <strong>ya</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>jibikaji iliyotole<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> kundi la kutunga sheria 3. kamwe, <strong>ni</strong> lazima isipingane na <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu na 4. haipaswi kamwe kutangaz<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> lazima <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu wote<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> muda wote.
Kuna Amali Kamilifu? 59<br />
KUNA AMALI KAMILIFU?<br />
SOMO KUTOKA KWA CAMUS (1993)<br />
Mara nyingi Mkristo amezoelea mabadiliko <strong>ya</strong> mazungumzo na marafiki zake<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke. Wakati akielezea <strong>ni</strong> amali zipi ambazo kipekee ziliku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> kipekee katika maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke binafsi, na vilevile katika Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na<br />
Jamii, mjadala ulijikita zaidi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> amali maalum na mambo maalum. Siku hizi,<br />
mas<strong>wa</strong>li hayo mara nyingi si yenye kuvutia k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> sasa hivi mjadala<br />
unajiibusha <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> suala la haki za mtu binafsi kulazimisha amali zake<br />
mwenyewe <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> wengine. Suala la utandavu* <strong>wa</strong> amali limekwishaibuka<br />
mbele <strong>ya</strong> amali za kipekee zilizokwishataj<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Ni rahisi kudai ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna amali kamilifu. Suala <strong>ni</strong> kujua i<strong>wa</strong>po tamko hili<br />
laweza kulind<strong>wa</strong>. Mtu hahitaji muda mrefu kutafuta bila kutambua amali binafsi<br />
za mpinza<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke. Hakatai amali k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla, bali ana mfumo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong><br />
kimaadili.<br />
Wanafalsafa <strong>wa</strong>chache <strong>wa</strong>mejaribu kufikiri kikamilifu <strong>wa</strong>zo hilo ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna<br />
amali kamilifu, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila kitu <strong>ni</strong> chenye uhusiano na kingine. Mmoja kati<br />
<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu muhimu kabisa <strong>ni</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nafalsafa <strong>wa</strong> Kifaransa, Albert Camus<br />
(1913-1960), ambaye alikifin<strong>ya</strong>nga kizazi kizima cha <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi, inga<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>chache <strong>wa</strong>litama<strong>ni</strong> kwenda umbali alioku<strong>wa</strong> amekwenda yeye.<br />
Camus aliunda “Falsafa <strong>ya</strong> Mpumbavu”*, ambayo k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla ilipinga amali<br />
kamilifu. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akitambua matokeo <strong>ya</strong> mfumo <strong>wa</strong> amali zenye mahusiano.<br />
“Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu haami<strong>ni</strong> chochote, iki<strong>wa</strong> chochote kina maana, na iki<strong>wa</strong> hatuwezi<br />
kuthibitisha amali, kila kitu chawezekana na hakuna kilicho muhimu. Hakuna<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> au Kinyume na, mwuaji si mwenye haki <strong>wa</strong>la si asiye haki. Mtu<br />
aweza ku<strong>wa</strong>sha matanuru k<strong>wa</strong> uta<strong>ya</strong>ri ulio sa<strong>wa</strong> na yule anayetoa msaada k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kilema. Uovu na wema hutokea k<strong>wa</strong> bahati au ghafla.” 73<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> ujumla hakuna miongo<strong>ni</strong> mwetu ambaye yuko ta<strong>ya</strong>ri kukubali matokeo <strong>ya</strong><br />
kupinga kabisa amali kamilifu – k<strong>wa</strong> hakika!<br />
Laki<strong>ni</strong> hitimisho la kimantiki la <strong>wa</strong>zi la Camus si neno la mwisho <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> somo<br />
hili. Inawezekana m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu kuishi pasipo maadili? Hapana, hapana hata k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Camus! Katika shajara* zake aliandika,<br />
“I<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>ni</strong>ngepas<strong>wa</strong> kuandika bubuso (dogma) la kimaadili, kitabu kingeku<strong>wa</strong><br />
na ukub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kurasa 100, laki<strong>ni</strong> kurasa 99 kati <strong>ya</strong> hizo zingeku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi. Katika<br />
ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> mwisho <strong>ni</strong>ngeandika, ‘Ninajua jukumu moja tu, jukumu la kupenda’.<br />
73 Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika Albert Camus, Der Mensch in der Revolte, (Reinbek: rororo, 1973), uk. 9
60 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Na k<strong>wa</strong> hayo mengine yote, nasema Hapana”. 74 “Kikamilifu, <strong>ni</strong>mechagua<br />
Uhuru. K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati haki inaposhind<strong>wa</strong> kutambuli<strong>wa</strong>, basi uhuru hulinda<br />
uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kupinga dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> haki, na hivyo kuiokoa jamii.” 75<br />
Hoja za Camus zinapingana zenyewe. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> tamko la k<strong>wa</strong>nza, iki<strong>wa</strong><br />
maana na amali <strong>ni</strong> vitu ambavyo havipo, basi tamko ku<strong>wa</strong> kila kitu <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />
thama<strong>ni</strong> haliwezi kufany<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> linafan<strong>ya</strong> tathmi<strong>ni</strong>, japo <strong>ni</strong> katika hali<br />
hasi. Mkanganyiko katika hoja <strong>ya</strong> pili <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi zaidi. ‘Jukumu la Kupenda’ <strong>ni</strong><br />
kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kimsingi, kamilifu na <strong>ya</strong> kimaadili. Tamko katika sentensi<br />
iliyotangulia halilifan<strong>ya</strong> kutoku<strong>wa</strong> bubuso la kimaadili, bali linaikinga mbali na<br />
mjadala na uchunguzi <strong>wa</strong> kina. Msisitizo <strong>wa</strong> Camus <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kuhubiri mfumo usio<br />
na maadili hutengeneza mfumo <strong>wa</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong> kamilifu na usiopas<strong>wa</strong> kuuliz<strong>wa</strong>, na<br />
‘jukumu’ lake ku<strong>wa</strong> asili <strong>ya</strong> ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yote.<br />
Mbali na hayo, <strong>wa</strong>zo ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong> kupenda <strong>ni</strong> desturi <strong>ya</strong> hali <strong>ya</strong> <strong>juu</strong> kabisa, <strong>ni</strong><br />
kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> msingi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo. Camus, aliyeami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uwepo <strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu, ha<strong>wa</strong>zidi <strong>wa</strong>pinza<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke Wakristo, k<strong>wa</strong> chochote anachoweza<br />
kumaa<strong>ni</strong>sha kuhusu ‘upendo’.<br />
Hatimaye nukuu <strong>ya</strong> tatu inadhihirisha ku<strong>wa</strong> kundi la Camus liliku<strong>wa</strong> na mfumo<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kimaadili, ambao hata hivyo Nadharia <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> Upumbavu inabaki ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
kutojadili<strong>wa</strong>. Iki<strong>wa</strong> kila kitu kingeku<strong>wa</strong> chenye kulinga<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong>, basi Camus<br />
asingeweza kutoa hukumu aliyoifan<strong>ya</strong> hapo <strong>juu</strong>, tena hata hukumu k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila<br />
kitu <strong>ni</strong> chenye kulinga<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> tamko hili lingeku<strong>wa</strong> lenye<br />
kulinga<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong> pia. Hivyo Camus anaongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ‘ukosa-haki’, ‘jukumu la<br />
kupenda’ na ‘uhuru’ – kanu<strong>ni</strong> dhahiri za kimaadili. Mfano <strong>wa</strong> Camus<br />
unadhihirisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu anayedai kutenda bila maadili anaweza kabisa<br />
kufundisha mfumo kamili <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili. Pia inadhihirisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu ana mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili, hata kama anaami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
amekwishautangua. Mienendo na maadili <strong>ni</strong> vigezo muhimu v<strong>ya</strong> uwepo <strong>wa</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu. Ama sivyo kufikiri kwetu kungethami<strong>ni</strong><strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakupo k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> kunajumuisha mjadala <strong>wa</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>ya</strong>nayojali<strong>wa</strong> na maamuzi. Mwisho,<br />
Camus <strong>ni</strong> mfano k<strong>wa</strong> ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba Upumbnavu <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili <strong>wa</strong>weza ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
msingi <strong>wa</strong> kufikiri, laki<strong>ni</strong> sio <strong>wa</strong> kuufikiri au kuuishi.<br />
Michezo <strong>ya</strong> kuigiza <strong>ya</strong> ‘Juk<strong>wa</strong>a la Upumbavu’ 76 ambayo inatumia falsafa <strong>ya</strong><br />
Camus, huonesha jinsi ambavyo kuishi k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu kusivyo na maana.<br />
Hata hivyo, maisha <strong>ya</strong>siyo na maana, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>andishi <strong>wa</strong> tamthili<strong>ya</strong><br />
ha<strong>ya</strong>hitaji ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>siyo na thama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>la <strong>ya</strong>siyo na furaha. Katika tamthili<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
The Myth of Sisyphos (Kisakale cha Sisofo), Camus anamwelezea Sisofo kama<br />
74 Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika Albert Camus, Tagebuecher 1935 – 1951 (diaries), (Reinbek: rororo, 1980), uk.<br />
36<br />
75 Rud. uk. 119<br />
76 Tazama makala <strong>ya</strong>ngu kuhusu Samuel Beckettes “Waiting on Godot”: “Zum Weltbild des absurden<br />
Theaters”, Factum 2/1986:8-10
Kuna Amali Kamilifu? 61<br />
<strong>wa</strong> kufikirika, ambaye, kama adhabu, <strong>ni</strong> lazima asukume jiwe kuelekea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
mlima, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> linaviringika kurudi nyuma bonde<strong>ni</strong> kabla <strong>ya</strong> kufikia lengo.<br />
“Nam<strong>wa</strong>cha Sisofo aki<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mlima! Mzigo <strong>wa</strong>ke utaendelea kuwepo tena<br />
na tena. Anatufundisha utii mkub<strong>wa</strong> ambao unakataa miungu, na anaendelea<br />
kuviringisha jiwe kuelekea kilele<strong>ni</strong>. Pia anaami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba yote <strong>ni</strong> safi.<br />
Ulimwengu huu, usiojua mab<strong>wa</strong>na wowote, unaonekana kutoku<strong>wa</strong> usiozaa <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
kutoku<strong>wa</strong> usio na thama<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke. Kila kipande cha jiwe, kila kipande cha<br />
mlima huu <strong>wa</strong> milele, k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye mwenyewe <strong>ni</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a nzima. Vita dhidi <strong>ya</strong><br />
kilele cha mlima <strong>ya</strong>weza kuujaza moyo <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu. Ni lazima tumchukulie<br />
Sisofo kama mtu mwenye furaha”. 77<br />
Hivyo <strong>ni</strong> kusema, katika mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Camus, Sisofo anaishi k<strong>wa</strong> chuki <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
dhidi <strong>ya</strong> miungu. Asiyeami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu anapata maana <strong>ya</strong> maisha katika vita<br />
dhidi <strong>ya</strong> di<strong>ni</strong>. Hata hivyo, hiyo <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> ambayo yenyewe hu<strong>ya</strong>pa maisha maana.<br />
Hili huakisi hali yetu <strong>ya</strong> sasa. Ukataaji <strong>wa</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo huibusha nafasi <strong>ya</strong><br />
mipango mip<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kimaadili, ambayo hushamiri <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> amali mp<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maadili au<br />
kurithi amali za Kikristo zilizopotosh<strong>wa</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu zinadai kutochukua<br />
amali kamilifu kabisa. Kama hesabu iwezavyo ku<strong>wa</strong>po k<strong>wa</strong> kufikiria tu ukweli<br />
usiothibitish<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong> mlinganyo usiothibitish<strong>wa</strong>, “1+1=2” (ambao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>namahesabu <strong>wa</strong>nauita ‘axiom’-tamko linalokubalika bila kuthibitish<strong>wa</strong>),<br />
ndivyo mtu awezavyo kufikiri k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia udha<strong>ni</strong>fu. Ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yote <strong>ya</strong>nahitaji<br />
maamuzi <strong>ya</strong> kimaadili. Hivyo, kila mmoja <strong>ni</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>sisi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> vitu fula<strong>ni</strong>, ama<br />
sivyo angeku<strong>wa</strong> amehoji ma<strong>wa</strong>zo <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe. T<strong>wa</strong>weza tu ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>vumilivu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mambo ambayo ha<strong>ya</strong>tii mashaka mambo yetu <strong>ya</strong> kimsingi<br />
yenye kuheshimi<strong>wa</strong>. Kila m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu, hata Mkristo, hufikiria amali isiyotili<strong>wa</strong><br />
shaka, laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mwenye uvumilivu mkub<strong>wa</strong> au mdogo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mambo mengine.<br />
Tunatofautiana tu kwenye amali kamilifu, sio kwenye ushikaji wetu <strong>wa</strong> mambo<br />
hayo. Wakristo ambao <strong>wa</strong>nashawishika k<strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nakataa kukubalina na<br />
baadhi <strong>ya</strong> mambo tu, laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ukamilifu <strong>wa</strong>nabadilika na <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>vumilivu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mambo <strong>ya</strong> wengine – <strong>wa</strong>kichukulia k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>naiami<strong>ni</strong> Biblia. Moja <strong>ya</strong><br />
mafundisho <strong>ya</strong> kimsingi <strong>ya</strong> udogma <strong>ya</strong> Maandiko <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu aliumba<br />
ulimwengu wenye aina mbalimbali na k<strong>wa</strong>mba hataki mfanano <strong>wa</strong> aina moja.<br />
Utaratibu <strong>wa</strong> ubu<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu huruhusu uhuru mwingi kubadili maisha k<strong>wa</strong><br />
uhuru na kukuza ma<strong>wa</strong>zo map<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
Baada <strong>ya</strong> muhadhara kwenye Chuo Kikuu cha Bremen, m<strong>wa</strong>natheolojia <strong>wa</strong><br />
kiliberali na aliye Mbudha alisisitiza ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong>likosea k<strong>wa</strong> kuanza k<strong>wa</strong> dha<strong>ni</strong>o<br />
kamilifu. Waliami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kuheshimu mafundisho <strong>ya</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> zote<br />
kama vitu vilivyo kweli katika mitazamo <strong>ya</strong>o, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> zote zina malengo<br />
sa<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
77 Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika Albert Camus, Der Mythos con Sisyphos: Ein Versuch ueber das Absurde.<br />
(Reinbek: 1959 1 ), uk. 101
62 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
“Sa<strong>wa</strong> kabisa”, <strong>ni</strong>lihoji, “kama zote zina malengo sa<strong>wa</strong>, Mema <strong>ya</strong>liyo sa<strong>wa</strong>, basi<br />
kuna kigezo cha kutathmi<strong>ni</strong> aideolojia zote – lengo lao moja, ambalo <strong>ni</strong> dha<strong>ni</strong>o<br />
kamilifu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naochukulia di<strong>ni</strong> zote ku<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong>”. Yawezekana<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu akaishi kabisa pasipoku<strong>wa</strong> na kigezo hicho k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>pima<br />
wengine? T<strong>wa</strong>weza kukubali Ujamaa <strong>wa</strong> Kitaifa au Ustali<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu tu <strong>ni</strong><br />
aideolojia?<br />
Hoja <strong>ya</strong>ngu inaendelea. Iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pinza<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ngu k<strong>wa</strong> kweli <strong>wa</strong>nadha<strong>ni</strong><br />
tunapas<strong>wa</strong> kuzikubali falsafa zote, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba kimsingi ima<strong>ni</strong> zote ziko sa<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>ni</strong><br />
lazima <strong>wa</strong>kubali tamko langu ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu, mwumbaji, na mafunuo <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong> hoja<br />
kamili zilizowek<strong>wa</strong> katika ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yetu. Hapana, hakika <strong>ni</strong> hapana, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>singeweza kutokubaliana nami tena. K<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong>? K<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>zo lao la<br />
uvumilivu <strong>ni</strong> ukamilifu <strong>wa</strong>o. Wanaami<strong>ni</strong>, kila mmoja yuko sa<strong>wa</strong>, iki<strong>wa</strong><br />
hapinga<strong>ni</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>zo lao la uvumilivu.<br />
Mtu hawezi kuishi pasipo kigezo kamilifu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> ma<strong>wa</strong>zo na matendo <strong>ya</strong>ke.<br />
Mkristo hawezi kutofautish<strong>wa</strong> na wenzake k<strong>wa</strong> ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba ana kituo<br />
kamilifu cha kuanzia, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kila mmoja afan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo. Tofauti <strong>ni</strong> ukweli<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba yuko macho <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mfumo <strong>wa</strong>ke kamilifu na anaukubali. Kituo chake<br />
cha kuanzia <strong>ni</strong> Mwumba na Ufunuo <strong>wa</strong>ke. K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pinza<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi<br />
kukubali vituo v<strong>ya</strong>o v<strong>ya</strong> kuanzia, mjadala unaku<strong>wa</strong> wenye kuchosha sana.
Din <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>? 63<br />
DINI NI NINI? (1993)<br />
Katika Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong> Yesu anasema, “Hakuna mtu awezaye kutumikia<br />
mab<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong>wili; k<strong>wa</strong> maana atamchukia huyu, na kumpenda huyu; ama<br />
atashikamana na huyu, na kumdharau huyu. Hamwezi kumtumikia Mungu na<br />
mali” (Mat. 6:24). Tafakuri maki<strong>ni</strong> inaonesha <strong>wa</strong>zi ku<strong>wa</strong> Yesu anapinga zaidi<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naoishi tu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mali; anailinga<strong>ni</strong>sha na di<strong>ni</strong> iliyo kinyume na<br />
ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kibiblia.<br />
Kama angeona mali ku<strong>wa</strong> mungu pekee <strong>wa</strong> yule asiye Mkristo, anasema<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba t<strong>wa</strong>weza kum<strong>wa</strong>budu Mungu mmoja tu, Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Biblia au uungu<br />
‘mali’. Hata hivyo mali hu<strong>wa</strong>kilisha, sio uungu tu, bali pia fedha, utajiri na mtaji.<br />
Katika masimulizi <strong>ya</strong> Luka, Yesu ameoa<strong>ni</strong>sha mali na fedha itumi<strong>wa</strong>yo katika<br />
biashara (Luka 16:9-10) kuonesha ku<strong>wa</strong> 'Di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mali' <strong>ya</strong>weza kuchukua nafasi<br />
<strong>ya</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> katika Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Biblia. Hilo lawezekanaje? Ima<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> fedha haina<br />
miungu, haina makuha<strong>ni</strong> na haina mahekalu - hatuwezi kuona hayo japo k<strong>wa</strong><br />
uchache. Hata hivyo, <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> isiyo na mungu, (‘A-theistic’ religion) di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ukana<br />
uungu, di<strong>ni</strong> ‘a’-pasipo ‘theos’-mungu. Je, B<strong>wa</strong>na analinga<strong>ni</strong>sha vitu<br />
visivyolinga<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong>? Je, ‘Mungu’ si suala la kidi<strong>ni</strong> na ‘Mali’ suala la kiuchumi?<br />
Jibu linaonesha matokeo muhimu k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> linahusika na s<strong>wa</strong>li la ziada, “Di<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>?” Katika Biblia, di<strong>ni</strong> sio <strong>wa</strong>zo la kinadharia. K<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong> vuguvugu*,<br />
aideolojia au mtindo <strong>wa</strong> maisha unaojichukulia wenyewe ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> au sio<br />
di<strong>ni</strong>; si kitu muhimu, s<strong>wa</strong>li <strong>ni</strong>, amali zipi zilizo kamilifu (sio tu za kikanu<strong>ni</strong>)<br />
zinazoongoza maisha yetu hasa.<br />
Jambo hili <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> pia katika ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Maandiko. S<strong>wa</strong>li sio k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
mtu ‘anaami<strong>ni</strong>’ k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu yupo. Katika Maagano yote, <strong>wa</strong>zo la ‘kuami<strong>ni</strong>’<br />
huonesha ‘kutumai<strong>ni</strong>’, ‘ku<strong>wa</strong> na ima<strong>ni</strong> katika’, ‘kuchukulia ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> enye<br />
kutegeme<strong>wa</strong>’. Iki<strong>wa</strong> tunaami<strong>ni</strong> katika Mungu, tunamchukulia Yesu ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
mwenye kutegeme<strong>wa</strong> kikamilifu, tunachukua k<strong>wa</strong> umaki<strong>ni</strong> yote aliyo<strong>ya</strong>sema na<br />
kumfan<strong>ya</strong> kama Mwumba na Mwokozi, na kuimarisha maisha yetu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kulingana na uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke na amri zake.<br />
Vilevile di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kitu chochote kinachoshindana na ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Maandiko.<br />
Ninategemea kitu ga<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ukamilifu? Kipi kinacho<strong>ya</strong>pa maisha <strong>ya</strong>ngu<br />
umuhimu na maana? Kipi kinachota<strong>wa</strong>la moyo <strong>wa</strong>ngu? Kipi <strong>ni</strong> mamlaka kamili<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ngu? Kipi <strong>ni</strong> kipimo changu? Kipi <strong>ni</strong>nachopenda zaidi? Kipi <strong>ni</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong><br />
matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ngu?<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nga <strong>wa</strong> mas<strong>wa</strong>li ha<strong>ya</strong>, inaku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi ku<strong>wa</strong> mali <strong>ya</strong>weza kushindana na<br />
Mungu. Sio fedha yenyewe <strong>wa</strong>la matumizi <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong>nayotofautisha umungu mali,<br />
bali “kupenda fedha” (2 Tim. 6:10). Fedha au tunavyomiliki k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla –
64 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
huongoza maisha yetu. Njia kuelekea kwenye utajiri hutuelekeza kwenye di<strong>ni</strong><br />
hii. Utajiri huongeza kila kitu – maadili, mahusiano yetu na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine,<br />
maisha <strong>ya</strong> kila siku. Matumai<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kila mmoja, pia maana <strong>ya</strong> maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
hujikita katika fedha. Haijali k<strong>wa</strong> kweli <strong>ni</strong> kiasi ga<strong>ni</strong> mtu anamiliki – maski<strong>ni</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>shiriki <strong>wa</strong> ajabu <strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> hii.<br />
Sasa tumeshaona k<strong>wa</strong>mba katika Biblia ima<strong>ni</strong> haihitaji ku<strong>wa</strong> na miungu,<br />
makuha<strong>ni</strong>, mahekalu au huduma, na hata kujiita yenyewe di<strong>ni</strong>, ili iwe hivyo.<br />
Umungu mali <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kizushi isiyoonekana k<strong>wa</strong> urahisi ambayo <strong>ya</strong>onekana<br />
kama mtindo <strong>wa</strong> maisha <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida, mwelekeo k<strong>wa</strong> mambo <strong>ya</strong> kiuchumi, na<br />
jambo binafsi. Ukweli <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> iliyojificha, kama ambavyo <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
mmoja Carl Bry alivyosema, <strong>ni</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> ambayo inafundisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba Kiumbe<br />
kisicho hai, kanu<strong>ni</strong> au aideolojia isiyoami<strong>ni</strong> Mungu <strong>ya</strong>weza kuchukua nafasi <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Biblia katika mioyo yetu. 78<br />
Katika Biblia, kifungu kinachoeleza k<strong>wa</strong> kina jambo hili <strong>ni</strong> sura <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza <strong>ya</strong><br />
Warumi. Paulo anaeleza k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> kuna hukumu ambayo sisi sote t<strong>wa</strong>pas<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuokole<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>yo na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> wote, pasipo udhuru, tuna<strong>wa</strong>jibika. Anaanza,<br />
“K<strong>wa</strong> maana ghadhabu <strong>ya</strong> Mungu imedhihirish<strong>wa</strong> kutoka mbingu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uasi<br />
wote na uovu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu <strong>wa</strong>ipingao kweli k<strong>wa</strong> uongo” (Rum. 1:18). Hasira<br />
<strong>ya</strong> Mungu inaelekez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> 1. mtu kukosa uhusiano na Yeye, Ima<strong>ni</strong> isiyo na<br />
Mungu (Atheism/ukosa-Mungu) na 2. mtu kukosa uhusiano na mwenzake,<br />
ukosa – haki. Mitazamo hii miwili <strong>ya</strong> dhambi inashabihiana na Amri Kumi,<br />
ambazo k<strong>wa</strong>nza zinashughulika na uhusiano <strong>wa</strong> mtu na Mungu na kisha<br />
uhusiano <strong>wa</strong>ke na binadamu mwenzake. Binadamu aliye ta<strong>ya</strong>ri chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
ghadhabu <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, sio katika Hukumu <strong>ya</strong> Mwisho, anapinga kweli k<strong>wa</strong> uovu.<br />
Ni ukweli upi Paulo aumaa<strong>ni</strong>shao? “…k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> mambo <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
<strong>ya</strong>nayojulikana <strong>ya</strong>meku<strong>wa</strong> dhahiri nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>o, k<strong>wa</strong> maana Mungu<br />
ali<strong>wa</strong>dhihirishia” (Rum. 1:19). Ukweli hutegemea ukweli ku<strong>wa</strong> jambo fula<strong>ni</strong><br />
kuhusu Mungu laweza kujulikana.<br />
Laki<strong>ni</strong> hilo lapas<strong>wa</strong> kueleweka vipi? Ina maana ga<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila mmoja aweza<br />
kutambua <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu? Biblia hufundisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu haoneka<strong>ni</strong>, sivyo?<br />
Paulo alilijua hili, na anaendelea, “K<strong>wa</strong> sababu mambo <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong>siyoonekana<br />
tangu kuumb<strong>wa</strong> ulimwengu <strong>ya</strong>naonekana, na kufahamika k<strong>wa</strong> kazi zake, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
uweza <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> milele na Uungu <strong>wa</strong>ke” (Rum 1:20). Paulo hamaa<strong>ni</strong>shi k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
Mungu anaonekana katika umbo dhahiri, laki<strong>ni</strong> bado kuna kitu tuwezacho kujua<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke. Tangu uumbaji, M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu aweza kuona na kujua (Neno la Kigriki<br />
huzungumzia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ‘kufikiri’) k<strong>wa</strong>mba nafsi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu yenye nguvu zote zisizo<br />
kifa<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> lazima iko nyuma <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji. Kama usemi huu ulivyo: “Hakuna<br />
ki<strong>wa</strong>cho kutoka pasipo kitu”. Ulimwengu huu <strong>wa</strong> ajabu, ulio chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Wakati na<br />
Nafasi kama ulivyo, <strong>ni</strong> lazima uwe na m<strong>wa</strong>nzo. Fizikia hudhihirisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
78 Carl Christian Bry. Verkappte Religionen: Kritik des Kollektiven Wahns. Ehrenwirth: Muenchen, 1979<br />
(toleo-rudufu 1924)
Din <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>? 65<br />
taarifa huanza na Msemaji, mtu. Nafsi iliyo nyuma <strong>ya</strong> ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo kikub<strong>wa</strong> cha<br />
taarifa katika ulimwengu huu haiwezi ku<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Wakati, bali <strong>ni</strong> lazima iwe<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke, <strong>ni</strong> lazima iwe <strong>ya</strong> milele. Nguvu <strong>ya</strong> nafsi hii <strong>ni</strong> lazima iwe zaidi <strong>ya</strong> ile <strong>ya</strong><br />
uumbaji wote.<br />
Laki<strong>ni</strong> hilo linahusianaje na ghadhabu <strong>ya</strong> Mungu? Paulo anaendelea, “K<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu mambo <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong>siyoonekana tangu kuumb<strong>wa</strong> ulimwengu <strong>ya</strong>naonekana,<br />
na kufahamika k<strong>wa</strong> kazi zake, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>, uweza <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> milele na Uungu <strong>wa</strong>ke;<br />
hata <strong>wa</strong>siwe na udhuru; k<strong>wa</strong> sababu, <strong>wa</strong>lipomjua Mungu ha<strong>wa</strong>kumtukuza kama<br />
ndiye Mungu <strong>wa</strong>la kumshukuru; bali <strong>wa</strong>lipotea katika uzushi <strong>wa</strong>o, na mioyo <strong>ya</strong>o<br />
yenye ujinga ikati<strong>wa</strong> giza. Wakijinena ku<strong>wa</strong> wenye hekima <strong>wa</strong>lipumbazika;<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kaubadili utukufu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu asiye na uharibifu k<strong>wa</strong> mfano <strong>wa</strong> sura <strong>ya</strong><br />
binadamu aliye na uharibifu, na <strong>ya</strong> ndege, na <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma, na <strong>ya</strong> vitambaavyo”<br />
(Rum 1:20-23). Paulo yuko <strong>wa</strong>zi, sio kuhusika tu na s<strong>wa</strong>li la uwepo <strong>wa</strong> Mungu,<br />
bali pia s<strong>wa</strong>li <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> yule tunayemheshimu, na<strong>ni</strong> tunayemtumikia, yupi<br />
anayeongoza fikra zetu. M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu, kukataa kumshukuru Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> kile<br />
anachopata, hakatai <strong>wa</strong>zo la kinadharia tu, bali Mwumba <strong>wa</strong> kweli na aishiye. Ili<br />
kuepa kumshukuru Mungu, M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu <strong>ni</strong> lazima avumbue di<strong>ni</strong> mbadala.<br />
Katika mao<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Paulo, hakuna mahali binadamu afikiriapo kijinga kabisa kama<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati ajaribupo kuuunda di<strong>ni</strong> ili asiweze kumshukuru Mungu. M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu<br />
hupendelea kuabudu sanamu mfu za <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma, hivyo kuzama tena zaidi katika<br />
ngazi za Uumbaji. Paulo anadokeza ku<strong>wa</strong> uabudu sanamu k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida<br />
humfan<strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu ku<strong>wa</strong> sio chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mn<strong>ya</strong>ma tu bali pia sanamu <strong>ya</strong>ke.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu huabudu vitu ambavyo yeye mwenyewe aweza kuviharibu na<br />
kusema kweli viko chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke. Anaabudu vitu vingine badala <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong><br />
lazima awe na kitu cha kuabudu.<br />
Katika hali halisi <strong>ya</strong>wezekana mtu akamtambua Mwumba <strong>wa</strong> milele katika<br />
Uumbaji <strong>wa</strong>ke? Ndio na Hapana. Ndiyo, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mungu amhukumu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kushind<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo. Hapana, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Paulo anathibitisha pia k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
uzao <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu wote hukataa kumpa Mungu heshima inayostahili. Ukweli<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tu wote <strong>wa</strong>weza kumwele<strong>wa</strong> Mwumba unathibitish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ukweli<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> kila m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu ana mbadala <strong>wa</strong> Mungu. Hakuna <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>sio na di<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
ambayo k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Biblia, <strong>ni</strong> matokeo <strong>ya</strong> umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> kushikilia kitu.<br />
Katika Warumi 1:25, Paulo anafupisha, “…<strong>wa</strong>liibadili kweli <strong>ya</strong> Mungu ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
uongo, <strong>wa</strong>kakisujudia kiumbe na kukiabudu badala <strong>ya</strong> Mwumba anayehimidi<strong>wa</strong><br />
milele. Amina”. Paulo anazungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> wengine <strong>wa</strong>siomheshimu Mungu,<br />
jambo awezalo yeye kufan<strong>ya</strong> (<strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> kumheshimu Mungu), hata hivyo, <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu amepokea msamaha <strong>wa</strong> dhambi kupitia k<strong>wa</strong>ke Yesu Kristo, na<br />
anaongeza kumtukuza Mungu kwenye hoja <strong>ya</strong>ke. Suala <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu kamwe si<br />
mada <strong>ya</strong> kinadharia tu ambayo mtu aweza kuifikiri kihalisi tu, bali daima <strong>ni</strong><br />
jambo lenye kutuathiri kibinafsi sisi wenyewe. Si jambo la kushangaza k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
suala la shukra<strong>ni</strong> na heshima <strong>ni</strong> la kimaamuzi.
66 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu ‘hubadili’ Mwumba k<strong>wa</strong> kiumbe. Mtu aweza kusema k<strong>wa</strong>mba,<br />
tuna‘badili matumizi <strong>ya</strong>o sahihi’ au ‘tuna<strong>wa</strong>geuza kich<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> miguu <strong>juu</strong>’.<br />
Agano la Kale hutumia msemo kuelezea Israeli <strong>wa</strong>lio‘badili utukufu <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
mfano <strong>wa</strong> ng’ombe mla maja<strong>ni</strong>’ (Zab. 106:20, linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Yer. 2:11).<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu hubadili ibada k<strong>wa</strong> Mwumba ku<strong>wa</strong> ibada k<strong>wa</strong> kiumbe, akifan<strong>ya</strong><br />
di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> kuelekeza sifa za uungu kama vile ‘umilele’, ‘uweza’<br />
au ‘uumbaji’ k<strong>wa</strong> baadhi <strong>ya</strong> viumbe wengine. Haijalishi k<strong>wa</strong>mba anajiinua<br />
mwenyewe kama ‘kipimo cha vitu vyote’, anaheshimu binadamu mwingine<br />
kama Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong>mba anaabudu taswira <strong>ya</strong> mtu mfu, kama vile Mariamu,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba anaabudu mn<strong>ya</strong>ma au sanamu <strong>ya</strong>ke, k<strong>wa</strong>mba anaweka mbadala <strong>wa</strong><br />
Uumbaji k<strong>wa</strong> jina jingine (‘Maada’, ‘Asili’ au ‘Uwepo’) au k<strong>wa</strong>mba anavumbua<br />
di<strong>ni</strong> kama ile <strong>ya</strong> Mali. Chochote achaguacho, ataku<strong>wa</strong> amefan<strong>ya</strong> mbadala <strong>wa</strong><br />
sehemu <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Paulo, suala la na<strong>ni</strong> au kipi kinaabudi<strong>wa</strong> pia <strong>ni</strong> la kimaamuzi,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> maadili. Elimu-maadili hufundisha lipi Jema na Ovu, lililo Sa<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
lililo na Makosa, lenye kukubalika na lisilokubalika, litaki<strong>wa</strong>lo na lipas<strong>wa</strong>lo<br />
kuepuk<strong>wa</strong>. Yeyote aumbaye di<strong>ni</strong> mp<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ni</strong> lazima pia aumbe maadili map<strong>ya</strong><br />
(Rum. 1:24-27). Paulo anatumia neno lile lile ‘kubadili’ au ‘kupotosha’ kuelezea<br />
mbadala <strong>wa</strong> mfumo usio rasmi <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili <strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ule <strong>wa</strong> utaratibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Uumbaji. Ushoga <strong>ni</strong> mfano mzuri (Rum. 1:26-27), inga<strong>wa</strong> dhambi<br />
zote zaweza kuelez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> njia ile ile (Rum. 1:29-31). <strong>Maadili</strong> <strong>ya</strong>liyopotosh<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>wezekana k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mungu hu<strong>wa</strong>acha <strong>wa</strong>nadamu kuelekea kwenye uchafu<br />
(Rum. 1:24, 26). Hukumu mba<strong>ya</strong> kabisa k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu <strong>ni</strong> “kuach<strong>wa</strong> pekee”<br />
(Rum. 1:24, 26) k<strong>wa</strong> sababu yeye hana uwezo <strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> na kiasi. Hujiharibu yeye<br />
mwenyewe na wengine pia. Ni Mkristo pekee, aliyepokea msamaha <strong>wa</strong> dhambi<br />
na mwenye msaada <strong>wa</strong> Roho Mtakatifu, awezaye ku<strong>wa</strong> na kiasi ambacho Agano<br />
Jip<strong>ya</strong> hukihesabu kama alama <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>mi<strong>ni</strong> (2 Pet. 1:6; Gal. 5:23). Hivyo, dhambi<br />
<strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu sio kisababishi cha hukumu, bali <strong>ni</strong> hukumu yenyewe.<br />
Binadamu <strong>ni</strong> adui mkub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> yeye mwenyewe.<br />
Di<strong>ni</strong> mp<strong>ya</strong> humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha mfumo mp<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili. Hakuna atendaye k<strong>wa</strong> bahati<br />
tu, bali k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> mfumo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> amali, k<strong>wa</strong>mba anaheshimu uungu au la.<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> za nchi zinaongoz<strong>wa</strong> na amali kama tufan<strong>ya</strong>vyo ununuzi duka<strong>ni</strong> – au jinsi<br />
ga<strong>ni</strong> tunavyoamua kipi kinunuliwe? Matangazo hutushawishi k<strong>wa</strong> kutuahidi<br />
furaha, mafa<strong>ni</strong>kio na kutambuli<strong>wa</strong>; vuguvugu la kisiasa hujaribu kuathiri<br />
maamuzi yetu pia. Hakuna mtu awezaye kupuuza mtazamo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
ubinadamu, mwelekeo <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> utajiri na mwelekeo <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> jamii (mf. njaa<br />
du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>) <strong>wa</strong>kati anunuapo. T<strong>wa</strong>weza tu kushind<strong>wa</strong> kuvijali vitu hivi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> utu wetu ku<strong>wa</strong> kipimo chetu. Paulo anazungumza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> hao ambao,<br />
“…Mungu <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>ni</strong> tumbo…” (Flp. 3:19). Vivyo hivyo <strong>ni</strong> kweli pia k<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>ya</strong>nsi<br />
na falsafa. Wanafalsafa wengi hupinga maadili k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla, laki<strong>ni</strong> kipekee<br />
kabisa mfumo <strong>wa</strong> Kikristo; ili tu <strong>wa</strong>unde sheria zao wenyewe <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kipi mtu<br />
afanye au asifanye. Na <strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> matokeo maba<strong>ya</strong> kabisa <strong>ya</strong> nadharia za
Din <strong>ni</strong> Ni<strong>ni</strong>? 67<br />
kisa<strong>ya</strong>nsi <strong>ya</strong>mempata m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu! K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, fikiri <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mao<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>siyo <strong>ya</strong><br />
kibiblia ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu weupe (<strong>wa</strong>zungu) tu, au k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>naume tu ndio<br />
binadamu. Au fikiri nadharia <strong>ya</strong> mabadiliko ambayo inahusika, sio <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>zi,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mamilio<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>hanga* <strong>wa</strong> Ujamaa <strong>wa</strong> Kitaifa au Ukomu<strong>ni</strong>sti, ambavyo<br />
vyote viliota <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maendeleo makuu <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu.<br />
Paulo anachukua hatua nyingine. Mpaka kufikia hatua hii, ameshadai ku<strong>wa</strong> kila<br />
mtu aweza kumtambua Mwumbaji <strong>wa</strong> milele nyuma <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji, hivyo basi<br />
hakuna mtu aliye na udhuru k<strong>wa</strong> kumkataa Mungu. Hili analiami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ndio<br />
asili <strong>ya</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> na <strong>ya</strong> mifumo <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>ya</strong> kimaadili. Sasa anaendelea, “…ambao <strong>wa</strong>kijua<br />
sana hukumu <strong>ya</strong> haki <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong><strong>ya</strong>tendao hayo <strong>wa</strong>mestahili<br />
mauti, <strong>wa</strong>natenda hayo, <strong>wa</strong>la si hivyo tu, bali <strong>wa</strong>nakubaliana nao <strong>wa</strong><strong>ya</strong>tendao”<br />
(Rum. 1:32). Sasa inaku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu anahitaji kuokole<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> upande mmoja, kule kuach<strong>wa</strong> abaki mwenyewe, kamwe hawezi ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kujiongoza au kujilinda yeye mwenyewe kutoka kwenye uharibifu.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> upande mwingine, yuko chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> adhabu <strong>ya</strong> kifo.<br />
Ni sababu zipi azitoazo Paulo k<strong>wa</strong> tamko lake ku<strong>wa</strong>, M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu hata kama<br />
atafan<strong>ya</strong> mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili <strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong> mbadala, bado anajua matarajio <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
<strong>ya</strong> haki? Sura <strong>ya</strong> pili <strong>ya</strong> Warumi imewek<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kfu k<strong>wa</strong> s<strong>wa</strong>li hili. Tutaelekeza<br />
nafsi zetu kwenye hoja moja.<br />
Paulo anasema, “K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo, wewe mtu u<strong>wa</strong>ye yote uhukumuye, huna udhuru,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> maana katika hayo umhukumuyo mwingine <strong>wa</strong>jihukumu mwenyewe ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
na hatia; k<strong>wa</strong> maana wewe uhukumuye unafan<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong>le<strong>ya</strong>le” (Rum. 2:1).<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu anajua ku<strong>wa</strong> kila mmoja atatoa majibu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> matendo <strong>ya</strong>ke.<br />
Hakuna hata mmoja, hata asiyeami<strong>ni</strong> Mungu aweza kuishi bila ku<strong>wa</strong>laumu<br />
wengine. Tu viumbe <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili na tunathibitisha hili kila siku katika mao<strong>ni</strong><br />
yetu <strong>ya</strong>siyo mema <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> majira<strong>ni</strong> zetu, kama ilivyo katika sheria za nchi yetu na<br />
mahakama. Hata dikteta mwovu kabisa ana mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kisheria, bila kutaja<br />
sheria katili zisizoandik<strong>wa</strong> za makundi <strong>ya</strong>siyotaka sheria ambayo <strong>ya</strong>nataka<br />
kufuta mamlaka yote <strong>ya</strong> kiserikali k<strong>wa</strong> pamoja. Na<strong>ni</strong> asiyejua kile ambacho<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nasiasa <strong>wa</strong>naweza au <strong>wa</strong>siweze kufan<strong>ya</strong>? Na<strong>ni</strong> asiyeendelea kujisikia<br />
kutende<strong>wa</strong> isivyo haki? Paulo analiona hili kama uthibitisho ku<strong>wa</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu<br />
anajua ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye si mn<strong>ya</strong>ma, bali ana<strong>wa</strong>jibika k<strong>wa</strong> mamlaka kuu. Laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> na<strong>ni</strong><br />
aliye mamlaka hii kuu? Baadaye Paulo anataja dhamiri, “… dhamiri <strong>ya</strong>o<br />
iki<strong>wa</strong>shuhudia, na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo <strong>ya</strong>o, yenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> yenyewe, <strong>ya</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong>shtaki au<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>tetea” (Rum. 2:15). Neno ‘con’ katika ‘conscience’ (dhamiri) humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha<br />
‘with’ – <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> ‘enye’ au ‘na’. Dhamiri <strong>ni</strong> mamlaka katika kituo cha maamuzi<br />
(moyo), ambayo hunakili ma<strong>wa</strong>zo na matendo yetu na ku<strong>ya</strong>jaribu k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana<br />
na vigezo fula<strong>ni</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Paulo, vigezo hivi v<strong>ya</strong>weza kubadilika, laki<strong>ni</strong><br />
utendaji kazi <strong>wa</strong> dhamiri hubaki bila kuteng<strong>wa</strong> na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yetu. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Paulo, jinsi mtu a<strong>wa</strong>zavyo <strong>ni</strong> uthibitisho ku<strong>wa</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu <strong>ni</strong> kiumbe mwenye<br />
maadili ambaye daima hujijibu, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kile kitu tukiitacho ‘ma<strong>wa</strong>zo’
68 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
kihalisia <strong>ni</strong> mjadala <strong>wa</strong> kina: ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yetu “hushitakiana” yenyewe k<strong>wa</strong><br />
yenyewe au “huteteana” yenyewe kama aandikavyo Paulo. Tunajadili maadili<br />
hata <strong>ya</strong>le yenye maelezo yetu wenyewe machache. Tununuapo, daima k<strong>wa</strong><br />
makusudi tunapanga kipi tununue na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> tusinunue. Wakati tusomapo,<br />
tunatathmi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kifungu. Wakati tupangapo, tunapima uzito <strong>wa</strong> hoja za<br />
utetezi zifaazo au zisizofaa mipango yetu. T<strong>wa</strong>weza tu kujadili sisi k<strong>wa</strong> sisi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu tunajadiliana na nafsi zetu. Tunazishutumu nafsi zetu au kujitetea nafsi<br />
zetu. K<strong>wa</strong> Paulo huu <strong>ni</strong> uthibitisho ku<strong>wa</strong> kila mtu anajua k<strong>wa</strong>mba ana<strong>wa</strong>jibika<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ma<strong>wa</strong>zo na matendo <strong>ya</strong>ke. Laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> na<strong>ni</strong>? Jibu pekee laweza ku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mamlaka kuu. Paulo amekwishaonesha mamlaka hii katika sura <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ni</strong> Mwumbaji.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 69<br />
SEHEMU II<br />
MAADILI YA KIBIBLIA - MADA MAALUMU<br />
JUU YA KUAPA KATIKA NYAKATI ZA AGANO JIPYA<br />
Yaliyomo<br />
(1993/2000)<br />
1. Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong> (Mt. 5:33-37) na Yakobo 5:12<br />
2. Mungu Huapa<br />
3. Yesu na Paulo Waliapa<br />
4. Kanu<strong>ni</strong> na Matendo <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa<br />
5. Maana <strong>ya</strong> ‘Kiapo’.<br />
6. Amina<br />
7. Baraka<br />
1. Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong> (Mat. 5:33-37) na Yakobo 5:12<br />
Wanatheolojia wengi <strong>wa</strong>nakubaliana <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> matarajio Yesu akusudiayo katika<br />
mifano dhahiri iliyo katika Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> sio <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mtazamo <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale. Je, amri zake zinathibitisha au kubadili sheria <strong>ya</strong><br />
Agano la Kale? K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, wote hukubali ku<strong>wa</strong> analaa<strong>ni</strong> uasherati <strong>wa</strong> moyo<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
laki<strong>ni</strong> je, Agano la Kale linafan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo pia?<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> kutoa kigezo cha mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Yesu k<strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale, jambo la<br />
kutoa viapo huthibitisha jinsi maagizo <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong>navyopas<strong>wa</strong> kueleweka na<br />
kutimiz<strong>wa</strong> hivi leo. Je, alithibitisha au kubadili amri zake? Katika kuziboresha<br />
kanu<strong>ni</strong> za <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> jambo hili, angeku<strong>wa</strong> ametangua k<strong>wa</strong> karibu kabisa<br />
matumizi bai<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>ya</strong> viapo katika Agano la Kale.<br />
Kama tutafikiri k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yesu anapinga <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale pamoja na<br />
matumizi <strong>ya</strong> viapo v<strong>ya</strong> Mafarisayo na <strong>wa</strong>andishi, basi tutagundua ku<strong>wa</strong> sio
70 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
viapo vyenyewe vyenye tatizo, bali viapo vile ambavyo vimezuili<strong>wa</strong> katika Agano<br />
la Kale.<br />
79 . Agano la Kale liliruhusu viapo, na kimsingi viapo vilivyofany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> jina la<br />
Mungu tu. Musa aliku<strong>wa</strong> ameamuru, “Utamcha B<strong>wa</strong>na Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko...na<br />
utafan<strong>ya</strong> kiapo k<strong>wa</strong> jina lake” (Kumb. 6:13, 10:20). Wakati ule ule, hii iliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ni</strong> amri <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> viapo. Tena hili li <strong>wa</strong>zi zaidi katika Zab. 76:11, “Fanye<strong>ni</strong><br />
nadhiri k<strong>wa</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na, Mungu wenu, mkazitimize” au katika Zab. 63:11 “Kila<br />
aapaye k<strong>wa</strong> Yeye atatukuz<strong>wa</strong>”. Je, jambo hili halina uhalali k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong><br />
Agano jip<strong>ya</strong>?<br />
‘Nadhiri’ 80 <strong>ni</strong> kiapo cha kimakusudi (Kumb. 23:23) ambacho<br />
hakikulazimish<strong>wa</strong>, inga<strong>wa</strong> Mungu alikipendelea. Hata hivyo, mara<br />
kilipofany<strong>wa</strong>, kiapo kiliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> lazima kitunzwe (Kumb. 23:23-24; Mhu.<br />
5:4-5). Vilevile kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na viapo v<strong>ya</strong> lazima, mfano katika mahakama,<br />
kuingia katika kazi fula<strong>ni</strong> au katika ndoa. Kuweka nadhiri (‘kujifunga<br />
mwenyewe’) iliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> aina <strong>ya</strong> ‘kiapo’ au ‘ufan<strong>ya</strong>ji nadhiri’ (maelezo <strong>ya</strong>liyo<br />
sa<strong>wa</strong>) k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Zab. 132:2 na Hes. 30:3,4 vinatumia neno lenye kufanana<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ‘kuapa’ na k<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> nadhiri (tazama M<strong>wa</strong>. 28:20-22; Hes. 21:2; Fal.<br />
11:30 kk; 1 Sam. 1:11, 14:24; Yona 1:16, 2:9, 2:20; Mdo. 18:18; 21:23; 23:12<br />
kk).<br />
Hata hivyo, katika n<strong>ya</strong>kati za Yesu, <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liapa k<strong>wa</strong> kila kitu kilichofikirika na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lipitisha uhalali na unda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kiapo k<strong>wa</strong> kuapa <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kitu hicho. Jurgen<br />
Kuberski anajumuisha makosa katika matendo <strong>ya</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>ya</strong> Kifarisayo kama<br />
ifuatavyo:<br />
1. Mafarisayo <strong>wa</strong>litofautisha kati <strong>ya</strong> viapo vilivyopas<strong>wa</strong> kutunz<strong>wa</strong> na vile<br />
ambavyo havikupas<strong>wa</strong>, tofauti ambayo haimo katika Agano la Kale. 2. Waliepa<br />
kutumia jina la Mungu, inga<strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale lilihitaji matumizi hayo. 3.<br />
Walijitengenezea mibadala ambayo, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Yesu, haikufan<strong>ya</strong> tofauti<br />
yoyote; kiapo <strong>ni</strong> lazima kitunzwe hata kama jina la Mungu limetaj<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi<strong>wa</strong>zi<br />
au la. 81<br />
79 Theodor Zahn. Das Evangelium des Matthaeus (Leipzig, Germany: A. Deicher, 1922, repr. Wuppertal,<br />
Germany: R. Brockhaus, 1984), pp. 243-249. K<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> hoja bora kuhusu viapo katika Biblia tazama:<br />
Walter C. Kaiser. To<strong>wa</strong>rds Old Testament Ethics (Grand Rapids, Mich.: Zondervan, 1983), p. 65; John<br />
Bun<strong>ya</strong>n Shearer. Sermon on the Mount (Richmond, Va.: 1906), kk. 70-74.<br />
80 Tazama sheria <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> viapo katika Hesabu 30:1-16; Gordon J. Wenham. Numbers. Tyndale Old Testament<br />
Commantaries (Leicester, England: IVP, 1981), kk. 205 – 209<br />
81 Juergen Kuberski. Darf ein Christ schwoeren? Bibel und Gemeinde 91 no. 2 (1991), uk. 148. Tazama pia:<br />
Klaus Bockmuehl. Christliche Lebensfuehrung: Eine Ethik der Zehn Gebote (Giessen, Germany: TVG.<br />
Brunnen, 1993), uk. 87. Bockmuehl anaandika, “… Anazungumzia ujanja <strong>wa</strong> kilaghai na kanu<strong>ni</strong> dhaifu<br />
katika matumizi maba<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong> viapo <strong>ya</strong>liyofany<strong>wa</strong> na Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi ambao (kama vile <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>wekavyo vidole<br />
v<strong>ya</strong>o nyuma <strong>ya</strong> migongo <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>toapo ahadi), <strong>wa</strong>lijitengenezea kila aina <strong>ya</strong> mamlaka”. Bockmuehl<br />
anashind<strong>wa</strong> kuonesha matokeo <strong>ya</strong> kimantiki <strong>ya</strong> mtazamo huu laki<strong>ni</strong> anasisitiza k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yesu anazuia aia<br />
zote za viapo. Iki<strong>wa</strong> tatizo <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> ujanja <strong>wa</strong> kilaghai, k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> viapo vyote hivi vizuiwe, na <strong>wa</strong>la sio viapo v<strong>ya</strong><br />
uongo tu? Kinyume chake, Bockmuehl anatumia uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> Yesu <strong>wa</strong> viapo binafsi, akirejea k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ujao,<br />
si viapo v<strong>ya</strong> mbele <strong>ya</strong> umma vihusuvyo mambo <strong>ya</strong>liyopita. Hata hivyo sipati tofauti <strong>ya</strong> kimaandiko kati <strong>ya</strong><br />
mitazamo hii miwili.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 71<br />
Katika hali hii, Mat. 5:34-35 <strong>ya</strong>pas<strong>wa</strong> kutafsiri<strong>wa</strong> “Usiape kabisa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mbingu…<strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong> nchi…”, hivyo Yakobo 5:12 ingemaa<strong>ni</strong>sha “Msiape k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mbingu <strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong> nchi…” 82 Kifungu kizima cha Mathayo kingeku<strong>wa</strong>, “…Hata<br />
hivyo, mimi na<strong>wa</strong>ambia, Usiape k<strong>wa</strong> mbingu kabisa; k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kiti cha<br />
Mungu; <strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong> nchi, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> pahali pa kuwekea miguu <strong>ya</strong>ke; <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Yerusalemu, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mji <strong>wa</strong> Mfalme mkuu <strong>wa</strong>la usiape k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kich<strong>wa</strong> chako, maana huwezi kufan<strong>ya</strong> unywele mmoja ku<strong>wa</strong> mweupe au<br />
mweusi”. Yakobo 5:12 husomeka, “Zaidi <strong>ya</strong> yote, ndugu zangu, msiape ama<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mbingu au k<strong>wa</strong> nchi; au k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo kinginecho chote (au k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo cha<br />
kitu kingine ki<strong>wa</strong>cho chote). Bali ndiyo yenu na iwe ndiyo, na siyo yenu iwe<br />
siyo, ili msije ku<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> hukumu”.<br />
Usambamba katika Mat. 23:16-22 huelezea <strong>wa</strong>zo hili k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi zaidi, “Ole<br />
wenu viongozi vipofu, msemao, Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu aapa k<strong>wa</strong> hekalu, jambo hilo<br />
halifungi, laki<strong>ni</strong> iki<strong>wa</strong> aapa k<strong>wa</strong> dhahabu iliyo hekalu<strong>ni</strong>, jambo hilo<br />
linafunga. Wapumbavu na vipofu! Kipi <strong>ni</strong> kikub<strong>wa</strong>, dhahabu au hekalu<br />
liifan<strong>ya</strong>yo dhahabu ku<strong>wa</strong> takatifu? Na iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu aapa k<strong>wa</strong> madhabahu,<br />
jambo hilo halifungi, laki<strong>ni</strong> iki<strong>wa</strong> aapa k<strong>wa</strong> sadaka ilaz<strong>wa</strong>yo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
madhabahu, jambo hilo hufunga. Vipofu! Kipi <strong>ni</strong> kikub<strong>wa</strong>, sadaka au<br />
madhabahu ambayo huifan<strong>ya</strong> sadaka ku<strong>wa</strong> takatifu? Iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu aapa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
madhabahu, aapa k<strong>wa</strong>yo na k<strong>wa</strong> kila kitu kilaz<strong>wa</strong>cho <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke. Yeyote<br />
aapaye k<strong>wa</strong> hekalu, aapa k<strong>wa</strong>lo na k<strong>wa</strong> yeye aishiye humo. Na <strong>wa</strong>kati mtu<br />
aapapo k<strong>wa</strong> mbingu, aapa k<strong>wa</strong> kiti cha enzi cha Mungu na k<strong>wa</strong> yeye akaaye<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke”. Yesu hapingi viapo vyenyewe, bali anapinga vile ambavyo<br />
vilifany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> vitu badala <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na ambavyo nguvu <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> ulazima<br />
ilipang<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> vitu vilivyoapi<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Daima kiapo <strong>ni</strong> lazima kifanywe k<strong>wa</strong> kitu kilicho <strong>juu</strong> kuliko mhusika au k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Uwepo Mkuu*, Mungu aki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> pekee kabisa. Mungu huapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
mwenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> sababu “haku<strong>wa</strong> na mkub<strong>wa</strong> zaidi <strong>wa</strong> kum<strong>wa</strong>pia…” (Ebr.<br />
6:13). K<strong>wa</strong> sababu kila kiapo humtambua aliyeapi<strong>wa</strong> kama B<strong>wa</strong>na na kama<br />
mamlaka kuu, Mungu huzuia kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> miungu wengine na huchukulia viapo<br />
vyote k<strong>wa</strong> maki<strong>ni</strong>, hata vile visivyofany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> jina lake. Pia huzingatia<br />
kimfungacho mtoa kiapo, au kama kiapo kina utimizaji <strong>wa</strong> uovu, hum<strong>wa</strong>dhibu<br />
mtu kipekee sio tu k<strong>wa</strong> kutaka, bali pia k<strong>wa</strong> kuapa kutenda uovu.<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> huruhusu viongozi <strong>wa</strong> serikali kuamua <strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe kama<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nataka kutoa kiapo cha kazi k<strong>wa</strong> tamko la kidi<strong>ni</strong> au pasipo tamko hilo<br />
(Grundgesetz n 56 na 64). Hata hivyo, kutoka katika mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kikristo, kiapo<br />
kisichorejea k<strong>wa</strong> mamlaka kuu hakiwezi kufikirika. Helmut Thielicke<br />
amedhihirisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba asiyeami<strong>ni</strong> Mungu hawezi kabisa kufan<strong>ya</strong> kiapo k<strong>wa</strong><br />
82 Tazama Robert L. Dabney. Systematic Theology (1875, repr. Edinburgh, Scotland: Banner of Truth, 1985),<br />
uk. 365. Tazama pia kk. 364-365.
72 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> kiapo kifany<strong>wa</strong>cho pasipo kuliitia jina la Mungu hakina uhalali. 83 Hata<br />
hivyo, Mungu ata<strong>wa</strong>hukumu <strong>wa</strong>nasiasa k<strong>wa</strong> viapo v<strong>ya</strong>o.<br />
Yesu alionesha ku<strong>wa</strong> viapo v<strong>ya</strong> Mafarisayo vilipas<strong>wa</strong> virejelee ukweli, k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
matamko <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>ni</strong> lazima <strong>ya</strong>we “Ndiyo, ndiyo! Hapana, hapana!” (Mat. 5:37<br />
ambapo Yakobo aweka <strong>wa</strong>zi, “…ndiyo yenu na iwe ndiyo, na siyo yenu iwe<br />
siyo” (Yakobo 5:12). Iki<strong>wa</strong> Mungu anahitaji ukweli katika mazungumzo <strong>ya</strong> kila<br />
siku, je, <strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> zaidi <strong>ya</strong>pas<strong>wa</strong> viapo viwe v<strong>ya</strong> kweli!<br />
Kama jambo lililo kweli, maneno “Ndiyo, ndiyo!” (Kigriki Nai, nai!) na ‘Siyo,<br />
siyo’! (Kigriki Ou, ou) yenyewe <strong>ya</strong>weza ku<strong>wa</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> za viapo. Neno la Kigriki<br />
‘Nai, nai’ laweza kutafsiri<strong>wa</strong> katika Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a kama ‘Amina’, katika Ufunuo 1:6<br />
na 22:20 84 , k<strong>wa</strong> mfano, mahali ‘Nai’ (New King James ‘Iwe hivyo’) <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
‘Amina’ katika 2 Kor. 1:17, “…k<strong>wa</strong>mba iwe hivi k<strong>wa</strong>ngu, kusema Ndiyo, Ndiyo<br />
na Siyo, Siyo!” (NKJV). Paulo anatumia kirai* kile kile kama ilivyo katika 2<br />
Kor. 1:20 85 , mahali ambapo maelezo <strong>ya</strong> kirai hicho <strong>ya</strong>naonesha utimilifu <strong>wa</strong><br />
ahadi za Mungu katika Kristo zisizo na mashaka (2 Kor. 1:17-22; linga<strong>ni</strong>sha<br />
utajaji <strong>wa</strong> kutia muhuri katika mst. 22). Katika Mat. 5:18, Yesu anatumia<br />
maneno ‘Kweli, kweli’ au ‘Amina, amina’ ambayo katika uhalisi <strong>ni</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> za<br />
kiapo, matumizi <strong>ya</strong>ke hapa <strong>ya</strong>nathibitisha mapendekezo yetu. Kisha Yesu<br />
anatuzuia kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> vitu, badala <strong>ya</strong>ke tutumie mbadala rahisi <strong>wa</strong> kiapo cha<br />
‘Ndiyo, ndiyo’ na ‘Siyo, siyo’ pasipo <strong>ni</strong>a au masharti <strong>ya</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>siyoonekana.<br />
Luke T. Johnson na Walter C. Kaiser <strong>wa</strong>methibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba, kimsingi Waraka<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Yakobo <strong>ni</strong> ufafanuzi <strong>wa</strong> Law. 19:12-18 na <strong>wa</strong>weza kujumuisha mahubiri<br />
katika kifungu hiki. Ulinga<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>wa</strong> vifungu viwili unaonesha ku<strong>wa</strong> Yakobo 5:12<br />
hurejea k<strong>wa</strong> Law. 19:12, amri <strong>ya</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> dhidi <strong>ya</strong> kiapo cha uongo, laki<strong>ni</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla sio dhidi <strong>ya</strong> kuapa. Yakobo habadili sheria <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale, bali<br />
anaitumia (tazama jed<strong>wa</strong>li katika upande <strong>wa</strong> pili).<br />
Matumizi <strong>ya</strong> Yesu <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale ku<strong>wa</strong>pinga <strong>wa</strong>andishi (Mat. 5:33-37)<br />
<strong>ya</strong>weza pia kuonekana katika nukuu <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> tathmi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> vitu v<strong>ya</strong><br />
kuapi<strong>wa</strong>. Katika mst. 34 ananukuu Isa. 66:1 “…Mbingu <strong>ni</strong> kiti changu cha enzi,<br />
na du<strong>ni</strong>a mahali pa kuwekea miguu <strong>ya</strong>ngu” . Mst. 35 hurejea Zab. 48:2 ambao<br />
unauelezea Mlima Sayu<strong>ni</strong> kama, “Mji <strong>wa</strong> Mfalme mkuu”.<br />
Kumbuka k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tafsiri <strong>wa</strong>chache <strong>wa</strong>naoami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Yesu huzuia kuapa,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ko ta<strong>ya</strong>ri kutumia vizingiti katika kila hali. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, Walter Kunneth<br />
anaiona Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> “kiashirio, k<strong>wa</strong>mba, hali yenye msukumo<br />
mp<strong>ya</strong> na kamilifu imekwishaanza k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>naongoz<strong>wa</strong> kumfuata<br />
83 Helmut Thielicke. Theologische Ethick, Vol II, Part 2: Ethik des Politischen (Tuebingen, Germany: J. C. B.<br />
Mohr, 1958), kk. 462-464<br />
84 Walter Bauer, Kurt and Barbara Aland. Griechisch-deutsches Woerterbuch zu den Schriften des Neuen<br />
Testaments (Berlin, Germany: de Gruyter, 1968). Col 1078 anafasili “Ndiyo” katika Ufu. 1:7 na 22:20 kama<br />
ahadi <strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong><br />
85 Rud., col. 1079.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 73<br />
Yeye”, 86 laki<strong>ni</strong> anaona kiapo cha kisiasa <strong>ni</strong> jambo lisiloepukika. Adolf Schlatter<br />
anaami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Mat. 5:33-37 huzuia kuapa laki<strong>ni</strong> huruhusu kurudi kwenye<br />
msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mazingira magumu. 87 K<strong>wa</strong> ujumla, Arthur<br />
Volkmann anapinga viapo v<strong>ya</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> ana<strong>wa</strong>eleza maofisa <strong>wa</strong><br />
Serikali ambao <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kuapa, “itaku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kutoele<strong>wa</strong> kusudi la Yesu mtu<br />
kujihisi anafung<strong>wa</strong> na sheria mp<strong>ya</strong>” 88 Je, Yesu anazuia kuapa au hazuii? Iki<strong>wa</strong><br />
hakuna kizuizi k<strong>wa</strong> maofisa <strong>wa</strong> serikali, k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> wengine? K<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> mtu<br />
asifanye kiapo chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mazingira fula<strong>ni</strong>?<br />
Mfanano kati <strong>ya</strong> Mambo <strong>ya</strong> Walawi 19 na Yakobo<br />
Mambo <strong>ya</strong> Walawi Yakobo<br />
19:12, “Msiape uongo k<strong>wa</strong> jina<br />
langu…”<br />
5:12, “…msiape…”<br />
19:13, “usimdhulumu jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko, <strong>wa</strong>la 5:4, “Hakika ujira <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tendakazi<br />
kumn<strong>ya</strong>ng’an<strong>ya</strong> mali <strong>ya</strong>ke; ijara <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>liovuna mashamba yenu,<br />
aliyeajiri<strong>wa</strong> isikae k<strong>wa</strong>ko usiku kucha mliouzuia k<strong>wa</strong> hila, unapiga kelele;<br />
hata asubuhi.”<br />
na vilio v<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>vunaji vime<strong>ya</strong>fikia<br />
masikio <strong>ya</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> Sabato.”<br />
19:15, “Msitende <strong>ya</strong>siyo haki katika 2:1, “Ndugu zangu, ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na<br />
hukumu, usimpendelee mtu maski<strong>ni</strong>, wetu Yesu Kristo, B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> utukufu,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>la kumstahi mwenye nguvu; bali msiwe nayo k<strong>wa</strong> kupendelea <strong>wa</strong>tu.”<br />
utamhukumu jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko k<strong>wa</strong> haki.” 2:9, “Bali mki<strong>wa</strong>pendelea <strong>wa</strong>tu,<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong> dhambi na kuhukumi<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
sheria ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kosaji.”<br />
19:16, “Usiranderande miongo<strong>ni</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ko, kama mchongezi”<br />
4:11, “Ndugu, msisemane viba<strong>ya</strong><br />
kila mtu na mwenzake. Yule ambaye<br />
humsema viba<strong>ya</strong> nduguye na<br />
kumhukumu nduguye, huisema<br />
viba<strong>ya</strong> sheria na kuihukumu<br />
sheria.”<br />
86 Walter Kuenneth. Politik zwischen Gott und Daemon: Eine christliche Ethik des Politischen (Berlin:<br />
Lutherisches Verlagshaus, 1954), uk. 367<br />
87 Adolf Schlatter. Die christliche Ethik (Stuttgart, Germany: Verlag der Vereinsbuchhandlung Calwer, 1914),<br />
p. 120, note 1.<br />
88 Arthur Volkmann. “Was ist Schwoeren” Die Wegweisung 29 no 10 (1989), kk. 407 – 410.
74 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
19:17, “<strong>ni</strong> lazima kumkemea jira<strong>ni</strong> 5:19-20, “Ndugu zangu, iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu<br />
<strong>ya</strong>o, <strong>wa</strong>la usichukue dhambi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili miongo<strong>ni</strong> mwenu amepotelea mbali<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke.”<br />
na kweli, na mtu mwingine<br />
akamrejeza; anapas<strong>wa</strong> kujua <strong>ya</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye amrejezaye mwenye<br />
dhambi kutoka katika njia <strong>ya</strong><br />
upotevu, ataokoa roho kutoka<br />
mauti<strong>ni</strong>, na kufu<strong>ni</strong>ka wingi <strong>wa</strong><br />
dhambi.”<br />
19:18, “Usifanye kisasi, <strong>wa</strong>la ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kinyongo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ko”.<br />
19:18, “Mpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko kama<br />
nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko.”<br />
5:9, “Ndugu, msinung’u<strong>ni</strong>kiane, msije<br />
mkahukumi<strong>wa</strong>”.<br />
2:8, “Iki<strong>wa</strong> kweli m<strong>wa</strong>itimiza sheria<br />
<strong>ya</strong> kifalme k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Maandiko, ‘Mpende jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko<br />
kama nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko, m<strong>wa</strong>tenda vema.”<br />
Ni Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>chache sana <strong>wa</strong>zuiao tendo la kuapa. Ama sivyo,<br />
hakuna mwumi<strong>ni</strong> ambaye angeweza ku<strong>wa</strong> afisa <strong>wa</strong> serikali au m<strong>wa</strong>kilishi au<br />
angeweza kutoa uthibitisho katika mahakama <strong>ya</strong> kisheria. K<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> sisi<br />
wenyewe tunaruhusu nafsi zetu kufan<strong>ya</strong> upekee katika suala hili? K<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong><br />
mambo <strong>ya</strong> serikali <strong>ya</strong>we hivyo?<br />
Volkamann anaonesha ugumu mkub<strong>wa</strong> kuthibitisha ku<strong>wa</strong> Agano<br />
Jip<strong>ya</strong> halina viapo. Katika majibu <strong>ya</strong> Yesu k<strong>wa</strong> Baraza, “Yesu anajibu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
urahisi ‘Kama ulivyosema’, ambao <strong>ni</strong> ukiri na uthibitisho laki<strong>ni</strong> haapi”. 89 Hata<br />
hivyo, ukweli <strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>, Yesu yu chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo na anatumia kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida<br />
(tazama chi<strong>ni</strong>) katika jibu lake. Tukirejea k<strong>wa</strong> Paulo, inga<strong>wa</strong> anakubali ku<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
“Paulo anatumia maelezo sa<strong>wa</strong> na viapo”, Volkamann anasisitiza k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kweli mtume hafanyi kiapo, bali analidu<strong>ni</strong>sha tamko lake k<strong>wa</strong> kusudi la<br />
kichungaji. 90 Kuna viapo ‘visivyo halisi?’ Na tuna uthibitisho ga<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zo<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> kiapo kilichofany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kusudi la kichungaji si kiapo tena?<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, kiapo kilichofany<strong>wa</strong> na maafisa katika<br />
Nordrhein-Westfalen husomeka, “Ninaapa, k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong>taitumikia ofisi<br />
<strong>ni</strong>liyope<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ngu wote na k<strong>wa</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong> akili <strong>ya</strong>ngu, k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
<strong>ni</strong>tatii na kulinda sheria na Katiba, k<strong>wa</strong> kudhamiria <strong>ni</strong>tatimiza <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong>ngu<br />
na kutenda haki k<strong>wa</strong> wote. Hivyo, Mungu <strong>ni</strong>saidie. 91 Tamko la mwisho si<br />
lazima. Afisa anaweza kupendelea kutotenda k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> tamko la kidi<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
anaweza kutumia kanu<strong>ni</strong>, “Ninaahidi…” badala <strong>ya</strong> “Ninaapa…” 92 ambayo<br />
humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha kitu kile kile kabisa, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> za kibiblia!<br />
Kinachohesabika ku<strong>wa</strong> na thama<strong>ni</strong> macho<strong>ni</strong> pa Mungu sio kanu<strong>ni</strong>, ambayo<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida hubadilika hata katika n<strong>ya</strong>kati za Biblia, bali dhamirio la<br />
kimsingi.<br />
89 Rud., uk. 408<br />
90 Rud.<br />
91 Imenukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka Praxis der Verkuendigung (Ocken: Kassel) 2-1984:10<br />
92 Rud.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 75<br />
Ashley Montagu, ambaye kasomea viapo katika tamadu<strong>ni</strong> nyingi du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
anaami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kitendo cha kuapa, ambacho <strong>ni</strong> cha ka<strong>wa</strong>ida katika jamii <strong>ya</strong><br />
Magharibi, huakisi athari yenye nguvu <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale. 93 Tamadu<strong>ni</strong> za<br />
Kikristo ziliku<strong>wa</strong> zinahusika kuleta <strong>wa</strong>zo la kiapo la Agano la Kale katika<br />
sehemu nyingine zote du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Katika mjadala <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong>, August Daechsel anahitimisha<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>, “<strong>Sheria</strong> na Yule aliyeitimiza (Mat. 5:33kk.) huzuia tu udanganyifu na<br />
kutofikiri, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> viapo batili.” 94 Ernst Luthardt naye anakuja na hitimisho lenye<br />
kufanana,<br />
Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo liliiele<strong>wa</strong> kimakosa Hotuba Mlima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
lilipotafsiri maneno <strong>ya</strong> Kristo kumaa<strong>ni</strong>sha uzuiaji kamili <strong>wa</strong> viapo, japo<br />
lilizuia hata katika taratibu za kisheria za maisha <strong>ya</strong> kijamii. 95<br />
Hata <strong>Martin</strong> Luther alifundisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yesu hakuzuia viapo, 96 na anaendelea<br />
kupambana dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Wa-anabaptisti* ambao <strong>wa</strong>likataa sio tu kufan<strong>ya</strong> kiapo bali<br />
pia shughuli yoyote <strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong> iliyofany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong>aba <strong>ya</strong> serikali. Katika mao<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kumb. 6:13 (“… na kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> jina lake”) Luther anaandika,<br />
Kuna vitu viwili v<strong>ya</strong> kuangali<strong>wa</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong>nza, k<strong>wa</strong>mba Kristo alizuia<br />
kuapa katika Mathayo 5:34; hapa Mungu anaamuru. Laki<strong>ni</strong> mahali pengine<br />
tunasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba matumizi <strong>ya</strong> viapo <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> aina mbili; k<strong>wa</strong>nza, <strong>ya</strong>le tunayoapa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> urahisi bila sababu; Kristo anazuia kabisa matumizi <strong>ya</strong> ha<strong>ya</strong>; mengine,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati tunapoapa k<strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> na upendo k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> utukufu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mema <strong>ya</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong> yetu au k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> ukweli. 97 Luther kamwe<br />
hakubali uwezekano wowote <strong>wa</strong> aina yoyote <strong>ya</strong> kupingana baina <strong>ya</strong> Yesu na<br />
Agano la Kale, bali anarejea k<strong>wa</strong> Mathayo 23:16, 22 na anaelezea k<strong>wa</strong> kina<br />
umbali ambao kiapo chaweza katika kumtumikia Mungu. 98<br />
Sio Luther tu bali pia <strong>wa</strong>natheolojia wengine <strong>wa</strong> kiprotestanti <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong><br />
Matengenezo <strong>wa</strong>lielezea ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yenye kufanana <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> viapo. Ibara <strong>ya</strong> 29<br />
(XXIX) <strong>ya</strong> Kitabu cha Ka<strong>wa</strong>ida cha Maombi cha Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Kianglikana<br />
(Anglican Church’s Common Book of Prayer) husema,<br />
Tukiripo k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> ubatili na k<strong>wa</strong> haraka haraka<br />
kunazuili<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Wakristo na B<strong>wa</strong>na Yesu Kristo, na mtume <strong>wa</strong>ke Yakobo,<br />
hivyo basi tunaazimia k<strong>wa</strong>mba Di<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo haizuii, bali mtu aweza kuapa<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati Hakimu anapohitaji k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> na wema, hivyo ifanywe k<strong>wa</strong><br />
93 Ashley Montagu. The Anatomy of Swearing (New York: Macmillan, and London: Collier-Macmillan, 1967)<br />
uk. 20 Montagu amepata uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> viapo na nadhiri v<strong>ya</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a nzima, vikijumuisha ‘tamadu<strong>ni</strong>’<br />
zisizoendelea kabisa, laki<strong>ni</strong> viki<strong>wa</strong> na tofauti kub<strong>wa</strong> katika maana. Anajadili historia <strong>ya</strong> ufan<strong>ya</strong>ji kiapo<br />
katika Uingereza k<strong>wa</strong> kina sana.<br />
94 August Daechsel. Das Neue Testament mit in den Text eingeschalteter Auslegung. Die Bibel … Vol. 7<br />
(Lepzig, Germany: Justus Naumann, 1881), uk. 6.<br />
95 Chr. Ernst Luthardt. Kompendium der theologischen Ethik (Leipzig, Germany: Doerffling & Franke, 1921),<br />
uk. 287.<br />
96 Rousas J. Rushdoony. Institutes of Biblical Law (Phillipsburg: Presbyterian and Reformed, 1973), uk. 287.<br />
97 <strong>Martin</strong> Luther, “Anmerkungen zum fuenften Buch Moses“ <strong>Martin</strong> Luthers Saemtliche Schriften Vol 3 (ed.<br />
Joh. Georg Walch.. 1910. repr. Gross Oesingen, Germany: Verlag der Lutherischen Buchhandlung H.<br />
Harms, 1986), col. 1429.<br />
98 Rud., col. 1428-1430.
76 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
mujibu <strong>wa</strong> mafundisho <strong>ya</strong> Nabii k<strong>wa</strong> haki, fikra nzito, hukumu na kweli. 99<br />
Katekisimu <strong>ya</strong> Heidelberger, baada <strong>ya</strong> kukataa viapo vyote v<strong>ya</strong> uongo, (Mas<strong>wa</strong>li<br />
<strong>ya</strong> 99-100), kimaelezo hurejea k<strong>wa</strong> Mathayo 5:34-36 na Yakobo 5:12 katika<br />
mas<strong>wa</strong>li <strong>ya</strong> 101-102,<br />
S<strong>wa</strong>li: Yawezekana mtu m<strong>wa</strong>dilifu kula kiapo k<strong>wa</strong> Jina la Mungu?<br />
Jibu: Ndiyo, <strong>wa</strong>kati mamlaka zinakihitaji k<strong>wa</strong> raia <strong>wa</strong>ke au <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
(vinginevyo) <strong>ni</strong> muhimu ili kutunza na kuendeleza utukufu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu na k<strong>wa</strong><br />
wema <strong>wa</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> mtu. K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kula viapo kama hivyo huthibitish<strong>wa</strong><br />
katika Neno la Mungu, na hivyo kinatumi<strong>wa</strong> barabara na <strong>wa</strong>takatifu katika<br />
Agano la Kale.<br />
S<strong>wa</strong>li: Yawezekana mtu kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>takatifu au k<strong>wa</strong> viumbe<br />
wengine?<br />
Jibu: Hapana, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kiapo cha kisheria <strong>ni</strong> rufaa k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu,<br />
mchunguzi pekee <strong>wa</strong> Moyo, kuthibitisha ukweli na ku<strong>ni</strong>adhibu, <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
<strong>ni</strong>napoapa k<strong>wa</strong> uongo; hakuna kiumbe kistahilicho utii huo. 100<br />
Ibara <strong>ya</strong> 22. 1-7 <strong>ya</strong> Ukiri <strong>wa</strong> Westminster, 1647 unahitimisha,<br />
Kiapo cha kisheria <strong>ni</strong> sehemu <strong>ya</strong> ibada <strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>kati k<strong>wa</strong> tukio<br />
hilo, mtu aapaye kimsingi humwita Mungu kushuhudia kile alichokitamka au<br />
kuahidi; na kumhukumu k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> ukweli au uongo <strong>wa</strong> kile alichoapa.<br />
Jina la Mungu pekee <strong>ni</strong> lile ambalo k<strong>wa</strong>lo <strong>wa</strong>tu hupas<strong>wa</strong> kuapa na<br />
hivyo linapas<strong>wa</strong> kutumika k<strong>wa</strong> hofu takatifu na utii; k<strong>wa</strong> hiyo kuapa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ubatili au k<strong>wa</strong> haraka haraka bila kufikiri k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia jina hilo lenye utukufu<br />
na kuogof<strong>ya</strong>, au kuapa kabisa k<strong>wa</strong> kitu kingine chochote, <strong>ni</strong> dhambi, na<br />
<strong>ya</strong>pas<strong>wa</strong> kuchuki<strong>wa</strong>. Hata hivyo, katika suala la uzito na muda, kiapo kina<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ranti* <strong>ya</strong> Neno la Mungu, chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> vilevile na lile la Kale;<br />
hivyo kiapo cha kisheria kinachowek<strong>wa</strong> na mamlaka <strong>ya</strong> kisheria, k<strong>wa</strong> mambo<br />
hayo, chapas<strong>wa</strong> kufany<strong>wa</strong>. Yeyote alaye kiapo, anapas<strong>wa</strong> kikamilifu<br />
kuthami<strong>ni</strong> uzito <strong>wa</strong> tendo hilo muhimu, na hivyo kutotamka chochote bali kile<br />
anachoshawishika kikamilifu ku<strong>wa</strong> ukweli. Wala mtu yeyote asijifunge yeye<br />
mwenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo k<strong>wa</strong> kitu chochote bali lile lililo jema na la haki, na lile<br />
analoami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hivyo, na lile awezalo kuamua kulifan<strong>ya</strong>. Hata hivyo <strong>ni</strong><br />
dhambi kukataa kula kiapo kinachogusa jambo lolote lililo jema na la haki,<br />
lililowek<strong>wa</strong> na mamlaka <strong>ya</strong> kisheria.<br />
Kiapo kinapas<strong>wa</strong> kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika hali <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida na <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi kabisa <strong>ya</strong><br />
maneno, pasipo mashaka au kuficha jambo katika akili. Hatuwezi kula kiapo ili<br />
kutenda dhambi; bali k<strong>wa</strong> kila jambo lisilo dhambi linalopas<strong>wa</strong> kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
hutufunga ili tutende, inga<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> majeraha <strong>ya</strong> mtu mwenyewe; <strong>wa</strong>la halipaswi<br />
kuvunj<strong>wa</strong> hata kama limefany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zushi au <strong>wa</strong>paga<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
99 “The Articles of Religion”, The Common Book of Prayer (London: Marshall, Morgan & Scott, LTD 1956).<br />
100 Reformieter Bund, ed. Der Heidelberger Kathechismus (Neukirchen, German: Buchhandlung des<br />
Erziehungsbundes, 1934), kk. 56- 57.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 77<br />
Nadhiri <strong>ni</strong> yenye kiapo chenye ahadi, na inapas<strong>wa</strong> kufany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mtindo <strong>wa</strong> uangalizi <strong>wa</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong>, na kufany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mtindo uleule <strong>wa</strong> uami<strong>ni</strong>fu.<br />
Nadhiri haipaswi kufany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kila kiumbe, bali Mungu pekee: na<br />
ili iweze kukubalika, <strong>ya</strong>pas<strong>wa</strong> kufany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kukusudia, kutokana na ima<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
na dhamiri <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>jibu, katika njia <strong>ya</strong> shukra<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> neema<br />
iliyopokele<strong>wa</strong>, au k<strong>wa</strong> kupata kile tukitakacho; ambapo t<strong>wa</strong>jifunga zaidi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
dhati nafsi zetu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>jibu ulio muhimu, au k<strong>wa</strong> mambo mengine, i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
<strong>ya</strong>weza kuchangia k<strong>wa</strong>yo.<br />
Hakuna mtu awezaye kufan<strong>ya</strong> nadhiri k<strong>wa</strong> jambo lolote lililozuili<strong>wa</strong><br />
katika Neno la Mungu, au ambalo litazuia <strong>wa</strong>jibu wowote ulioamri<strong>wa</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke, au lisilo katika uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke mwenyewe, na k<strong>wa</strong> utekelezaji hana ahadi<br />
<strong>ya</strong> uwezo kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu. Ambayo k<strong>wa</strong>yo inaheshimu nadhiri za<br />
kimonastiki* za Kipapa za kuendelea kuishi kiseja*, ukiri <strong>wa</strong> umaski<strong>ni</strong>, na utii<br />
<strong>wa</strong> daima, ziko mbali sana katika ku<strong>wa</strong> vi<strong>wa</strong>ngo v<strong>ya</strong> <strong>juu</strong> v<strong>ya</strong> ukamilifu,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ni</strong> tanzi za kishirikina na za kidhambi, ambazo k<strong>wa</strong>zo hapana Mkristo<br />
awezaye kujifunga mwenyewe. 101<br />
2. Mungu Huapa<br />
Mara nyingi imesem<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong>mba viapo <strong>ni</strong> muhimu tu i<strong>wa</strong>po mtu hataki kusema<br />
ukweli. Laki<strong>ni</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> t<strong>wa</strong>taki<strong>wa</strong> daima kusema ukweli, hivyo viapo si<br />
muhimu; k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> Mungu anavifan<strong>ya</strong> mara nyingi katika Agano la Kale (Mw.<br />
22:16; Mik. 7:20; Kut. 6:8; Eze. 20:5; Zab. 95:11)? Au k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> malaika katika<br />
Da<strong>ni</strong>eli 12:7 anaapa “k<strong>wa</strong> yeye aliye hai milele na milele’ maelezo <strong>ya</strong>liyotumika<br />
pia katika Ufunuo 10:6? (Tutajadili maana halisi <strong>ya</strong> viapo chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kipengele cha<br />
5: “Maana <strong>ya</strong> Kiapo”).<br />
George Giesen anaai<strong>ni</strong>sha nukuu 215 za Agano la Kale zenye neno ‘kuapa’<br />
(Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a ‘sb’) katika makundi manne. 102 Katika matukio 75, neno hilo<br />
limetumika kumaa<strong>ni</strong>sha viapo v<strong>ya</strong> kisekyula* baina <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu, 103 katika matukio<br />
14 <strong>ni</strong> viapo v<strong>ya</strong> kisheria v<strong>ya</strong> Kidi<strong>ni</strong> katika mambo <strong>ya</strong> sheria au nadhiri, 104 katika<br />
matukio 41 <strong>ni</strong> maagano <strong>ya</strong>liyofany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu na <strong>wa</strong>tu binafsi 105 na katika<br />
matukio 82 <strong>ni</strong> maagano <strong>ya</strong>liyofany<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu. 106 Nukuu tatu hazimo katika<br />
aina hizo hapo <strong>juu</strong>. Giesen anafan<strong>ya</strong> hesabu k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu mwenyewe<br />
alifan<strong>ya</strong> 38% (=mara 82) <strong>ya</strong> viapo v<strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale. Kuna viapo vingine vingi<br />
v<strong>ya</strong> Ki-Mungu vilivyobu<strong>ni</strong><strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> maneno mengine. Mungu hushika sheria<br />
zake mwenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> jina lake tu, kama inavyoelez<strong>wa</strong> katika Ebr.<br />
6:13, “K<strong>wa</strong> maana Mungu, alipompa Ibrahimu ahadi, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu haku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
mkub<strong>wa</strong> zaidi <strong>wa</strong> kum<strong>wa</strong>pia, aliapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke”<br />
101 Westminster Confession of Faith (M. S. Bushnell electro<strong>ni</strong>c version, 1991).<br />
102 Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”: Eine semasiologische Studie zum Eid im Alten Testament.<br />
Bonner Beitrage 56 (Koe<strong>ni</strong>gstein, Germany: Peter Hanstein, 1981), uk. 2.<br />
103 Rud., uk. 113<br />
104 Rud., uk. 377<br />
105 Rud., uk. 224<br />
106 Rud., uk. 368
78 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Mungu Huapa k<strong>wa</strong> Na<strong>ni</strong>?<br />
Vifungu vinavyotaja Mungu ‘akila’ kiapo:<br />
Mungu anaapa k<strong>wa</strong> Nuhu ku<strong>wa</strong> ataicha du<strong>ni</strong>a iendelee ku<strong>wa</strong>po, Isa. 54:9.<br />
Mungu anaapa kumbariki Ibrahimu k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> uta<strong>ya</strong>ri <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kumtoa<br />
Isaka dhabihu, M<strong>wa</strong>. 22:16.<br />
Mungu anaimarisha Agano na Ibrahimu, M<strong>wa</strong>. 26:3; Zab. 105:8-9, Lk. 1:13,<br />
Ebr. 6:13.<br />
Mungu anaimarisha Agano na Isaka, Zab. 105:9-11, 1 N<strong>ya</strong>. 16:16.<br />
Mungu anaimarisha agano na mababa. Mik. 7:20; Yer. 11:5 “…ili <strong>ni</strong>imarishe<br />
kiapo <strong>ni</strong>licho<strong>wa</strong>apia baba zenu…”<br />
Mungu anaapa ku<strong>wa</strong>pa Israeli nchi <strong>ya</strong> Ahadi, Kut. 6:8; 32:13; Eze. 20:5-6.<br />
Mungu anaapa k<strong>wa</strong>mba Israeli <strong>wa</strong>sioami<strong>ni</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>taingia Nchi <strong>ya</strong> Ahadi, Kumb.<br />
1:34-35; Hes. 32:10-11; Eze. 20:15; Zab. 95:10-11=Ebr. 3:11, 4:3, “Kama<br />
<strong>ni</strong>livyoapa k<strong>wa</strong> hasira <strong>ya</strong>ngu…”<br />
Mungu anaapa k<strong>wa</strong>mba nyumba <strong>ya</strong> Eli haitasamehe<strong>wa</strong>, 1 Sam. 3:14.<br />
Mungu anaapa k<strong>wa</strong> nyumba <strong>ya</strong> Daudi k<strong>wa</strong>mba uzao <strong>wa</strong>ke utakalia kiti cha enzi<br />
milele, Zab. 89:4-5, 36-39; 132:11-12; Mdo. 2:30.<br />
Mungu anaapa kuihukumu Samaria, Amo. 4:2.<br />
Mungu anaapa kuihukumu Yerusalemu, Amo. 6:8. “B<strong>wa</strong>na MUNGU ameapa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke, asema BWANA, Mungu <strong>wa</strong> majeshi: Naizira fahari <strong>ya</strong><br />
Yakobo, nachukiz<strong>wa</strong> na majumba <strong>ya</strong>ke; k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hiyo <strong>ni</strong>tautoa huo mji,<br />
pamoja na vyote vilivyomo nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke”.<br />
Mungu anaapa kuihukumu Israeli k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu katika ulimwengu<br />
wote, Eze. 20:23.<br />
Mungu anaapa ku<strong>wa</strong>kusan<strong>ya</strong> Israeli kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> mataifa, Eze. 36:7-8.<br />
Mungu ‘anaapa’ agano na Yerusalemu, Eze. 16:8.<br />
Mungu anaapa kumtoa m<strong>wa</strong>nawe ku<strong>wa</strong> kuha<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> milele, Zab. 110:4=Ebr.<br />
7:17, 28, “Wewe u kuha<strong>ni</strong> milele k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> utaratibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Melkizedeki”.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 79<br />
Mungu anaapa k<strong>wa</strong>mba siku moja wote <strong>wa</strong>taapa k<strong>wa</strong> jina lake, Isa. 45:23-24,<br />
“K<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ngu <strong>ni</strong>meapa, neno hili limetoka kiny<strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ngu katika<br />
haki, <strong>wa</strong>la halitarudi, <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba mbele zangu kila goti litapig<strong>wa</strong>, kila<br />
ulimi utaapa. Atasema, ‘Hakika katika BWANA <strong>ni</strong>na haki na nguvu’.<br />
Watu <strong>wa</strong>tamjia yeye, na wote <strong>wa</strong>liofukiza kinyume naye <strong>wa</strong>taaibika.”<br />
Rum. 14:11 inamnukuu Isa<strong>ya</strong>, ikiongeza utangulizi, “Kama <strong>ni</strong>ishivyo…”<br />
Vifungu ambavyo Mungu anainua mkono <strong>wa</strong>ke kula kiapo 107<br />
Mungu anaapa k<strong>wa</strong>mba Israeli <strong>wa</strong>tairithi nchi <strong>ya</strong> Kanaa<strong>ni</strong>, Kut. 6:8; Hes.<br />
14;30-31; Eze. 20:5-6 (3x); Eze. 20:28, 47:14.<br />
Mungu anaapa kuhukumu mataifa, Eze. 36:7, “Basi B<strong>wa</strong>na MUNGU asema<br />
hivi; Nimeinua mkono <strong>wa</strong>ngu k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo k<strong>wa</strong>mba, Hakika mataifa<br />
<strong>ya</strong>nayo<strong>wa</strong>zunguka, <strong>ya</strong>tabeba aibu zao yenyewe”.<br />
Mungu anaapa kuhukumu maadui zake, Kumb. 32:40, “Maana, nainua mkono<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngu mbingu<strong>ni</strong>, Na Kusema, kama <strong>ni</strong>ishivyo milele…”<br />
Mungu anaapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>. 22:16-17, “…Nimeapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ngu, asema BWANA, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
umetenda neno hili, <strong>wa</strong>la hukumzuilia m<strong>wa</strong>nao, m<strong>wa</strong>nao pekee…kubariki<br />
<strong>ni</strong>takubariki…”<br />
Ebr. 6:13-14, “K<strong>wa</strong> maana Mungu, alipompa Ibrahimu ahadi, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu<br />
haku<strong>wa</strong> na mkub<strong>wa</strong> zaidi <strong>wa</strong> kum<strong>wa</strong>pia, aliapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke, akisema,<br />
hakika <strong>ya</strong>ngu kubariki <strong>ni</strong>takubariki na kuongeza <strong>ni</strong>takuongeza”.<br />
Yer. 44:26, “Tazama, <strong>ni</strong>meapa k<strong>wa</strong> jina langu kuu”.<br />
Kut. 32:13, “Mkumbuke Ibrahimu, na Isaka, na Israeli, <strong>wa</strong>tumishi <strong>wa</strong>ko,<br />
ambao uli<strong>wa</strong>apia k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ko…”<br />
Amo. 6:8, “B<strong>wa</strong>na MUNGU ameapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke…”<br />
Amo. 4:2, “B<strong>wa</strong>na MUNGU ameapa k<strong>wa</strong> utakatifu <strong>wa</strong>ke…”<br />
Kumb. 32:40, “Maana, nainua mkono <strong>wa</strong>ngu mbingu<strong>ni</strong>, na kusema, Kama<br />
<strong>ni</strong>ishivyo milele…”<br />
1 Sam. 2:30, “…laki<strong>ni</strong> sasa BWANA, Jambo hili na liwe mbali nami…”<br />
Rum. 14:11, “Kama <strong>ni</strong>ishivyo, anena B<strong>wa</strong>na, kila goti litapig<strong>wa</strong> mbele<br />
zangu…” (nukuu <strong>ya</strong> Isa. 45:23, tazama hapo <strong>juu</strong>).<br />
107 Baadhi <strong>ya</strong> tafsiri ziliondoa “kuinua mkono”.
80 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
“K<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ngu <strong>ni</strong>meapa” (Isa. 45:23; Yer. 22:5; Yer. 49:13; “Kama<br />
<strong>ni</strong>ishivyo, hakika…” Hes. 14:21, 28; Kumb. 32:40; Isa. 49:18; Yer. 22:24; Yer.<br />
46:18; Eze. 5:11; Eze. 14:16, 18, 20; Eze. 16:48; Eze. 17:16, 19; Eze. 18:3;<br />
Eze. 20:3, 31, 33; Eze. 33:11, 27; Eze. 34:8; Eze. 35:1, 6; Zef. 2:9; Rum. 14:11<br />
(Tazama mifano zaidi katia Jed<strong>wa</strong>li “Majina <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika Viapo”)<br />
3. Yesu na Paulo Waliapa<br />
Ukweli ku<strong>wa</strong> viapo hufany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu za kiroho katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> hutia<br />
nguvu nadharia k<strong>wa</strong>mba si Yesu (Mat. 5:33-37) <strong>wa</strong>la Yakobo (Yak. 5:12)<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nazuia kule kuapa kwenyewe, bali tu kule kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> kitu au yeyote<br />
isipoku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu. Mara nyingi Yesu anaapa, k<strong>wa</strong> maelezo, “Amin, amin<br />
na<strong>wa</strong>ambia”, <strong>ni</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo (Tazama jed<strong>wa</strong>li la “Kanu<strong>ni</strong> za Kiapo” hapo<br />
chi<strong>ni</strong>). Wakati Kuha<strong>ni</strong> Mkuu anamweka Yesu chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo, Yesu anajibu<br />
haraka (Mat. 26:64-65), hata hivyo alikataa kuzungumza kabla <strong>ya</strong> kiapo. Paulo<br />
pia alifan<strong>ya</strong> viapo mara nyingi, sio tu k<strong>wa</strong> Serikali, bali pia k<strong>wa</strong> Wakristo<br />
wengine (2 Kor. 1:23; Flm. 1:8; 1 Thes. 2:5, 10; Rum. 1:9, Mdo. 21:23 kk). Pia<br />
viapo vitakuwepo <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Mile<strong>ni</strong>a, “…naye atakayeapa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
ataapa k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> kweli” (Isa. 65:16, sa<strong>wa</strong> na Isa. 19:18).<br />
Yesu Aapa<br />
“Amin, amin”: Yoh. 1:51; 3:3,5,11; 5:19,24-25; 6:26, 32, 47, 53; 8:34, 51,58;<br />
10:1, 7; 12:24; 13:16, 20-21, 38; 14:12; 16:20, 23; 21:18.<br />
“Amin”: Mat. 5:18+26; 24:2+34; Mk. 13:30; Lk. 21:32<br />
Mat. 26:63-65: “Laki<strong>ni</strong>, Yesu akan<strong>ya</strong>maza. (Yesu alibaki kim<strong>ya</strong> mpaka<br />
alipowek<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo) Kuha<strong>ni</strong> Mkuu akamjibu na kum<strong>wa</strong>mbia,<br />
“Nakuapisha k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu aliye hai: Tuambie kama wewe ndiwe Kristo,<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> Mungu!” Yesu akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia, “Ndivyo kama ulivyosema.””<br />
(Mara tu alipoku<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo, haraka alijibu. ‘Thibitisho’ lake k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mashtaka lafan<strong>ya</strong> uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> mashahidi kutoku<strong>wa</strong> muhimu.) 108 “Tuna<br />
haja ga<strong>ni</strong> tena <strong>ya</strong> mashahidi?” Linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Dan. 12:7, Baadhi <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>natheolojia <strong>wa</strong>naami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Malaika aapaye ku<strong>wa</strong> Malaika <strong>wa</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na, <strong>ni</strong><br />
Kristo kabla <strong>ya</strong> kufanyika mwili.<br />
‘Kum<strong>wa</strong>muru’ mtu <strong>ni</strong> neno jingine limaa<strong>ni</strong>shalo “kumweka mtu<br />
chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo”. Achilia mbali ule <strong>wa</strong> Yesu katika Mat. 26:63-65 na Paulo<br />
katika 1 Thes. 5:27 mfano <strong>wa</strong>weza kupatikana katika Wim. 2:7, 3:5, 5:8-9 na<br />
8:4, “Na<strong>wa</strong>sihi, enyi binti za Yerusalamu, k<strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>ya</strong>chochea mapenzi, au<br />
ku<strong>ya</strong>amsha, hata <strong>ya</strong>takapoona vema yenyewe”. Wakati m<strong>wa</strong>namke<br />
alipohisi<strong>wa</strong> kuzi<strong>ni</strong>, kuha<strong>ni</strong> alipas<strong>wa</strong> “kumweka m<strong>wa</strong>namke chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo cha<br />
108 Tazama Theodor Zahn. Das Evangelium des Matthaeus, op. cit., kk. 248-249; 705-706; 244 note 15.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 81<br />
laana” (Kum. 5:21), ambacho kilimaa<strong>ni</strong>sha sa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> na maneno ambayo<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ngezungumz<strong>wa</strong> na m<strong>wa</strong>namke mwenyewe.<br />
Paulo Aapa na Ku<strong>wa</strong>amuru Wengine<br />
2 Kor. 1:23, “Zaidi namwita Mungu awe shahidi dhidi <strong>ya</strong> roho <strong>ya</strong>ngu, <strong>ya</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>hurumia sijafika Korintho”.<br />
Rum. 1:9, Flp. 1:8, “Maana Mungu <strong>ni</strong> shahidi <strong>wa</strong>ngu,…” 109<br />
1 Thes. 2:5, “<strong>wa</strong>la maneno <strong>ya</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kuficha choyo; Mungu <strong>ni</strong> shahidi”.<br />
(Daima nukta mkato hutumika k<strong>wa</strong> sababu kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo husimama nje <strong>ya</strong><br />
tamko).<br />
1 Thes. 2:10, “Ninyi <strong>ni</strong> mashahidi, na Mungu pia, jinsi tulivyoenenda kati<br />
yenu k<strong>wa</strong> kicho na haki na bila ma<strong>wa</strong>a kwenu <strong>ni</strong>nyi mlioami<strong>ni</strong>;”<br />
1 Thes. 2:11-12, “kama mjuavyo, jinsi tulivyomwon<strong>ya</strong>, kumfariji na<br />
kum<strong>wa</strong>giza kila mmoja wenu kama baba afan<strong>ya</strong>vyo k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
mwenyewe, k<strong>wa</strong>mba mwenende ipasavyo mbele za Mungu”.<br />
“Hasha!” (katika hali halisi <strong>ni</strong> “Isitokee!”): Ru. 3:4; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14;<br />
11:1, 11; 1 Kor. 6:15; Gal. 2:17; 3:21; 6:14.<br />
Viapo v<strong>ya</strong> Nadhiri<br />
Matendo18:18, “alipokwisha kunyoa kich<strong>wa</strong> chake huko Kenkrea; maana<br />
aliku<strong>wa</strong> ana nadhiri”. Paulo aliku<strong>wa</strong> amekula kiapo cha Nadhiri (Hes. 6:1-12),<br />
ambacho kiliku<strong>wa</strong> kinafany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo.<br />
Matendo 21:23-24, Paulo alifung<strong>wa</strong> huko Yerusalemu k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> kiapo<br />
cha Unadhiri, ambacho aliku<strong>wa</strong> amefan<strong>ya</strong> na Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi wengine <strong>wa</strong>nne,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kilipa gharama za kukata nywele zao. Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>wa</strong>lidha<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> hivi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> Mataifa (Matendo 21:27-29). NKJV Matendo 21:27,<br />
“Basi zile siku saba zilipoku<strong>wa</strong> karibu kutimia, Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>wa</strong>liotoka Asia,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lipomwona nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> hekalu, <strong>wa</strong>kataharakisha kusanyiko lote na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kamkamata…”<br />
109 Kanu<strong>ni</strong> hii iliathiri<strong>wa</strong> na matumizi <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kae, na sio k<strong>wa</strong> matendo <strong>ya</strong> kifarisayo. Paul Billerbeck: Die<br />
Briefe Des Neuen Testaments und der Offenbarung Johan<strong>ni</strong>s erlaeutert aus Talmud und Midrasch:<br />
Kommentar zum Neuen Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch 3 (ed. Herman L. Strack, Paul Billerbeck.<br />
Mu<strong>ni</strong>ch: C. H. Beck, 1926), uk. 27
82 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
4. Kanu<strong>ni</strong> na Vitendo v<strong>ya</strong> Viapo<br />
Ili kudhihirisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba vifungu vyote vilivyotaj<strong>wa</strong> hapo <strong>juu</strong> kweli vinahusisha<br />
viapo (tazama ufupisho katika majed<strong>wa</strong>li hapo chi<strong>ni</strong>), 110 <strong>ni</strong> lazima sasa<br />
tuchunguze kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale:<br />
Kanu<strong>ni</strong> za Kiapo<br />
*=mistari ambayo k<strong>wa</strong> maelezo hutaja viapo, na <strong>ya</strong>weza kutumika kama<br />
uthibitisho k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>ya</strong>rejea k<strong>wa</strong> viapo na kanu<strong>ni</strong> za viapo.<br />
“Iki<strong>wa</strong>” (Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a ‘Im’ au ‘Im Lo’) *Eze. 36:7; Isa. 22:14 (yote miwili<br />
imezungumz<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu); M<strong>wa</strong>. 14:23; Hes. 14:28; Ayu. 27:4-5 (“Hakika<br />
midomo <strong>ya</strong>ngu haitanena <strong>ya</strong>siyo haki <strong>wa</strong>la ulimi <strong>wa</strong>ngu hautatamka<br />
udanganyifu”. Sentensi haiendelei, laki<strong>ni</strong> mstari ufuatao huanza na kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
kiapo, “Hasha…”= “Hilo liwe mbali nami!”)<br />
“Hilo liwe mbali” ‘nawe’ ‘nami’, ‘nasi’ n.k.: M<strong>wa</strong>. 18:25; M<strong>wa</strong>. 44:47; Yosh.<br />
22:29; Yosh. 24:16; 1 Sam. 2:30; 1 Sam. 12:23; 1 Sam. 20:9; 1 Sam. 22:15; 2<br />
Sam. 23:17; Ayu. 34:10 (kuhusu Mungu); 1 N<strong>ya</strong>. 11:19; Ayu. 27:5, 2 Sam.<br />
20:20.<br />
“BWANA ana<strong>ni</strong>zuia kufan<strong>ya</strong> jambo hili …” 1 Sam. 24:6; 1 Fal. 21:3; 1 Sam.<br />
26:11<br />
“Hilo liwe mbali” na kanu<strong>ni</strong> “Kama aishivyo B<strong>wa</strong>na” 1 Sam. 14:45 111 , 1 Sam.<br />
26:10-11<br />
“Ni hapana hakika” (kihalisia ‘lisitukie hilo!’) Luka 20:16; Rum. 3:4; 6:31;<br />
6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 19:4; 11:1, 11; 1 Kor. 6:15; Gal. 2:17; 3;27; 6:14 (hapa “mbali<br />
nami”. Maelezo <strong>ya</strong> Paulo, “Hilo lisitokee!” hushabihiana na maelezo <strong>ya</strong><br />
Agano la Kale “Hilo liwe mbali nami!” Septuaginta hutafsiri “Hilo liwe mbali<br />
nami!” liki<strong>wa</strong> na ‘me gonoito’ katika M<strong>wa</strong>nzo 44:7, 17; Yosh. 22:29; 24:16 na<br />
1 Fal. 21:3 (LXX 20:3). Mahali pengine hutumia ‘medamos’, ‘sivyo kabisa’,<br />
n.k. Kanu<strong>ni</strong> ‘amina’ inatafsiri<strong>wa</strong> ‘genoito, genoito’ (Zab. 72:19; LXX 71:19)<br />
110 O tto Michel anathibitisha “Kamwe isiwe hivyo” (=“Hasha”) ku<strong>wa</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo katika Der Brief an die<br />
Roemer. Vol. 4 Kritisch-Exegetischer Kommentar ueber das Neue Testament (Goettingen, Germany:<br />
Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1978), uk. 138, note 6. Tazama pia: John Murray. The Epistle to the Romans. Vol.<br />
1 The New International Commentary on the New Testament (Grand Rapids, Mich.: Wm. B. Eerdmanns,<br />
1968), uk. 94, note 1; Friedrich Blass et. al. Grammatik des neutestamentlichen Griechisch (Goettingen,<br />
Germany: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1979), uk. 311, note 2 (Linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Paul Billerbeck. Die Briefs des<br />
Neuen Testaments, op. cit., uk. 133.); k<strong>wa</strong> masharti; C. E. B. Cranfield. A Critical and Exegetical<br />
Commentary on the Epistle to the Romans 2 Vols. Vol. 1 The International Critical Commentary 11 (1979<br />
repr. Edinburgh: T & T Clark, 1989), uk. 181.<br />
111 Nadhiri <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu iliondoa uhalali <strong>wa</strong> nadhiri iliyofany<strong>wa</strong> na Sauli katika 1 Sam. 14:24.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 83<br />
maelezo <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale, ‘hilo liwe mbali’ <strong>ya</strong>nachukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika<br />
neno ‘kunajisi’ nalo humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha “Hilo liwe unajisi k<strong>wa</strong>ngu mbele za Mungu,<br />
iki<strong>wa</strong>…” 112<br />
“Kama B<strong>wa</strong>na aishivyo” 1 Fal. 8:19; Rum. 3:13; 1 Sam. 14:39, 45; 19:6;<br />
*20:3; 20:21; 25;26, 34; 26:10, 16; 28:10; 29:6; 2 Sam. 4:9; 12:5; 1:11;<br />
15:21; 1 Fal. *1;29; 2:24; 17:1, 12; 18:10,14; 22:14; 2 Fal. 2:2,4,6; 3:14;<br />
4:30; 5:16, 20; 2 N<strong>ya</strong>. 18:13; * Yer. 4:2; *12:16; 16:14, 20; 23:7-8; *38:16;<br />
44:26; Hos. 4:15.<br />
“Kama Mungu aishivyo” 2 Sam. 2:27, Ayu. 27:2.<br />
“Kama B<strong>wa</strong>na Mungu aishivyo”, “Kama BWANA <strong>wa</strong> Majeshi aishivyo”<br />
1 Fal. 18:15. Maelezo ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong>metumika mara 44 113<br />
Toleo la Mataifa: “Kama mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko aishivyo” Amo. 8:14 (mara 2)<br />
vilevile katika M<strong>wa</strong>. 42:15-16 “K<strong>wa</strong> maisha <strong>ya</strong> Farao” (Mafarao <strong>wa</strong><br />
Kimisri <strong>wa</strong>litazam<strong>wa</strong> kama miungu).<br />
Tazama rejea hapo <strong>juu</strong> za viapo v<strong>ya</strong> Mungu, “Kama Niishivyo”.<br />
“BWANA a<strong>ni</strong>tendee vivyo na kuzidi...” (Ruth 1:17).<br />
“…ndivyo na Mungu a<strong>ni</strong>fanyie...” (1 Sam. 3:17; 14:44; *2 Sam. 3:35; *1<br />
Fal. 2:23; 2 Fal, 6:31; linga<strong>ni</strong>sha “Mungu amfanyie Abneri vivyo, na kuzidi”,<br />
katika 2 Sam. 3:9; k<strong>wa</strong> Yonatha<strong>ni</strong> 1 Sam. 20:13; k<strong>wa</strong> maadui <strong>wa</strong> Daudi Sam.<br />
25:22).<br />
Toleo la Mataifa: “Miungu <strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong>fanyie hivyo na kuzidi’ 1 Fal. 19:2; 20:10<br />
“Kweli” (‘Amin’ au ‘lulam’) katika muungano na kanu<strong>ni</strong> nyingine; 1 Sam.<br />
20:3, 1 Sam. 25:34.<br />
“Kweli” “Iki<strong>wa</strong>” (Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a ‘Im’ au ‘Im Lo’) Eze. 36:5; Kanu<strong>ni</strong> iliyotumika<br />
katika M<strong>wa</strong>. 22:16 “…Nimeapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ngu asema BWANA”<br />
inalingana na “Amina” katika Ebr. 6:14, ambayo huunda tamko linalofuata<br />
(mst. 14-15) kiapo (mst. 16).<br />
“Amina liliku<strong>wa</strong> jibu la mtu aliyeapish<strong>wa</strong>; huapa k<strong>wa</strong> kusema ‘Amina.’” 114<br />
“Nimeinua mkono <strong>wa</strong>ngu k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo, kusema,” Eze. 36:7; “…Basi B<strong>wa</strong>na<br />
MUNGU asema hivi; Nimeinua mkono <strong>wa</strong>ngu, kusema, Hakika (‘Im Lo’),<br />
mataifa <strong>wa</strong>lio karibu nanyi pande zote, <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>tachukua aibu <strong>ya</strong>o” (Tazama<br />
mifano zaidi hapo <strong>juu</strong>).<br />
Kitendo cha ka<strong>wa</strong>ida zaidi cha kiapo kiliku<strong>wa</strong> kuinua mkono <strong>wa</strong>ko kuelekea<br />
Mbingu<strong>ni</strong> (M<strong>wa</strong>. 14:22; Kut. 6:28 [k<strong>wa</strong> asili]; Hes. 14:30; Kumb. 32:4 [k<strong>wa</strong><br />
asili]; Neh. 9:15; Eze. 20:5-6, 15, 28, 42; Eze. 36:7; 47:14; Dan. 12:7; Ufu.<br />
112 Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”. Op. cit., uk. 43.<br />
113 Jerzy Woz<strong>ni</strong>ak. “Bedeutung und Belege der Schwurformel haj Jahwe”. Biblische Zeitschrift 28 (1984),<br />
2:245-249<br />
114 Adolf Schlatter. Der Evangelist Matthaeus (Stuttgart, Germany: Calwer, 1948), p. 155.
84 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
10:5-6 (Tazama jed<strong>wa</strong>li hapo <strong>juu</strong>). Uwezekano mwingine uliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mtu<br />
kuweka mkono <strong>wa</strong>ke kiuno<strong>ni</strong> au <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> paja (M<strong>wa</strong>. 24:2-3, 9; 47:29).<br />
Baadhi <strong>ya</strong> vifungu hujumuisha sababu za kiapo. Mungu aapa “k<strong>wa</strong> hasira” <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
(Zab. 95:11. imenukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika Ebr. 3:11; 4:3. Linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Hes. 32:10; Kum.<br />
1:34; 4:21). K<strong>wa</strong> upande mwingine, Zab. 89:49 huongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> “fadhili zako za<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>nza, ulizom<strong>wa</strong>pia Daudi k<strong>wa</strong> uami<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>wa</strong>ko”. Katika 1 Sam. 20:17<br />
Yonatha<strong>ni</strong> aliku<strong>wa</strong> na kiapo cha Daudi, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> upendo <strong>wa</strong>ke. 115<br />
Viapo, vilivyoelez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> miundo <strong>ya</strong> aina mbalimbali katika Biblia vingeweza<br />
kufany<strong>wa</strong> tu katika jina la Mungu. Mbali na maelezo <strong>ya</strong>liyoorodhesh<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />
majed<strong>wa</strong>li hapo <strong>juu</strong> “Mungu anaapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke” na “Kanu<strong>ni</strong> za Kiapo”,<br />
viapo vilitumia maelezo ambayo <strong>ya</strong>lielezea kazi au sifa <strong>ya</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> upekee zaidi.<br />
Mifano <strong>ya</strong> Miundo <strong>ya</strong> Mungu katika Viapo<br />
(Mbali na majina <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida <strong>ya</strong>liyotumi<strong>wa</strong> ‘Mungu’, ‘B<strong>wa</strong>na’ n.k.<br />
Mungu anajieleza mwenyewe<br />
Isa. 62:8, “BWANA ameapa k<strong>wa</strong> mkono <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kuume, na k<strong>wa</strong> mkono <strong>wa</strong><br />
nguvu zake”<br />
Yer. 51:14, “BWANA <strong>wa</strong> majeshi ameapa k<strong>wa</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke… (Kihalisia, “k<strong>wa</strong><br />
maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke”, (Linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Amo. 6:8).<br />
Amo. 4:2, “B<strong>wa</strong>na MUNGU ameapa k<strong>wa</strong> utakatifu <strong>wa</strong>ke”.<br />
Zab. 89:35, “Neno moja <strong>ni</strong>meliapa k<strong>wa</strong> utakatifu <strong>wa</strong>ngu”.<br />
Yer. 44:26, “Tazama, <strong>ni</strong>meapa k<strong>wa</strong> jina langu kuu”.<br />
Amo. 8:7, “BWANA ameapa k<strong>wa</strong> fahari <strong>ya</strong> Yakobo”.<br />
Miundo <strong>ya</strong> Wanadamu Kuhusu Sifa (Tabia) za Mungu<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>. 31:53, “Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Ibrahimu, na Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Nahori, Mungu <strong>wa</strong> baba <strong>ya</strong>o,<br />
ahukumu kati yetu. Yakobo akaapa k<strong>wa</strong> hofu <strong>ya</strong> Isaka baba <strong>ya</strong>ke”.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>. 24:3, “nami <strong>ni</strong>takuapisha k<strong>wa</strong> BWANA, Mungu <strong>wa</strong> mbingu, na Mungu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> nch”.<br />
Yer. 38:16, “kama BWANA aishivyo, yeye aliyetufanyia roho zetu”.<br />
1 Fal. 1:30, “Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Israeli”.<br />
1 Fal. 17:1; 1 Fal. 18:15; 2 Fal. 3:14; 2 Fal. 5:16, “Kama BWANA (<strong>wa</strong><br />
majeshi) aishivyo, ambaye <strong>ni</strong>mesimama mbele <strong>ya</strong>ke…” (Eli<strong>ya</strong>).<br />
115 Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”. op. cit., p. 21.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 85<br />
Maelezo <strong>ya</strong> Malaika <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Sifa (Tabia) za Mungu<br />
Dan. 12:7; Ufu. 10:6, Malaika anaapa “k<strong>wa</strong> yeye aliye hai hata milele na<br />
milele”.<br />
Kinyume na viapo k<strong>wa</strong> jina la B<strong>wa</strong>na, k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi Biblia inazuia ufan<strong>ya</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong> kiapo<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> majina <strong>ya</strong> miungu wengine, kitendo kimaa<strong>ni</strong>shacho kujitiisha chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
ub<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong>o.<br />
Uzuiaji<br />
Uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> Kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> Miungu Wengine<br />
Yosh. 23:7, “Msiingie kati <strong>ya</strong> mataifa ha<strong>ya</strong>, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>, ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong>liyobaki kati yenu;<br />
<strong>wa</strong>la msitaje majina <strong>ya</strong> miungu <strong>ya</strong>o, <strong>wa</strong>la ku<strong>wa</strong>apisha <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong> majina hayo,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>la kuitumikia, <strong>wa</strong>la kujiinamisha mbele <strong>ya</strong>o”.<br />
Kutotii Amri<br />
Yer. 12:16, “Kisha itaku<strong>wa</strong>, iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tajifunza k<strong>wa</strong> bidii njia za <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ngu,<br />
kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> jina langu, Kama BWANA aishivyo, vilevile kama<br />
<strong>wa</strong>livyo<strong>wa</strong>fundisha <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ngu kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> Baali,…”<br />
Yer. 5:7, “Watoto <strong>wa</strong>ko <strong>wa</strong>me<strong>ni</strong>acha mimi, na kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> hao ambao si<br />
miungu”.<br />
1 Fal. 19:1-2, Hukumu <strong>ya</strong> Yezebeli huko Karmeli “miungu <strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong>fanyie hivyo<br />
na kuzidi” (k<strong>wa</strong> tofauti <strong>ya</strong> kiapo kati <strong>ya</strong> mataifa na Israeli tazama hapo <strong>juu</strong>).<br />
Sef 1:5, “na hao <strong>wa</strong>abuduo, <strong>wa</strong>apao k<strong>wa</strong> BWANA na kuapa pia k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Malkamu,…”<br />
Amo. 8:14, “Na hao <strong>wa</strong>apao k<strong>wa</strong> dhambi <strong>ya</strong> Samaria, na kusema, Kama<br />
aishivyo Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko, Ee Da<strong>ni</strong>, na, Kama iishivyo njia <strong>ya</strong> Beer-sheba,…”<br />
(Dhambi <strong>ya</strong> Samaria <strong>ni</strong> kusema aabudi<strong>wa</strong>ye na Israeli <strong>ni</strong> mungu <strong>wa</strong> uongo). 116<br />
Eze. 21:23, “Jambo hili litaku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>o kama uganga <strong>wa</strong> ubatili, mbele <strong>ya</strong><br />
macho <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>lio<strong>wa</strong>apia viapo.” Wababeli huami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> viapo v<strong>ya</strong>o <strong>ni</strong> vyenye<br />
nguvu zaidi kuliko unabii <strong>wa</strong> hukumu <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, ambao <strong>wa</strong>nauona ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
‘uganga <strong>wa</strong> uongo’.<br />
116 Rud., Katika Wimbo Ulio Bora 2:7; 3:5 viapo hufany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> “paa au a<strong>ya</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> pori<strong>ni</strong>.” K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
According to Schlatter, rud., huu <strong>wa</strong>weza k<strong>wa</strong> mbinu za kishairi kuhusu Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong> maneno ha<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
karibu sana <strong>ya</strong>nataka kufanana na majina <strong>ya</strong> Mungu.
86 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Kuita Mashahidi (Mifano)<br />
Kumb. 4:26; 30:19; 31:28, “Naziita mbingu na nchi kushuhudia dhidi yenu<br />
hivi leo …”<br />
Yoshua 24:22, “<strong>ni</strong>nyi mmeku<strong>wa</strong> mashahidi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> nafsi zenu, <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
mmemchagua BWANA, ili kumtumikia yeye”<br />
2 Kor. 1:23, “Laki<strong>ni</strong> mimi namwita Mungu awe shahidi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> roho <strong>ya</strong>ngu, <strong>ya</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>hurumia sijafika Korintho”.<br />
Rum. 1:9, “K<strong>wa</strong> maana Mungu <strong>ni</strong> shahidi <strong>wa</strong>ngu,... k<strong>wa</strong>mba pasipo<br />
kukoma na<strong>wa</strong>taja daima katika maombi <strong>ya</strong>ngu”.<br />
1 Thes. 2:10, “Ninyi <strong>ni</strong> mashahidi, na Mungu pia, jinsi tulivyoenenda kati<br />
yenu <strong>ni</strong>nyi mlioami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kujitoa na k<strong>wa</strong> haki na bila kulaumi<strong>wa</strong>”.<br />
Mifano zaidi: Kumb. 31:19+26; Yosh. 22:27+34; Ruth 4:9-11; Ayu. 16:19<br />
5. Maana <strong>ya</strong> ‘Kiapo’<br />
Kiapo kina umuhimu ga<strong>ni</strong>? K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kiapo <strong>ni</strong> jambo halisi la kimapatano baina<br />
<strong>ya</strong> Ukristo <strong>wa</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi, <strong>ni</strong> lazima tutafute jibu katika Biblia. Katika utafiti <strong>juu</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> ufan<strong>ya</strong>ji kiapo katika tamadu<strong>ni</strong> mbalimbali za kiulimwengu,<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>na-anthropolojia Ashley Montagu amegundua ku<strong>wa</strong> kuapa si jambo la<br />
kiulimwengu kabisa. Wajapa<strong>ni</strong>, Waamerika <strong>wa</strong> Kihindi <strong>wa</strong>la Walelanesia<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>tumii viapo. Na hata mahali upatapo viviga* vyenye kufanana, nadhiri za<br />
tamadu<strong>ni</strong> nyingi zenye kumfunga mtu kabisa k<strong>wa</strong> wingi havina ukataji rufaa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
uungu <strong>wa</strong> ngazi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>juu</strong> kabisa. 117<br />
Katika viapo vingi vilivyofany<strong>wa</strong> katika Biblia, vilifany<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu au Yesu<br />
kuapa, hivyo umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> kiapo hauwezi kulala kati <strong>ya</strong> ukweli na uongo.<br />
Tamko, “Kiapo <strong>ni</strong> muhimu tu pindi ukweli <strong>wa</strong> msemaji u<strong>wa</strong>po mashaka<strong>ni</strong>”, 118<br />
linapingana na kila kitu Biblia isemacho <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mashaka. Mungu mwenyewe<br />
anaapa viapo vingi, akifuati<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>kuu <strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> katika Maagano yote <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kale na Jip<strong>ya</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo <strong>ni</strong> lazima sisi tutilie shaka ukweli <strong>wa</strong> matamko <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu? Ni mahali ga<strong>ni</strong> Maandiko hutushauri kutumia viapo tu <strong>wa</strong>kati ukweli<br />
usipoku<strong>wa</strong> dhahiri?<br />
Laki<strong>ni</strong> kiapo humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong>? Acha tuangalie mifano michache. Wakati<br />
ukuha<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kilawi <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale hauku<strong>wa</strong> umejikita katika kiapo (Ebr.<br />
7:20-21), ukuha<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> milele <strong>wa</strong> Kristo, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> utaratibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Melkizedeki uliku<strong>wa</strong> (Zab. 110:4) “Na k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> haiku<strong>wa</strong> pasipo kiapo, (maana<br />
117 Ashley Montagu. The Anatomy of Swearing, op cit. Cited in Rousas J. Rushdoony. Institutes of Biblical<br />
Law, op. cit., pp. 10-18 & 106-107<br />
118 Arthur Volkmann. “Was ist Schwoeren?”, op. cit., p. 409
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 87<br />
<strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>lifany<strong>wa</strong> makuha<strong>ni</strong> pasipo kiapo; bali yeye, pamoja na kiapo, k<strong>wa</strong> yeye<br />
aliyem<strong>wa</strong>mbia, B<strong>wa</strong>na ameapa, <strong>wa</strong>la hataghairi, ndiwe kuha<strong>ni</strong> hata milele, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mfano <strong>wa</strong> Melkizedeki); basi k<strong>wa</strong> kadri hii Yesu ameku<strong>wa</strong> mdhami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> agano<br />
lililo bora zaidi” (Ebr. 7:20-22). Ukuha<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kilawi <strong>wa</strong>weza kukoma k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu hauku<strong>wa</strong> umeasisi<strong>wa</strong> milele k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo, laki<strong>ni</strong> ukuha<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Yesu hauwezi<br />
kukoma k<strong>wa</strong> sababu umeti<strong>wa</strong> muhuri k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo milele.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>ndishi yule yule anaeleza kiapo cha Mungu kama ifuatavyo, “K<strong>wa</strong> maana<br />
<strong>ni</strong> hakika k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> mkuu, na kiapo k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> uthibitisho <strong>ni</strong><br />
mwisho <strong>wa</strong> mabishano kati <strong>ya</strong>o. Hivyo Mungu, akikusudia kuonesha k<strong>wa</strong><br />
wingi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>rithi <strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> kutobadilika k<strong>wa</strong> shauri lake, ambalo k<strong>wa</strong>lo<br />
haiwezeka<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu kudangan<strong>ya</strong>, tuweze ku<strong>wa</strong> na faraja imara, sisi<br />
tuliokimbilia ku<strong>ya</strong>shika matumai<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>liyowek<strong>wa</strong> mbele yetu” (Ebr.<br />
6:16-18). ‘Kutobadilika k<strong>wa</strong> shauri lake’ <strong>ni</strong> ‘fasili’ bora <strong>ya</strong> kiapo.<br />
Katika Isa<strong>ya</strong> 45:23-24, Mungu anafasili kiapo chake kama ‘neno’ ambalo<br />
‘halitarudi’. Zab. 110:4 inatuambia, “B<strong>wa</strong>na ameapa, <strong>wa</strong>la hataghairi”, Zab.<br />
132:11 asema, “BWANA amem<strong>wa</strong>pia Daudi neno la kweli, hatarudi nyuma”, na<br />
katika Zab. 119:106 Daudi asema, “Nimeapa nami <strong>ni</strong>taifikiliza…”<br />
Mungu aweza kubadili fikra <strong>ya</strong>ke, hata baada <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ameshafan<strong>ya</strong> tamko,<br />
kama kitabu cha Yona kinavyodhihirisha. Mara moja aapapo, hata iweje,<br />
hatabadili neno lake!<br />
Matamko <strong>ya</strong> kinabii <strong>ya</strong>siyofung<strong>wa</strong> na kiapo cha ki-Mungu <strong>ya</strong>weza<br />
kusitish<strong>wa</strong> au kubadilish<strong>wa</strong>. Unabii <strong>wa</strong> Yona ku<strong>wa</strong> Ninawi utaharibi<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />
siku arobai<strong>ni</strong> (Yona 3:4) ulisitish<strong>wa</strong> baada <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Ninawi kutubu.<br />
Ukiachilia mbali malalamiko <strong>ya</strong>ke, Yona aliku<strong>wa</strong> akitambua kikamilifu<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu hutenda k<strong>wa</strong> njia hii, “…Nakuomba, Ee BWANA; sivyo<br />
hivyo <strong>ni</strong>livyosema hapo <strong>ni</strong>lipoku<strong>wa</strong> katika nchi <strong>ya</strong>ngu? Hii ndio sababu<br />
nalifan<strong>ya</strong> haraka kukimbilia Tarshishi; k<strong>wa</strong> maana nalijua <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> wewe u<br />
Mungu mwenye neema, umejaa huruma, si mwepesi <strong>wa</strong> hasira, u mwingi <strong>wa</strong><br />
rehema, nawe hughairi maba<strong>ya</strong>” (Yona 4:2). Ni sa<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu am<strong>wa</strong>mbiapo<br />
Eli, “…Ni kweli nalisema <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> nyumba <strong>ya</strong>ko, na nyumba <strong>ya</strong> baba <strong>ya</strong>ko<br />
itakwenda mbele zangu milele; laki<strong>ni</strong> sasa BWANA asema, Jambo hili na liwe<br />
mbali nami; k<strong>wa</strong> maana <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>ni</strong>heshimu <strong>ni</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>heshimu, nao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>ni</strong>dharau <strong>wa</strong>tahesabi<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> si kitu” (1 Sam. 2:30). Ahadi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
haiku<strong>wa</strong> na kanu<strong>ni</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo hiki, anaapa kiapo ( ‘Hilo liwe mbali<br />
nami’) ku<strong>wa</strong> nyumba Eli, bila kubadilika, lazima ifikie mwisho.<br />
Neema <strong>ya</strong> Mungu ipitayo fahamu zote inaelez<strong>wa</strong> katika ukweli<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba mara chache hutia muhuri matamko <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> hukumu k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo,<br />
laki<strong>ni</strong> hufan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo mara nyingi k<strong>wa</strong> matamko <strong>ya</strong> neema, si tu katika agano<br />
na Nuhu, k<strong>wa</strong>mba hukumu ile haitaipata du<strong>ni</strong>a tena (M<strong>wa</strong>. 8:20-9:17). Kanu<strong>ni</strong><br />
ileile hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi katika historia <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Israeli. Isa. 54:9-10 inahusisha<br />
vyote viwili k<strong>wa</strong> kila kimoja, “K<strong>wa</strong> maana jambo hili limeku<strong>wa</strong> kama maji <strong>ya</strong><br />
Nuhu k<strong>wa</strong>ngu; maana kama <strong>ni</strong>livyoapa <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba maji <strong>ya</strong> Nuhu ha<strong>ya</strong>tapita<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a tena, kadhalika <strong>ni</strong>meapa <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba sitakuonea hasira, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
kukukemea. Maana milima itaondoka, na vilima vitaondole<strong>wa</strong>; bali wema
88 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngu hautaondoka k<strong>wa</strong>ko, <strong>wa</strong>la agano langu la ama<strong>ni</strong> halitaondole<strong>wa</strong>; asema<br />
BWANA akurehemuye” (Isa. 54:9-10).<br />
1. Katika sehemu <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza, kiapo kinatofautish<strong>wa</strong> na tamko la ukweli la<br />
ka<strong>wa</strong>ida ukweli k<strong>wa</strong> maana <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kinaunda kweli zisizobadilika na<br />
hujumuisha mahitaji <strong>ya</strong> kuchunguza k<strong>wa</strong> maki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati uliopita au ujao.<br />
Kiapo hakitolewi tu ili kuthibitisha ukweli, kama <strong>ni</strong> hivyo kamwe Mungu<br />
asingehitaji kuapa. Kiapo, kinyume na tamko rahisi kuhusu ukweli, huunda<br />
kweli zisizobadilika na kuasisi <strong>wa</strong>jibu usioweza kubatilish<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Tufikiri ku<strong>wa</strong> ajali isiyoonekana inamzuia mtu kutimiza ahadi rahisi <strong>ya</strong> kutoa<br />
matibabu muhimu <strong>ya</strong> maisha. Kushind<strong>wa</strong> kutimiza ahadi rahisi si sa<strong>wa</strong> na i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />
ahadi ilithibitish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo. Kabla <strong>ya</strong> kuapa nadhiri, mtu anapas<strong>wa</strong> kufikiria<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> maki<strong>ni</strong> uwezekano <strong>wa</strong> ajali isiyotaraji<strong>wa</strong>. Wakati <strong>wa</strong> tukio la ajali, shahidi<br />
anaweza kusema k<strong>wa</strong>mba aliona gari jekundu macho<strong>ni</strong> pake, laki<strong>ni</strong> iki<strong>wa</strong> ataapa<br />
tamko hilo katika mahakama, dreva <strong>wa</strong> gari jekundu aweza kuti<strong>wa</strong> hatia<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
uthibitisho huo.<br />
Hivyo, kiapo chaweza kukomesh<strong>wa</strong> tu k<strong>wa</strong> ukiri <strong>wa</strong> hatia na msamaha kama<br />
Law. 5:4-6 inavyotuelekeza, “Au, iki<strong>wa</strong> mtu anaapa kiapo, akiongea bila<br />
kufikiri k<strong>wa</strong> midomo <strong>ya</strong>ke kufan<strong>ya</strong> ovu au jema, chochote mtu huyo<br />
awezacho kutamka k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo, na hajui hilo – na <strong>wa</strong>kati ajuapo, basi<br />
ataku<strong>wa</strong> na hatia katika mambo hayo yote. Na itaku<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>kati a<strong>wa</strong>po na<br />
hatia katika mambo ha<strong>ya</strong> yote, atakiri ku<strong>wa</strong> ametenda dhambi katika<br />
jambo hilo; na ataleta sadaka <strong>ya</strong> kukosa k<strong>wa</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> dhambi<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke aliyoifan<strong>ya</strong>, m<strong>wa</strong>nakondoo au m<strong>wa</strong>nambuzi kutoka kundi<strong>ni</strong> kama<br />
sadaka <strong>ya</strong> dhambi. Hivyo ndivyo kuha<strong>ni</strong> atafan<strong>ya</strong> dhabihu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
kuhusu dhambi <strong>ya</strong>ke” (Law 5:4-6).<br />
Agano lililokit<strong>wa</strong>* <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo pia laweza ‘kuvunj<strong>wa</strong>’…iki<strong>wa</strong> upande mmoja<br />
ulishind<strong>wa</strong> kutunza sheria za mapatano (Tazama Yoshua 2:20 <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> sheria za<br />
mapatano na Rahabu), upande mwingine uliach<strong>wa</strong> mbali na sheria hizo.<br />
Kiapo cha Mungu kuufan<strong>ya</strong> ukuha<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Yesu ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> milele hudhihirisha asili<br />
<strong>ya</strong> milele <strong>ya</strong> kiapo. Katika hali ileile, kiapo kati <strong>ya</strong> Yonatha<strong>ni</strong> na Daudi<br />
kinamwita Mungu ku<strong>wa</strong> shahidi <strong>wa</strong> milele, “BWANA awe kati <strong>ya</strong>ko na mimi<br />
(kama shahidi, dokezo la m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi), na kati <strong>ya</strong> uzao <strong>wa</strong>ko na uzao <strong>wa</strong>ngu<br />
milele” (Linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na 2 Sam. 21:7).
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 89<br />
2. “Kiapo <strong>ni</strong> kuita laana <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mtu iki<strong>wa</strong> atavunja neno lake (1 Sam. 19:6) au<br />
iki<strong>wa</strong> haongei ukweli (Mk. 14:7-11)”. 119<br />
Fasili hii kutoka katika Kamusi <strong>ya</strong> Biblia, inafanana na matokeo <strong>ya</strong> utafiti <strong>wa</strong><br />
kianthropolojia <strong>wa</strong> Ashley Montagu, “viapo vinatumika kama tahadhari dhidi <strong>ya</strong><br />
laana, hili laweza kueleza tabia <strong>ya</strong> jumla <strong>ya</strong> kuchangan<strong>ya</strong> kuapa na kulaa<strong>ni</strong>”. 120<br />
Kiapo cha kale cha Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> chaweza kufasili<strong>wa</strong> kama ifuatavyo: “K<strong>wa</strong> asili<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke kiapo kiliku<strong>wa</strong> laana <strong>ya</strong> kimasharti <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong> mtu, kikifany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mujibu <strong>wa</strong> mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kiviga na sihiri* za kidi<strong>ni</strong>”. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu hii, jamii <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> haiku<strong>wa</strong> na ugumu <strong>wa</strong> kupokea matumizi <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo <strong>ya</strong> viapo.<br />
Asili <strong>ya</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo kama tahadhari dhidi <strong>ya</strong> laana, kipekee inathibitish<strong>wa</strong><br />
katika maelezo, “Mungu a<strong>ni</strong>fanyie vivyo hivyo na kuzidi” au (“Mungu aweze<br />
ku<strong>ni</strong>fanyia hili mimi na kuliongeza hilo k<strong>wa</strong>ngu”) (1 Sam. 3:17; 1 Sam. 14:44; 1<br />
Sam. 25:22; 2 Sa. 3:35; 2 Sam. 19:23; 1 Fal. 2:23, 2 Fal. 6:31. Tazama mifano<br />
mahususi katika majed<strong>wa</strong>li hapo <strong>juu</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> ‘B<strong>wa</strong>na’ tazama Ruthu 1:17. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
majina <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu mahususi, tazama jed<strong>wa</strong>li hapo <strong>juu</strong>). Maelezo, “Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>” k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ujumla <strong>ya</strong>natumika na sentensi zisizo kamili (Eze. 36:7; Isa. 22:14; M<strong>wa</strong>. 14:23;<br />
Hes. 14:28; Ayu. 27:4). K<strong>wa</strong> ujumla, kuna mifano ishiri<strong>ni</strong> na sita inayoita<br />
hukumu pasipo kueleza adhabu maalumu k<strong>wa</strong> uvunjaji <strong>wa</strong> agano. 121 Kanu<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
“hilo liwe mbali nami!” inatumika k<strong>wa</strong> mtindo uleule (tazama majed<strong>wa</strong>li hapo<br />
<strong>juu</strong>), kipekee <strong>wa</strong>kati “…iki<strong>wa</strong> mimi <strong>ni</strong>…” inaongez<strong>wa</strong> pasipo kuhitimisha<br />
sentensi (1Sam. 14:45; Ayu. 27:5; 2 Sam. 20:20).<br />
Katika kesi za tuhuma <strong>ya</strong> uzinzi, “kisha kuha<strong>ni</strong> atamweka m<strong>wa</strong>namke chi<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> kiapo cha laana, na atam<strong>wa</strong>mbia m<strong>wa</strong>namke ‘BWANA akufanyie<br />
laana na kiapo kati <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ko…’” (Hes. 5:21), <strong>ni</strong> lazima m<strong>wa</strong>namke<br />
athibitishe ku<strong>wa</strong> na hatia. Laana iliku<strong>wa</strong> ikitimiz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kupata ulemavu <strong>wa</strong><br />
viungo (Hes. 5:11-13).<br />
1 Sam. 14:24-28 inanukuu kiapo cha Sauli mara nne na neno “Na alaa<strong>ni</strong>we…"<br />
Katika Neh.10:29, Israeli “<strong>wa</strong>kaingia katika laana na kiapo…” Baadaye<br />
Nehemia “...<strong>ni</strong>kagombana nao, <strong>ni</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong>laa<strong>ni</strong>…<strong>ni</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong>apisha k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu” (Neh.<br />
13:25). Katika Yoshua 9:20, kiongozi anapendekeza, “…tuta<strong>wa</strong>acha <strong>wa</strong>we hai;<br />
hasira isije <strong>juu</strong> yetu, k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> hicho kiapo tulicho<strong>wa</strong>apia”. Da<strong>ni</strong>eli 9:11<br />
inakiri, “Naam, Israeli wote <strong>wa</strong>meihalifu sheria <strong>ya</strong>ko, k<strong>wa</strong> kugeuka upande,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>siisikilize sauti <strong>ya</strong>ko; basi k<strong>wa</strong> hiyo laana imem<strong>wa</strong>g<strong>wa</strong> <strong>juu</strong> yetu, na uapo ule<br />
ulioandika katika sheria <strong>ya</strong> Musa, mtumishi <strong>wa</strong> Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu tumemtenda<br />
dhambi”. Maadui <strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ta“liacha jina lenu ku<strong>wa</strong> laana k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>teule<br />
119 J.G. S. S. Thompson. “Oaths. “in The New Bible Dictionary, ed. J. D. Douglas (1962, repr. Grand Rapids,<br />
Mich., Wm. B. Eerdmans, 1979). Rousas John Rushdoony expresses the same sentiments in Law and<br />
Society: Institutes of Biblical Law 2 (Vallecito, Cal.: Ross House Books. 1986), p. 118. For further advocates<br />
of this view, see Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”. op. cit. p. 26, note 26. Giesen himself rejects<br />
this interpretation, however.<br />
120 Ashley Montagu. The Anatomy of Swearing. op. cit., uk. 35.<br />
121 Rud
90 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngu; k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na MUNGU ata<strong>wa</strong>chinja nyote” kinyume cha <strong>wa</strong>le<br />
ambao ‘atajibarikia k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> kweli…” (1 Sam. 65:15-16).<br />
Wazo la mtu kujilaa<strong>ni</strong> mwenyewe kwenye kiapo laweza pia kupatikana katika<br />
Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>. Paulo anamwita, “…Mungu kama shahidi dhidi <strong>ya</strong> roho<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ngu…” (2 Kor. 1:23). Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi “<strong>wa</strong>kajifunga k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo” kumwua Paulo<br />
(Mdo. 23:12) na katika kumkana Yesu <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> mateso <strong>ya</strong>ke; Petro “akaanza<br />
kulaa<strong>ni</strong> na kuapa akisema, Simjui mtu huyu” (Mat. 26:74 = Mk. 14:71). Hata<br />
hivyo nukuu zote hizi za mwisho<strong>ni</strong> hurejea katika kufan<strong>ya</strong> kiapo ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
makusudio <strong>ya</strong> kutenda dhambi, laki<strong>ni</strong> zinaonesha ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba kiapo<br />
kilima<strong>ni</strong>sha laana <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong> mtu.<br />
Kumb. 19:16-19 huonesha uzito <strong>wa</strong> kiapo cha uongo au kilichovunj<strong>wa</strong>. Msema<br />
uongo k<strong>wa</strong> makusudi atapata adhabu ile ile ambayo mtuhumi<strong>wa</strong> angeathirika<br />
kama matokeo <strong>ya</strong> uthibitsho <strong>wa</strong> uongo. 122<br />
Biblia inahusisha mifano <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu ambao <strong>wa</strong>lijilaa<strong>ni</strong> wenyewe nafsi zao haraka<br />
haraka au chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mbinyo. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>wa</strong>litamka, “Damu <strong>ya</strong>ke na<br />
iwe <strong>juu</strong> yetu, na <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>toto wetu” (Mat. 27:25) na <strong>wa</strong>likutana na utimilifu <strong>wa</strong><br />
laana hiyo katika vita <strong>ya</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi na katika uharibifu <strong>wa</strong> Yerusalemu mnamo<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ka 70 BK.<br />
Vifungu vingine huelezea <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>kijilaa<strong>ni</strong> wenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> mifano.<br />
Wakati Daudi, hakimu mkuu <strong>wa</strong> Israeli, anahukumu makosa <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe <strong>ya</strong><br />
uasherati na mauaji, Natha<strong>ni</strong> nabii anajibu, “wewe ndiwe mtu huyo” (2 Sam.<br />
12:5-7). Baada <strong>ya</strong> kusimulia mfano <strong>wa</strong> mtunza mizabibu m<strong>wa</strong>si, Yesu<br />
ana<strong>wa</strong>uliza makuha<strong>ni</strong> na Mafarisayo, kipi <strong>wa</strong>ngefan<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le ma<strong>wa</strong>kili<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ovu. Mpaka <strong>wa</strong>lipojadiliana ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> adhabu <strong>ya</strong> kifo ndipo <strong>wa</strong>lipotambua<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>mejihukumu <strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe (Mat. 21:33-45; Mk. 12:1-12; Lk.<br />
20:9-19).<br />
Kujihukumu mwenyewe kulishiriki jukumu muhimu katika matukio ambayo<br />
hakuku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezekano <strong>wa</strong> kupata shahidi <strong>wa</strong> matukio. Iki<strong>wa</strong> kila kitu mtu<br />
alichoku<strong>wa</strong> ametunza k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mwingine kiliibi<strong>wa</strong>, mtunzaji alipas<strong>wa</strong> kuapa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> haki <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe (Kut. 22:9-11). Wakati mwili <strong>wa</strong> mfu,<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>thirika asiyejulikana ulipatikana karibu na mji, <strong>wa</strong>zee <strong>wa</strong>lipas<strong>wa</strong><br />
kushuhudia chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>kujua lolote <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> suala hilo (Kumb.<br />
21:1-9). Paulo pia anamwita Mungu kama shahidi k<strong>wa</strong> kweli zisizonekana, kama<br />
vile maombi <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> siri k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> nafasi <strong>ya</strong> kutembelea ka<strong>ni</strong>sa katika Rumi<br />
(Rum. 1:9) au mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Filipi (Flp. 1:18).<br />
3. Daima kiapo hulipa agano uhalali, likileta haki na mambo <strong>ya</strong> lazima<br />
<strong>ya</strong>liyofasili<strong>wa</strong> kipekee nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo au <strong>ya</strong>le ambayo ta<strong>ya</strong>ri <strong>ya</strong>mekwishawek<strong>wa</strong><br />
na Mungu.<br />
122 Tazama Walter Schick. “Eid II. Rechtlich..”. Col. 371 – 374 in: Evangelisches Staatslexikon. ed. Hermann<br />
Kunst, Siegfreid Grundmann (Stuttgart, Germany: Kreuz Verlag, 1966). Schick anajadili sheria <strong>ya</strong> sasa <strong>ya</strong><br />
kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> iit<strong>wa</strong>yo sheria dhidi <strong>ya</strong> kiapo cha uongo.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 91<br />
Hakuna agano lifany<strong>wa</strong>lo pasipo kiapo (tazama maagano katika Yosh. 9:15; 2<br />
N<strong>ya</strong>. 15:12-15). Baadhi <strong>ya</strong> vifungu hutumia ulinga<strong>ni</strong>fu kulinga<strong>ni</strong>sha ‘agano’ na<br />
‘kiapo’ (M<strong>wa</strong>. 26:28; Kumb. 29:11, 13; 2 Fal. 11:4; Zab. 105:9); Eze. 16:59;<br />
Eze. 17:13-9). Vingine hulinga<strong>ni</strong>sha kuapa na agano (Kumb. 4:31; 7:12; 8:18;<br />
Zab. 89:3; 105:9; Eze. 16:8, “naam, nalikuapia, <strong>ni</strong>kafan<strong>ya</strong> agano nawe”).<br />
T<strong>wa</strong>weza kuona uhusiano baina <strong>ya</strong> agano na kiapo mahali m<strong>wa</strong>kilishi huapa<br />
agano k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> wengine. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano katika Yosh. 9:15-16, <strong>wa</strong>zee huapa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
agano ambalo hu<strong>wa</strong>funga <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla kama jamii k<strong>wa</strong> pamoja.<br />
Ndoa pia <strong>ni</strong> kiapo na nadhiri na patano la kimaagano (Mith. 2:16-17, Mal. 2:14;<br />
linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Eze. 16:8, Yer. 5:7). Tofauti kati <strong>ya</strong> ndoa na kuishi pamoja <strong>ni</strong><br />
tofauti kati <strong>ya</strong> utamkaji rahisi <strong>wa</strong> makusudio <strong>ya</strong> mtu kukaa na mwenzi, na ile <strong>ya</strong><br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> agano lililokit<strong>wa</strong> kwenye kiapo kisichobadilika mbele <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na<br />
mtu. Wale <strong>wa</strong>pingao k<strong>wa</strong>mba Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> hufundisha kuapa nadhiri ha<strong>wa</strong>na<br />
budi kuzuia maadhimisho <strong>ya</strong> ndoa na kufan<strong>ya</strong> mbadala <strong>wa</strong> mahali pa nadhiri <strong>ya</strong><br />
ndoa kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> na ahadi rahisi.<br />
Ni <strong>wa</strong>kati tu tusahaupo umuhimu mkub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> maagano <strong>ya</strong> kibiblia <strong>ya</strong>liyoti<strong>wa</strong><br />
muhuri k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo (uhusiano na Mungu, ndoa, Israeli, ka<strong>ni</strong>sa, serikali, mikataba<br />
<strong>ya</strong> kazi) ndipo t<strong>wa</strong>weza kulaa<strong>ni</strong> kuapa. Ninaami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Wakristo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngefan<strong>ya</strong> vema kudai tena kiapo, ku<strong>wa</strong>kumbusha <strong>wa</strong>nasiasa na maafisa <strong>wa</strong><br />
serikali uzito <strong>wa</strong> kiapo <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> kusimik<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>o, ambacho chaweza kufany<strong>wa</strong><br />
tu mbele <strong>ya</strong> Mungu.<br />
Agano la Kale linaweka thama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kipekee <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> usimikaji uliokit<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu (Ezr. 10:5; 2 N<strong>ya</strong>. 15:12-15; 1 Fal. 2:43; Kumb. 29:10-15.<br />
Tazama rejea zote k<strong>wa</strong> amri 10). Kiapo hiki cha kutunza sheria kingeweza<br />
kufany<strong>wa</strong> na mtu, “Nimeapa na kuthibitisha ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong>tazishika hukumu za<br />
haki zako” (Zab. 119:106). Pia kundi lingeweza kupatana k<strong>wa</strong> agano k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />
<strong>ya</strong> taifa k<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> kiapo, kama ilivyo katika Neh. 10:28-29, “Na <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liosalia…na hao wote <strong>wa</strong>liojitenga katika <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> nchi k<strong>wa</strong> torati <strong>ya</strong> Mungu;<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke zao, na <strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong>o, na binti zao, kila mwenye maarifa na akili;<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kaambatana na ndugu zao, <strong>wa</strong>kuu <strong>wa</strong>o, nao <strong>wa</strong>kaingia katika laana na kiapo,<br />
<strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>taiendea torati <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, iliyotole<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mkono <strong>wa</strong> Musa,<br />
mtumishi <strong>wa</strong> Mungu, na kuziangalia, na kuzitenda, amri zote za BWANA,<br />
B<strong>wa</strong>na wetu, na hukumu zake na sheria zake”.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>natheolojia <strong>wa</strong> Kikalvi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> karne <strong>ya</strong> kumi na nane na m<strong>wa</strong>nauamsho <strong>wa</strong><br />
Kimareka<strong>ni</strong> Jonathan Ed<strong>wa</strong>rds, aliona ku<strong>wa</strong> ukiri <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza <strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>mi<strong>ni</strong> katika au baada <strong>ya</strong> kuami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kiapo k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Kumb. 6:13<br />
na Kumb. 10:20 123 Ninaami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kiapo halisi hufany<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> ubatizo<br />
ambao unapas<strong>wa</strong> kufuata haraka baada <strong>ya</strong> ukiri <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza <strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong>: “Mfano<br />
123 Tazama Peter Kawerau. Amerika und die orientalischen Kirchen: Ursprung und Anfang der amerika<strong>ni</strong>schen<br />
Mission unter den Nationalkirchen Westasiens. Vol. 31 Arbeiten zur Kirchengeschichte. (Berlin: Walter de<br />
Gruyter, 1958) kk. 42 – 45.
92 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong> mambo hayo <strong>ni</strong> ubatizo, unao<strong>wa</strong>okoa <strong>ni</strong>nyi pia siku hizi; (siyo kuweka mbali<br />
uchafu <strong>wa</strong> mwili, bali jibu 124 la dhamiri safi mbele za Mungu), k<strong>wa</strong> kufufuka<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke Yesu” (1 Pet. 3:21).<br />
Unabii mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale unaunga<strong>ni</strong>saha toba na kiapo, “Kama ukitaka<br />
kurudi, Ee Israeli,…nawe utaapa hivi, Kama BWANA aishivyo, katika kweli, na<br />
katika hukumu, na katika haki ndipo mataifa <strong>wa</strong>tajibarikia katika yeye, nao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tajitukuza katika yeye” (Yer. 4:1-2). Pia Ruthu anasisitiza kubadilish<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong> miongo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Israeli (“Watu <strong>wa</strong>ko <strong>wa</strong>taku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ngu, na Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ko ataku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ngu”) k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo, “BWANA<br />
a<strong>ni</strong>tendee vivyo na kuzidi…” (Ruthu 1:16-17).<br />
Hivyo, Uapaji <strong>wa</strong> viapo k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong>weza kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> alama <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu. Kumb. 6:13 na 10:20 hutumia uapaji <strong>wa</strong> viapo katika jina la<br />
Mungu sa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> na “kutumikia” na “kumhofu” yeye. Isa. 48:1 inahusisha<br />
“kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> Jina” la B<strong>wa</strong>na na “kumkiri B<strong>wa</strong>na”. 125 Katika njia ileile, uabudu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> miungu <strong>ya</strong> uongo <strong>wa</strong>weza kufasili<strong>wa</strong> kama kukiri majina <strong>ya</strong>o, kuapa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
majina hayo, ku<strong>wa</strong>tumikia au kupiga magoti mbele zao (Yosh. 23:7). Kuapa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
miungu wengine inatazam<strong>wa</strong> kama uabudu sanamu na makosa mbele za B<strong>wa</strong>na<br />
(Yer. 5:7; Zef. 1:5-6; Am. 8:14). Manabii <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>on<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le wote ambao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>wa</strong>tumikia miungu wengine, <strong>wa</strong>si“ape kiapo, kusema, ‘Kama BWANA<br />
aishivyo’”.<br />
Hata kama Mafarisayo <strong>wa</strong>likosea tu k<strong>wa</strong> kuapa k<strong>wa</strong> vitu vingine, haitoshi kuapa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> urahisi katika jina la Mungu. Kiapo <strong>ni</strong> lazima kiwe cha uami<strong>ni</strong>fu. Kuapa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> uongo hulituka<strong>ni</strong>sha jina la B<strong>wa</strong>na (Law. 19:12) kama ambavyo Jina la<br />
Mungu lisivyopas<strong>wa</strong> kamwe na kabisa kutumi<strong>wa</strong> lisivyopas<strong>wa</strong> (Kut. 20:7;<br />
Kumb. 5:11). Moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja hii humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha k<strong>wa</strong>mba viapo vyote <strong>ni</strong> lazima<br />
vifanywe katika Jina la B<strong>wa</strong>na; viapo v<strong>ya</strong> uongo havina mbadala!<br />
Kiapo <strong>ni</strong> lazima kifanywe, “k<strong>wa</strong> moyo wote <strong>wa</strong> mtu” (2 N<strong>ya</strong>. 15:15), “katika<br />
kweli, na katika hukumu, na katika haki” (Yer. 4:2). Ni jambo ba<strong>ya</strong> kabisa kuapa<br />
“laki<strong>ni</strong> si katika kweli, <strong>wa</strong>la si katika haki” (Isa. 48:1). Kuapa “haraka haraka”<br />
au “k<strong>wa</strong> udanganyifu” kunahukumi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kurudi<strong>wa</strong>rudi<strong>wa</strong> (Law. 5:2-4; 19:12;<br />
Yer. 5:2; 7:9; Sef. 5:3-4; Mal. 3:5). Maandiko <strong>ya</strong>naendelea ku<strong>wa</strong>hukumu<br />
“<strong>wa</strong>danganyifu” (Yer. 7:9; Se. 5:3-4; Mal. 3:5; 1 Tim. 1:10). Jurgen Kuberski<br />
anaandika:<br />
Kubeba ushuhuda <strong>wa</strong> uongo kunazuili<strong>wa</strong> kabisa katika sheria <strong>ya</strong><br />
Agano la Kale: Kut. 20:16 (moja <strong>ya</strong> Amri Kumi!); Law. 19;11-12; Zab. 15:4;<br />
Yer. 5:2; 7:9; Hos. 10:4; Sef. 8:17; (Tazama udanganyifu dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Yesu katika<br />
Mat. 26:59 kk).<br />
124 Au ‘agano’. Tazama Alexander Schweizer. Hinabgefahren zur Hölle als Mythus ohne biblische Begründung<br />
durch Auslegung der Stelle 1. Petr. 3,17-22 nachgewiesen. (Zurch, Switzerland: Friedrich Schultheâ, 1868),<br />
uk. 36. Schweizer anatafsiri neno la Kigriki ‘eperotema’ kama ‘nadhiri’.)<br />
125 Inga<strong>wa</strong> katika kifungu iki nadhiri zao na ukiri <strong>wa</strong>o sio <strong>wa</strong> uami<strong>ni</strong>fu, hivyo <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> dhambi. Jürgen Kuberski.<br />
“Darf ein Christ schwören?”, op. cit, uk. 147.
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 93<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Musa ilitaka k<strong>wa</strong>mba mdanganyifu (yeye abebaye<br />
ushuhuda <strong>wa</strong> uongo dhidi <strong>ya</strong> mtu mwingine) apate adhabu sa<strong>wa</strong> na ile <strong>ya</strong><br />
upande usio na hatia ambao ungeweza kuhukumi<strong>wa</strong> kama matokeo <strong>ya</strong><br />
uthibitisho: Kumb. 19:16-1. Hivyo, udanganyifu ungeweza kuadhibi<strong>wa</strong> vikali<br />
sana! (Watu ambao <strong>wa</strong>litoa uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> uongo katika mateso <strong>ya</strong> Yesu, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
hiyo <strong>wa</strong>lipas<strong>wa</strong> kusulubi<strong>wa</strong>!” 126<br />
Amri <strong>ya</strong> tisa, “Usibebe ushuhuda <strong>wa</strong> uongo dhidi <strong>ya</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko” (Kut. 20:16)<br />
hurejea katika kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kutosema jambo la makosa <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mtu, laki<strong>ni</strong> pia <strong>ni</strong><br />
kutoa uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> uongo chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo katika mahakama <strong>ya</strong> sheria. 127<br />
Kitenzi* kilichotumika humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha ‘kujibu’ au ‘kushuhudia katika kujibu<br />
s<strong>wa</strong>li’ 128 . Kimaelezo, Kut. 23:1 huzuia udanganyifu na vilevile usengen<strong>ya</strong>ji,<br />
“Usivumishe habari za uongo; usitie mkono <strong>wa</strong>ko pamoja na mwovu, ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
shahidi <strong>wa</strong> udhalimu”.<br />
Utunzaji <strong>wa</strong> kiapo <strong>ni</strong> muhimu katika asili <strong>ya</strong>ke (Hes. 30;3; 6;1-21; Law. 27:2-25;<br />
Kumb. 23;22; Amu. 11:35, Mhu. 5;3-4). Zab. 15:4 huruhusu “yeye aapaye k<strong>wa</strong><br />
madhara <strong>ya</strong>ke m<strong>wa</strong>nyewe na habadiliki” kuingia katika uwepo <strong>wa</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na<br />
(Tazama pia 1Sam. 25:22 na 32-34).<br />
Matumizi maba<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong> viapo ha<strong>ya</strong>batilishi utumizi <strong>wa</strong>ke. 129 Yeyote aapaye viapo<br />
v<strong>ya</strong> haki katika jina la Mungu aliye hai k<strong>wa</strong> moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke wote, anaweza ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
hakika <strong>ya</strong> kukubali<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> “mwenye haki” na “mwema”,<br />
ambaye “hula kiapo”; na “mwovu” na “mwenye dhambi” ambaye huhofia; kiapo<br />
(Mhu. 9:1-2). Yer. 5:1-2 inalinga<strong>ni</strong>sha “utimizaji <strong>wa</strong> adhabu” na “kutafuta<br />
ukweli”, na uapaji k<strong>wa</strong> uami<strong>ni</strong>fu 130 (Tazama Sef. 8:16-17 131 ). Yeyote asiyeapa,<br />
hawezi “kuapa utii k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu” (Isa. 65:16).<br />
“Kisha <strong>wa</strong>kafan<strong>ya</strong> kiapo mbele za B<strong>wa</strong>na k<strong>wa</strong> sauti kuu k<strong>wa</strong> kelele na mapanda*<br />
na mabaragumu *. Na Yuda yote <strong>wa</strong>kafurahia kiapo, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>liapa k<strong>wa</strong><br />
moyo <strong>wa</strong>o wote na <strong>wa</strong>limtafuta k<strong>wa</strong> roho <strong>ya</strong>o wote; nao <strong>wa</strong>kampata, na B<strong>wa</strong>na<br />
aka<strong>wa</strong>pa mapumziko pande zote” (2 N<strong>ya</strong>. 15 :14-15).<br />
6. Amina<br />
Katika hali halisi “Amina” <strong>ni</strong> uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> kiapo, ambao unathibitisha tamko<br />
lililotangulia (k<strong>wa</strong> mfano mzuri tazama 1 Fal. 1:36) na k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida hutafsiri<strong>wa</strong><br />
“na iwe hivyo”. Tafsiri bora ingeku<strong>wa</strong> “Inasimama imara na halali” (k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> H. Schlier).<br />
126 Jürgen Kuberski. “Darf ein Christ schwören?”, op.cit., uk. 147.<br />
127 Klaus Berger: Die Gesetzesauslegung Jesu. Part 1: Markus und Paralellen. Wissenschaftliche Monographien<br />
zum Alten und Neuen Testament (Neukirchen, Germany: Neukirchener Verlag, 1972), kk. 332 – 341.<br />
128 Rud., uk. 333.<br />
129 James Henley Thornwell. “Vows, “ The Collected Writings of James Henley Thornwell, Vol. 2., Theologicl<br />
and Ethical (1875/1974. toleo-rudufu Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth Trust, 1986) uk. 596. Thornwell<br />
anaandika <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> viapo, “Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Rumi limevizuia, na Waprotestant <strong>wa</strong>mevipuuza.” Ushughulikiaji <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
<strong>wa</strong> somo hili <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mafunzo bora kabisa yenye umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> viapo k<strong>wa</strong> matendo <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la sasa.<br />
130 Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwören", op.cit., uk. 39. k<strong>wa</strong> sababu “ku<strong>wa</strong> utetezi <strong>wa</strong> nabii unapinga<br />
kiapo cha uongo”<br />
131 Rud.
94 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
“Amina liliku<strong>wa</strong> jibu la mtu ambaye k<strong>wa</strong>ke kiapo kilifany<strong>wa</strong>. Alithibitisha kiapo<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kusema ‘Amina’”. 132<br />
K<strong>wa</strong>mba ‘Amina’ <strong>ni</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo imekwisha kuthibitish<strong>wa</strong> ta<strong>ya</strong>ri hapo <strong>juu</strong>.<br />
Imeshataj<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kiapo katika M<strong>wa</strong>. 22:16 inatole<strong>wa</strong> kama<br />
‘Amina’ katika Waebra<strong>ni</strong>a 6:14. Inait<strong>wa</strong> ‘kiapo’ katika Ebr. 6:16. Katika Agano<br />
la Kale, ‘Amina’ hutumika kuhalalisha laana <strong>ya</strong> ki-Mungu (Hes. 5:22; Kumb.<br />
27:15-26; Yer. 11:1-5; Neh. 5:130 na kuthibitisha sifa k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu (1 N<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
16;436; Neh. 8:6), hususa<strong>ni</strong> mwisho<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> vitabu v<strong>ya</strong> Zaburi (Zab. 41:13;<br />
72:19; 89:52; 106:48).<br />
Katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, Yesu anatumia “Amina” kama utangulizi <strong>wa</strong> mahubiri <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
mengi (kama ‘Amina, Amina,’ au ‘kweli, kweli na<strong>wa</strong>ambia’ 133 ). Katika hali<br />
ileile, ka<strong>ni</strong>sa hutuma histilahi hiyo kama itikio la maombi (ka<strong>ni</strong>sa hapa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> 1<br />
Kor. 14:16; ka<strong>ni</strong>sa huko mbingu<strong>ni</strong> Ufu. 5:14). Mitume huitumia kuhitimisha<br />
vitabu v<strong>ya</strong>o (Rum. 15:33; 16:27; Gal. 6:18; Ufu. 22:20) na katika maneno <strong>ya</strong><br />
kutukuza (Rum. 1:25; 9:5; 11:36; 16:27; Gal. 1:5; Efe. 3:21; 1 Tim. 1:17; 6:16; 2<br />
Tim. 4:18; Ebr. 13:21; 1 Pet. 4:11; 5:11; Yuda 1:25).<br />
Yesu mwenyewe anait<strong>wa</strong> “Amina” <strong>wa</strong> Mungu (2 Kor. 1:20; Ufu. 3:14;<br />
linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Isa. 65:16), k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Yeye <strong>ni</strong> ukweli mkamilifu na m<strong>wa</strong>mi<strong>ni</strong>fu,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ushuhuda <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong> ule ‘ushuhuda wenye uami<strong>ni</strong>fu’ (sambamba na<br />
‘Amina’ katika Ufunuo 3:14, inathibitish<strong>wa</strong> na “Amina” katika Ufu. 1:5-6).<br />
Ahadi zote za Mungu zinatimiz<strong>wa</strong> katika yeye. 134<br />
Hivyo <strong>ni</strong> desturi kamilifu <strong>ya</strong> kibiblia k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa kuitikia kwenye usomaji <strong>wa</strong><br />
uwekaji <strong>wa</strong>kfu <strong>wa</strong> vielelezo <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> Meza <strong>ya</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na k<strong>wa</strong> “Ndiyo, Amina”,<br />
kama ilivyo desturi k<strong>wa</strong> baadhi <strong>ya</strong> maka<strong>ni</strong>sa. K<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo, ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
huthibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba linaami<strong>ni</strong> kile kilichosem<strong>wa</strong> na hudai nguvu <strong>ya</strong> sakramenti<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong>ke lenyewe; desturi iliyoelez<strong>wa</strong> na Shahidi <strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> Justin (k.<br />
100-165 BK.). 135<br />
Kipekee ‘Amina’ <strong>ni</strong> yenye kufaa katika Ushirika <strong>wa</strong> Meza <strong>ya</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na, alama <strong>ya</strong><br />
agano, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> maagano <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale daima <strong>ya</strong>liti<strong>wa</strong> muhuri na<br />
kufany<strong>wa</strong> up<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kiapo. Yesu anadhihirisha Ushirika kama Sakramenti<br />
kwenye maneno <strong>ya</strong> uwekaji <strong>wa</strong>kfu, “Kikombe hiki <strong>ni</strong> agano jip<strong>ya</strong> katika damu<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ngu” (1 Kor. 11:23-26; Mat. 26:26-28, Mk. 14:22-24; Lk. 22:19-200. Ubatizo<br />
<strong>ni</strong> alama <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>ya</strong> agano letu na Mungu, na Meza <strong>ya</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>ni</strong> alama <strong>ya</strong><br />
agano endelevu.<br />
132 K<strong>wa</strong> hoja ku<strong>wa</strong> “Amina” <strong>ni</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> nadhiri, tazama jed<strong>wa</strong>li hapo <strong>juu</strong> kuhusu kanu<strong>ni</strong> za viapo.<br />
133 Katika vitabu v<strong>ya</strong> Injili, Amina mbili mbili [“Amin, amin…” nyongeza <strong>ya</strong> mtafsiri]ziko 25 na zile za moja<br />
moja [“Amin…” nyongeza <strong>ya</strong> mtafsiri] ziko 50<br />
134 Tazama Rousas J. Rushdoony. “Jesus Christ as the Witness,” Institutes of Biblical Law. op. cit., kk. 572-575.<br />
Juu <strong>ya</strong> viapo, tazama pia kk. 101 – 127.<br />
135 Justin Martyr. ‘Apology 65’. Iliyonukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika Alfons Heilmann (ed.) Texte der Kirchenväter. 5 Vols.,<br />
Vol.3 (Mu<strong>ni</strong>ch, Germany: Kösel, 1964), kk. 276 – 278
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kuapa katika N<strong>ya</strong>kati za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong> 95<br />
7. Baraka<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> sababu baraka 136 hujumuisha kiapo pia, k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla huitimish<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kuthibitish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ‘Amina’.<br />
Kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Baraka, Baraka na Kutakia Baraka katika Biblia (Mifano)<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>. 48-49; Kumb. 33:1-7, Baraka za Yakobo na Musa k<strong>wa</strong> kabila za Israeli.<br />
Hesabu 6:23-27, “Nena na Haru<strong>ni</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>nawe, kusema, Hivi ndivyo<br />
mta<strong>wa</strong>bariki <strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> Israeli. Waambie : ‘BWANA a<strong>wa</strong>bariki na ku<strong>wa</strong>tunza;<br />
BWANA a<strong>wa</strong>ngazie nuru za uso <strong>wa</strong>ke, na ku<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nye rehema kwenu;<br />
BWANA a<strong>wa</strong>inulie uso <strong>wa</strong>ke, na ku<strong>wa</strong>pa ama<strong>ni</strong>’. Hivyo ndivyo <strong>wa</strong>taliweka<br />
jina langu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> Israeli, na <strong>ni</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>bariki”.<br />
Ruthu 2:4, “Na tazama, Boazi akaja kutoka Bethlehemu ka<strong>wa</strong>amkia <strong>wa</strong>vunaji,<br />
akasema, BWANA akae nanyi. Nao <strong>wa</strong>kamwitikia, BWANA na akubariki.”<br />
Zaburi 129:8, “Ama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> BWANA ikae nanyi, T<strong>wa</strong><strong>wa</strong>bariki katika jina la<br />
BWANA.”<br />
Waebra<strong>ni</strong>a 13:20-21, “Sasa, Mungu <strong>wa</strong> ama<strong>ni</strong> aliyemleta B<strong>wa</strong>na Yesu<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>fu, huyo Mchungaji Mkuu <strong>wa</strong> kondoo, k<strong>wa</strong> damu <strong>ya</strong> agano<br />
la milele, a<strong>wa</strong>fanye mwe kamili katika kila kazi njema ku<strong>ya</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong> mapenzi<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke, akifan<strong>ya</strong> kazi nda<strong>ni</strong> yenu lile lenye kupendeza macho<strong>ni</strong> pake, kupitia<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Yesu Kristo, ambaye k<strong>wa</strong>ke uwe utukufu milele na milele. Amina.”<br />
Wafilipi 4:7, “Na ama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, ambayo hupita hufahamu wote, ita<strong>wa</strong>linda<br />
mioyo na akili zenu kupitia k<strong>wa</strong> Kristo Yesu”<br />
Mifano zaidi; 1 Thes. 5:23-28; 2 Thes. 3:16-18. Mara nyingi kama salamu<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nzo<strong>ni</strong> au mwisho<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> n<strong>ya</strong>raka za Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
136 Tazama Friso Melzer. Unser Sprache im Lichter der Christus-Offenburg. (Tübingen, German: J. C. Mohr,<br />
1952) kk. 420 – 425.
96 Haki za Binadamu na Ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo<br />
HAKI ZA BINADAMU NA IMANI YA KIKRISTO<br />
(1997) 137<br />
Yaliyomo<br />
Binadamu kama Kiumbe na Mfano <strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
Mizizi <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo <strong>ya</strong> Haki za Binadamu<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>ko au Msamaha na Toba?<br />
Haki za Binadamu Hutangulia Serikali<br />
Maana <strong>ya</strong> Warumi 13<br />
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Kutenga Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na Serikali<br />
Mungu Hajui Upendeleo<br />
Binadamu kama Kiumbe na Mfano <strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
Desemba 10, 1948, Muungano <strong>wa</strong> Kisovieti ulisai<strong>ni</strong> Azimio Kuu la Haki za<br />
Binadamu lililopitish<strong>wa</strong> na Mkutano Mkuu <strong>wa</strong> Umoja <strong>wa</strong> Mataifa. Azimio<br />
linasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba binadamu wote <strong>wa</strong>na utu sa<strong>wa</strong> (Kifungu 1) na kuzuia ubaguzi<br />
wote <strong>wa</strong> ujamii*, rangi, jinsi*, lugha, di<strong>ni</strong> au ushawishi <strong>wa</strong> kisiasa (kifungu 2).<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>tu wote <strong>wa</strong>na haki <strong>ya</strong> kuishi na ku<strong>wa</strong> huru (kifungu 3), utum<strong>wa</strong><br />
(kifungu 4) na mateso (kifungu 5) vinazuili<strong>wa</strong>. Wote <strong>ni</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> mbele <strong>ya</strong> sheria na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naweza kuhukumi<strong>wa</strong> tu k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> sheria zilizowek<strong>wa</strong>, baada tu <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>mesikiliz<strong>wa</strong> katika Mahakama <strong>ya</strong> sheria (kifungu 7-11). Wote <strong>wa</strong>ko huru<br />
kuhamia na kuchagua mahali pa makazi <strong>ya</strong>o (kifungu 13) na kuomba ukimbizi<br />
katika nchi nyingine (kifungu 14). Kila binadamu yuko huru kuchagua mwenzi,<br />
na familia, kama ‘kii<strong>ni</strong> asilia na cha msingi katika jamii’, <strong>ni</strong> lazima alindwe na<br />
Serikali na jamii (kifungu 16+26). Pia Azimio linataka haki <strong>ya</strong> umiliki mali<br />
binafsi (kifungu 17), haki <strong>ya</strong> uhuru <strong>wa</strong> dhamiri na di<strong>ni</strong>, ambao unajumuisha haki<br />
<strong>ya</strong> mtu kubadili ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke (kifungu 18), haki <strong>ya</strong> kutoa mao<strong>ni</strong> na kupata habari<br />
(kifungu 19), haki <strong>ya</strong> kujumuika na kuunda v<strong>ya</strong>ma (kifungu 20), haki <strong>ya</strong> kupiga<br />
kura (kifungu 21). Kila mmoja ana haki <strong>ya</strong> kupe<strong>wa</strong> usalama katika mambo <strong>ya</strong><br />
kijamii (kifungu 22+25+28), kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi k<strong>wa</strong> malipo <strong>ya</strong> haki (kifungu 23) na<br />
kupata elimu (kifungu 26).<br />
137 Thomas Schirmacher. “Christlicher Glaube und Menschenrechte” (Russisch). POISK: Ezemedel’naja<br />
Vsesojuznaja Gazeta [Journal of the Russian Academy of Science]. Nr. 48 (446) 22 – 28. November 1997.<br />
uk. 13; ilichap<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kurudi<strong>wa</strong> “Christlicher Glaube und Menschenrechte” (katika Kirusi). Utschitjelskaja<br />
Gazeta (Russische Lehrerzeitung). No. 2 (9667) 3.2.1998. uk. 22. Iliandik<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> Konferenz<br />
Evangelikaler Publizisten (Mkutano <strong>wa</strong> Waandishi na Wanahabari <strong>wa</strong> Kiinjili).
Haki za Binadamu na Ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo 97<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> ukaribu likihusish<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>zo la haki za binadamu, kuna dai ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
wote <strong>wa</strong>na haki sa<strong>wa</strong> kutende<strong>wa</strong> kama binadamu – bila kujali ujamii wowote,<br />
di<strong>ni</strong>, jinsi, ushawishi <strong>wa</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong>, au heshima <strong>ya</strong> kijamii au kiuchumi iwezavyo<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>. Ni<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong> usa<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> binadamu, kama si ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba wote<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liumb<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu katika hali <strong>ya</strong> usa<strong>wa</strong>? Hivyo, hoja <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo k<strong>wa</strong> haki za<br />
binadamu <strong>ni</strong> lazima ianze na historia <strong>ya</strong> Biblia <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji, “Mungu akasema,<br />
Na tumfanye mtu k<strong>wa</strong> mfano wetu, k<strong>wa</strong> sura yetu; <strong>wa</strong>kata<strong>wa</strong>le samaki <strong>wa</strong><br />
bahari<strong>ni</strong>, na ndege <strong>wa</strong> anga<strong>ni</strong>, na <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma, na nchi yote pia, na kila chenye<br />
kutambaa kitambaacho <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> nchi. Mungu akaumba mtu k<strong>wa</strong> mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mfano <strong>wa</strong> Mungu alimwumba, m<strong>wa</strong>namume na m<strong>wa</strong>namke ali<strong>wa</strong>umba” (M<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
1:26-27). Ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba Binadamu aliumb<strong>wa</strong> katika mfano na sura <strong>ya</strong> Mungu<br />
unamfan<strong>ya</strong> ashiriki jukumu kub<strong>wa</strong> katika mahusiano na binadamu, mtu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mwenzake, K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, M<strong>wa</strong>. 9:16 inamhitaji mwuaji kuadhibi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
uuaji uharibu mfano au sura <strong>ya</strong> Mungu.<br />
Uumbaji upo k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> utukufu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu na una maana <strong>ya</strong>ke kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu. Ukweli huu unashikilia zaidi “Taji <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji”, Binadamu aliumb<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> amri <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ya</strong> Uumbaji ili kutimiza jukumu alilope<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Mungu. Mungu alimfan<strong>ya</strong> awe mta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a, bali pia alimpa <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuhifadhi viumbe <strong>wa</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a. Mtunga Zaburi aandika, “Umemfan<strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kazi za mikono <strong>ya</strong>ko; umeweka vitu vyote chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> miguu<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke: kondoo na ng'ombe wote, naam, na <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma <strong>wa</strong> konde<strong>ni</strong>”<br />
(Zab. 8:6-7).<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> sababu hii, haki za binadamu hujumuisha tu <strong>ya</strong>le mapendeleo ambayo<br />
Mungu amempa Binadamu, hakuna haki nyingine ambazo binadamu anaweza<br />
kuchagua au kudai mwenyewe, k<strong>wa</strong> matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo Wakristo ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi kujiambata<strong>ni</strong>sha moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja na orodha <strong>ya</strong><br />
haki za binadamu zilizotengenez<strong>wa</strong> na nchi za Magharibi badala <strong>ya</strong> zile za<br />
Biblia. Maandiko hueleza haki za taratibu za Kimahakama zilizopang<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mujibu <strong>wa</strong> sheria zilizoelez<strong>wa</strong> vema, k<strong>wa</strong> kusikiliza mashahidi, k<strong>wa</strong> mahakimu<br />
ambao ha<strong>wa</strong>jape<strong>wa</strong> rush<strong>wa</strong> na k<strong>wa</strong> ulinzi <strong>wa</strong> kisheria, kama tutakavyoona. Hata<br />
hivyo, milolongo hiyo <strong>ya</strong> kisheria haiwezi kujibai<strong>ni</strong>sha na utekelezaji <strong>wa</strong> haki za<br />
kimagharibi. Fikiri ingeku<strong>wa</strong> hivyo – ingejibai<strong>ni</strong>sha na mfumo upi? Mfumo <strong>wa</strong><br />
Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong>, Kiingereza, Kifaransa au Kimareka<strong>ni</strong>? Sote tunajua ku<strong>wa</strong> mifumo<br />
hii <strong>ni</strong> tofauti sana! Kuna nafasi kub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> aina <strong>ya</strong> mifumo <strong>ya</strong> kisheria ambayo<br />
hutofautiana k<strong>wa</strong> sababu za kitamadu<strong>ni</strong> na mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> kihistoria <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke,<br />
laki<strong>ni</strong> bado zinatoa hakikisho la haki za binadamu.<br />
Mizizi <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo <strong>ya</strong> Haki za Binadamu<br />
Hakuna yeyote awezaye kubisha ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba haki za binadamu zilizotole<strong>wa</strong><br />
kumlinda mtu, zinatoka katika fikra za Kikristo. K<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi, Azimio Kuu la Haki<br />
za Binadamu la Umoja <strong>wa</strong> Mataifa la Desemba 10, 1948 linadhihirisha mizizi
98 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke katika Ukristo. Ukomesh<strong>wa</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong> utum<strong>wa</strong> na mateso, kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> usa<strong>wa</strong><br />
mbele <strong>ya</strong> sheria, haki <strong>ya</strong> kupumzika na kuburudika kama zinayoonekana katika<br />
Sabato au pumziko la Jumapili – zinatokana na mapokeo <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo na <strong>wa</strong>la si<br />
bahati au serikali ambazo zinakubali haki hizi na kuzitia nanga (kuziweka ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
sehemu) katika katiba zao nyingi k<strong>wa</strong> wingi katika nchi za Kikristo. Hata Karl<br />
Marx alikubali hili, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu alipinga haki za binadamu k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> zao la<br />
Ukristo (k<strong>wa</strong> mfano, Kazi za Marx na Engels, Kitabu cha 1 = Marx and Engels<br />
Works, Vol. 1).<br />
Hakuna serikali <strong>wa</strong>la hakuna mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kisheria uwezao kuendelea kuwepo<br />
pasipo uchache <strong>wa</strong> amali za ka<strong>wa</strong>ida, na k<strong>wa</strong> umuhimu kabisa amali zilizokit<strong>wa</strong><br />
katika vitu visivyoonekana. Mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kisheria hukubali mfumo <strong>wa</strong> amali, k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> sheria huchukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika vi<strong>wa</strong>ngo v<strong>ya</strong> maadili vilivyotangulia<br />
kuwepo na nje <strong>ya</strong>ke yenyewe.<br />
Hakikisho la utu <strong>wa</strong> binadamu huona k<strong>wa</strong>mba Binadamu <strong>ni</strong> zaidi <strong>ya</strong> kile<br />
anachokiele<strong>wa</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe. Hawezi kueleweka k<strong>wa</strong> njia na nyenzo za<br />
sa<strong>ya</strong>nsi asilia. Yeye yu <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> vitu visivyoonekana. Serikali <strong>ya</strong> kisiasa, yenye<br />
mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kisheria, hutegemea mahitaji ambayo yenyewe haiwezi kudhami<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>ko au Msamaha na Toba?<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> falsafa za M<strong>wa</strong>ko katika karne <strong>ya</strong> kumi na nane, ambazo<br />
zilijaribu kuanzisha haki za binadamu pasipo Mungu na kinyume cha Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa;<br />
Mema yote, ukijumuisha haki za binadamu zingeweza kuchot<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika<br />
Asili* na kutoka katika Fikra*. Utambulishi <strong>wa</strong> Rousseau <strong>wa</strong> ‘Fikra’ na ‘Asili’ <strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong> kipekee katika ma<strong>wa</strong>zo <strong>ya</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>ko. Hata hivyo, jaribio la kuziweka haki za<br />
binadamu katika Asili zimeshind<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna mtu yeyote awezaye<br />
kukubaliana <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maana <strong>ya</strong> ‘Asili’ au <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> jinsi sheria zake zinavyoweza<br />
kuvumbuli<strong>wa</strong>. Wolfgang Schild, profesa <strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> jinai anaaandika, “M<strong>wa</strong>ko<br />
hauwezi na haupaswi ku<strong>wa</strong> neno la mwisho, neno letu la mwisho. Ufikra na<br />
utendaji <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong> lazima uchukuliwe katika mipaka <strong>ya</strong>ke, kama sivyo maisha <strong>ya</strong><br />
kijamii yenye thama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> utu <strong>wa</strong> Binadamu ha<strong>ya</strong>wezeka<strong>ni</strong>. Tena, hata sheria <strong>ya</strong><br />
adhabu kipekee haiwezi kujizuia yenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> fikra ili kupata ama<strong>ni</strong> na<br />
utaratibu k<strong>wa</strong> gharama yoyote ile: inahitaji utambuzi <strong>wa</strong> utu <strong>wa</strong> binadamu - hata<br />
<strong>wa</strong> mtu aliyetenda kosa ba<strong>ya</strong> kabisa la jinai – kama msingi <strong>wa</strong>ke na mpaka<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke”.<br />
Ma<strong>wa</strong>zo k<strong>wa</strong>mba binadamu angeweza kuboresh<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> elimu, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
magonj<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> binadamu <strong>ya</strong>ngeweza kutatuli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>ko, <strong>ni</strong> tatizo la kimsingi<br />
la falsafa <strong>ya</strong> Kigriki, <strong>ya</strong> Uyuma<strong>ni</strong>sti na <strong>ya</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>ko. Njozi za Uyuma<strong>ni</strong>sti katika<br />
elimu hudai uwepo <strong>wa</strong>ke kwenye <strong>wa</strong>zo ku<strong>wa</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong>ngeweza kukuz<strong>wa</strong><br />
kupitia elimu, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> unadha<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu hufan<strong>ya</strong> makosa tu k<strong>wa</strong> sababu<br />
yeye <strong>ni</strong> mjinga au k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hufikiri kimakosa, sio k<strong>wa</strong> sababu dhamiri <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong><br />
yenye uovu na k<strong>wa</strong> sababu yeye hawezi kufan<strong>ya</strong> jema k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu zake
Haki za Binadamu na Ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo 99<br />
mwenyewe. Falsafa hizi hujaribu kupunguza mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kimaadili na <strong>wa</strong><br />
ki<strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong> ma<strong>wa</strong>zo, maneno na matendo k<strong>wa</strong> suala la maarifa, ambayo<br />
humshikilia binadamu ku<strong>wa</strong>jibika, pindi tu ajuapo kile afan<strong>ya</strong>cho.<br />
Hata hivyo bado tunashangaz<strong>wa</strong> kujifunza k<strong>wa</strong>mba madaktari huvuta sigara k<strong>wa</strong><br />
wingi kama <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>vyo, k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naendeleza mitindo<br />
<strong>ya</strong> maisha isiyo salama k<strong>wa</strong> af<strong>ya</strong>, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke daima <strong>wa</strong>naendelea<br />
kupata mimba kinyume na mafuriko <strong>ya</strong> taarifa <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uzazi <strong>wa</strong> mpango. Sote<br />
t<strong>wa</strong>jua kutoka katika maisha yetu wenyewe, k<strong>wa</strong>mba kujua jibu sahihi, na hata<br />
kushawishi<strong>wa</strong> nalo, hakuhakikishi k<strong>wa</strong> njia yoyote ku<strong>wa</strong> t<strong>wa</strong>ishi ipasavyo.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nasiasa ambaye anatetea k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu ndoa <strong>ya</strong> mke mmoja kama msingi <strong>wa</strong><br />
jamii bunge<strong>ni</strong>, haoneshi umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> uami<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>wa</strong> ndoa katika maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
binafsi, na <strong>wa</strong>la hana kinga dhidi <strong>ya</strong> uzinzi au talaka.<br />
Biblia hufundisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba dhambi <strong>ya</strong> mtu huathiri sio tu ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yetu, bali pia<br />
ubinadamu wetu wote, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba zaidi <strong>ya</strong> yote, dhamiri zetu ambazo<br />
zinapingana na Mungu hutuongoza kutenda na kufikiri kimakosa, hivyo basi<br />
kuna upungufu katika ma<strong>wa</strong>zo na kujali kwetu zaidi. Ni lazima tuondoe utu <strong>wa</strong><br />
kale ulioshik<strong>wa</strong> na dhambi hapo kale. Wakristo huami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Mungu yeye<br />
mwenyewe alikufa kuchukua nafasi <strong>ya</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu, <strong>wa</strong>kati Kristo alipokufa<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Msalaba k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> ukosefu wetu <strong>wa</strong> upendo na ubinafsi wetu. Wakati<br />
tunapokubali k<strong>wa</strong>mba hatuwezi kujiokoa wenyewe k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu zetu na k<strong>wa</strong> fikra<br />
zetu, bali t<strong>wa</strong>tegemea utimilizi <strong>wa</strong> Kristo <strong>wa</strong> adhabu yetu, t<strong>wa</strong>weza kushinda<br />
dhamiri zetu zilizo ovu k<strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> iliyo katika Yesu, na kufan<strong>ya</strong> up<strong>ya</strong> dhamiri<br />
zetu na fahamu zetu k<strong>wa</strong> namna <strong>ya</strong> mapenzi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu (Rum. 1:20-25; 12:13).<br />
Ufany<strong>wa</strong>ji up<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kweli hutokea <strong>wa</strong>kati nguvu <strong>ya</strong> Mungu hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi katika<br />
utu wetu <strong>wa</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong>; sio kupitia kampe<strong>ni</strong> za kielimu, bali k<strong>wa</strong> upendo <strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
na Msamaha.<br />
Haki za Binadamu Hutangulia Serikali<br />
Utu <strong>wa</strong> binadamu na haki za binadamu <strong>ni</strong> sehemu <strong>ya</strong> mtu kama kiumbe <strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu. Hivyo, Serikali haiumbi haki za binadamu, huzifuma na kuzilinda. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> haki <strong>ya</strong> kuishi iko katika asili <strong>ya</strong> binadamu, mtu hazipokei kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
serikali, na hakuna Serikali yenye haki kuamua k<strong>wa</strong>mba raia <strong>wa</strong>ke ha<strong>wa</strong>na tena<br />
haki <strong>ya</strong> kuishi, bali <strong>wa</strong>naweza kuua<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mta<strong>wa</strong>la. Wala serikali<br />
haiwezi kutoa haki <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> na familia, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Serikali haimiliki familia,<br />
yenyewe inakubali tu jukumu lililowek<strong>wa</strong> katika utaratibu <strong>wa</strong> Uumbaji kulinda<br />
ndoa na familia.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo haki zilikuwepo kabla <strong>ya</strong> serikali, na kuna haki zilizo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Serikali,<br />
haki zichukuli<strong>wa</strong>zo kutoka katika asili, zote kutoka katika asili <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu<br />
na kutoka katika aina mbalimbali za jamii <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu. Serikali <strong>ni</strong> lazima<br />
iheshimu haki hizi na kukubali mipaka iliyowek<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> haki hizi za asili za
100 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> mtu, familia, m<strong>wa</strong>jiri (au m<strong>wa</strong>jiri<strong>wa</strong>) na za makundi mengine <strong>ya</strong><br />
jamii <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nadamu.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> haki za binadamu zina mizizi katika mfumo maadili ulioelez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
Serikali, k<strong>wa</strong> usa<strong>wa</strong> mfumo huu huzuia rufaa za uongo k<strong>wa</strong> haki za binadamu,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sababu inalinda utu <strong>wa</strong> binadamu na wengine. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, hakuna mtu<br />
mwenye haki <strong>ya</strong> kuonesha utu <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> kuua au kuchoma mali k<strong>wa</strong> makusudi<br />
ili kupata malipo <strong>ya</strong> bima.<br />
Haki za binadamu huchukulia Serikali ku<strong>wa</strong> na nguvu zenye mipaka na sheria<br />
halali k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu wote, sheria ambayo inaweka mipaka <strong>ya</strong> nguvu <strong>ya</strong> serikali.<br />
Jambo hili kama lisingeku<strong>wa</strong> hivyo, basi <strong>ni</strong> hakika mtu angepokea haki zake<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> serikali. Hivyo mtu angeku<strong>wa</strong> tu na haki na madai <strong>ya</strong> ulinzi ambayo<br />
serikali <strong>ya</strong>ke ingemhakikishia. Huu ndio mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kishoshalisti, ambao<br />
hautoi nafasi k<strong>wa</strong> changamoto au kujisahihisha k<strong>wa</strong> serikali ambayo ilijitangaza<br />
yenyewe ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu.<br />
Maana <strong>ya</strong> Warumi 13<br />
Andiko muhimu kabisa <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> jukumu la Serikali <strong>ni</strong> sura <strong>ya</strong> kumi na tatu <strong>ya</strong><br />
Waraka k<strong>wa</strong> Warumi, ambao uliandik<strong>wa</strong> na mtume Paulo, aliyeuleta Ukristo<br />
Ula<strong>ya</strong> na Asia katika karne <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza B.K. “Kila mtu na aitii mamlaka iliyo kuu;<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> maana hakuna mamlaka isiyotoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu; na ile iliyopo imeamri<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Mungu. Hivyo am<strong>wa</strong>siye mwenye mamlaka hushindana na agizo la Mungu; nao<br />
<strong>wa</strong>shindanao <strong>wa</strong>tajipatia hukumu. K<strong>wa</strong> maana <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>lao ha<strong>wa</strong>tishi <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu <strong>ya</strong> matendo mema, bali k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> matendo maba<strong>ya</strong>. Basi <strong>wa</strong>taka<br />
usimwogope mwenye mamlaka? Fan<strong>ya</strong> mema, nawe utapata sifa k<strong>wa</strong>ke; k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye <strong>ni</strong> mtumishi <strong>wa</strong> Mungu k<strong>wa</strong>ko k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mema. Laki<strong>ni</strong> ufan<strong>ya</strong>po<br />
maba<strong>ya</strong>, ogopa; k<strong>wa</strong> maana hauchukui upanga bure; k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mtumishi <strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu, amlipizaye kisasi mtenda maba<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> ghadhabu. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo <strong>ni</strong><br />
lazima kutii, si k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> ile ghadhabu tu, ila na k<strong>wa</strong> sbabu <strong>ya</strong> dhamiri. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu hiyo tena m<strong>wa</strong>lipa kodi; k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>hudumu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kidumu katika kazi hiyo hiyo. Wape<strong>ni</strong> wote haki zao; mtu <strong>wa</strong> kodi, kodi; mtu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> ushuru, ushuru; astahiliye hofu, hofu; astahiliye heshima, heshima” (Warumi<br />
13:1-7).<br />
Kifungu hiki huonesha <strong>wa</strong>zi ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna mtu apingaye serikali k<strong>wa</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong><br />
zinazoweza kupinga mamlaka <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. Kinyume chake: anapinga sheria <strong>ya</strong><br />
Mungu, na ana haki <strong>ya</strong> kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> hatua za kisheria (Rum. 13:2) K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
Serikali inalo jukumu la kuzuia na kuadhibu uovu, Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong><br />
wema, kama <strong>wa</strong>nataka kuepuka mgongano. Iki<strong>wa</strong> Mkristo anafan<strong>ya</strong> makosa<br />
anapas<strong>wa</strong> kuadhibi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> haki na Serikali. K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Serikali, kama mtumishi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Mungu, inao <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong> kulipa kisasi (13:4). Matokeo <strong>ya</strong>ke, Mkristo hulipa<br />
kodi <strong>ya</strong>ke na hutoa heshima inayostahili k<strong>wa</strong> maafisa <strong>wa</strong> serikali (13:6-7).
Haki za Binadamu na Ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo 101<br />
Laki<strong>ni</strong> s<strong>wa</strong>li <strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>ni</strong> na<strong>ni</strong> anayetoa maana <strong>ya</strong> kipi kizuri au kiba<strong>ya</strong>? Je, Paulo<br />
aliliacha hili mikono<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> Serikali? Je, Serikali <strong>ya</strong>weza kutangaza kitu<br />
chochote kizuri na kulazimisha k<strong>wa</strong> raia <strong>wa</strong>ke? Hapana. Wakati alipoongea <strong>juu</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> uzuri, anaufasili k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> mapenzi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, na kuufasili uba<strong>ya</strong> kama<br />
kitu kile ambacho kilihukumi<strong>wa</strong> na sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. “haki huinua taifa, bali<br />
dhambi <strong>ni</strong> aibu <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu wowote” (Mith. 14:34).<br />
Hivyo Biblia hutupa mipaka na maelekezo <strong>ya</strong>liyo <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> kodi, huduma za<br />
kiulinzi na k<strong>wa</strong> polisi. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, Yohana Mbatizaji ali<strong>wa</strong>ambia <strong>wa</strong>toza ushuru<br />
na mapolisi (mtu yule yule alitumika kama polisi na mlinzi), “Msitoze kitu zaidi<br />
kuliko mlivyoamri<strong>wa</strong>” na “Msidhulumu mtu, <strong>wa</strong>la msimshitaki k<strong>wa</strong> uongo; tena<br />
mtoshewe na mshahara wenu” (Lk. 3:12-14). Kutoka katika matamko ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
Paulo t<strong>wa</strong>weza kuchota ma<strong>wa</strong>zo mawili muhimu:<br />
1. Serikali <strong>ya</strong>weza tu kuhukumu kile <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>cho, sio kile <strong>wa</strong>nachofikiri.<br />
Inahusika k<strong>wa</strong> matendo mema au maba<strong>ya</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong>. Si kazi <strong>ya</strong> serikali<br />
kudhibiti dhambi zote, bali zile tu ambazo kazi zake zaweza kuchunguzika na<br />
zinaweza kuharibu utaratibu <strong>wa</strong> umma, ambao Serikali ina <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
kuuendeleza na kuulinda.<br />
2. Serikali haiwezi kutofautisha kati <strong>ya</strong> Wakristo na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>ami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> tofauti, i<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>naelekeza ima<strong>ni</strong> zao katika hali <strong>ya</strong> ama<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu huzuia upendeleo katika mambo <strong>ya</strong> kisheria, Wakristo <strong>ni</strong><br />
lazima <strong>wa</strong>adhibiwe k<strong>wa</strong> ukali uleule sa<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>sio <strong>wa</strong>umi<strong>ni</strong> pindi <strong>wa</strong>vunjapo<br />
sheria. Serikali haiwezi kutofautisha kati <strong>ya</strong> Wakristo na <strong>wa</strong>shirika <strong>wa</strong> vikundi<br />
vingine v<strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>weza kuhukumu tu k<strong>wa</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong> matendo.<br />
Haki za binadamu <strong>ni</strong> za kiulinzi, zinadumu si zaidi sana katika kufasili upendeleo<br />
mbalimbali k<strong>wa</strong> mtu, bali kuipa mipaka nguvu <strong>ya</strong> Serikali na <strong>ya</strong> taasisi nyingine<br />
ambazo hujishughulisha na maisha <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu hii, Paulo anaweka<br />
mipaka <strong>ya</strong> majukumu <strong>ya</strong> Serikali k<strong>wa</strong> n<strong>ya</strong>nja maalumu za maisha, badala <strong>ya</strong><br />
kuipa haki <strong>ya</strong> kuratibu na kuadhibu ma<strong>wa</strong>zo na maisha <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu wote.<br />
Serikali haipaswi kujipambanua na jamii, kama serikali za kishoshalisti<br />
ambavyo zimefan<strong>ya</strong> tangu Mapinduzi <strong>ya</strong> Ufaransa. Katika serikali hizo, n<strong>ya</strong>nja<br />
zote ukijumuisha familia na Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa ziko chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Serikali. Jamii <strong>ni</strong> zaidi <strong>ya</strong><br />
Serikali. Serikali hazina mamlaka <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> n<strong>ya</strong>nja zote za kijamii.<br />
Juu <strong>ya</strong> Utenga<strong>ni</strong>shi <strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na Serikali<br />
Kama ambavyo Serikali haiwezi kulita<strong>wa</strong>la Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa au di<strong>ni</strong>, serikali yenyewe pia<br />
haiwezi ku<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa au di<strong>ni</strong>. Utenga<strong>ni</strong>shi kati <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na Serikali<br />
haupinga<strong>ni</strong> na ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo, bali k<strong>wa</strong> asili <strong>ya</strong>ke huibuka kutoka katika ima<strong>ni</strong><br />
hiyo, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Biblia inaifan<strong>ya</strong> serikali ku<strong>wa</strong> na jukumu la kusaidia <strong>wa</strong>tu kuishi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ama<strong>ni</strong>, bila kujali chochote <strong>wa</strong>ami<strong>ni</strong>cho. Ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na <strong>wa</strong> di<strong>ni</strong>
102 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
kuelekeza kwenye umilele, kutoa uimara <strong>wa</strong> maadili na kuchochea moyo <strong>wa</strong><br />
mahusiano baina <strong>ya</strong> mtu na Mungu.<br />
Hivyo, m<strong>wa</strong>nahistoria Eugen Ewig huzungumzia fundisho la Agano la Kale la<br />
Mamlaka mbili. Eduard Eichmann, pia <strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nahistoria, akiandika <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
mga<strong>wa</strong>nyo <strong>wa</strong> mamlaka katika Agano la Kale baina <strong>ya</strong> kuha<strong>ni</strong> na mfalme<br />
anasema, “Sambamba na Maandiko Matakatifu mitazamo <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale<br />
imeku<strong>wa</strong> mali-shirika <strong>ya</strong> Mkristo <strong>wa</strong> Magharibi”.<br />
Yesu alithibitisha utengano huu katika maneno, “mpe<strong>ni</strong> Kaisari <strong>ya</strong>liyo <strong>ya</strong><br />
Kaisari, na <strong>ya</strong>liyo <strong>ya</strong> Mungu mpe<strong>ni</strong> Mungu” (Mk. 12:17). K<strong>wa</strong> sababu sheria hii<br />
imekuja kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu, ambaye yu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mfalme, taasisi za kidi<strong>ni</strong> za<br />
Mungu zilizomo du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong>liojiweka pamoja, ha<strong>wa</strong>ko <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
mfalme. Kipaumbele cha k<strong>wa</strong>nza <strong>ni</strong> utii k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu, ambaye hutambua na<br />
kuweka mipaka <strong>ya</strong> kile kilicho cha Kaisari. Kaisari hana mamlaka <strong>ya</strong> kutambua<br />
na kuweka mipaka <strong>ya</strong> kile kilicho cha Mungu. Hata hivyo, hii haimaa<strong>ni</strong>shi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba mta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>ni</strong> tegemezi k<strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu amekwisha kumpa<br />
<strong>wa</strong>jibu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu wote katika uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong>ke, sio tu <strong>wa</strong>ami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kundi moja la<br />
kidi<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Utengano baina <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na Serikali haumaa<strong>ni</strong>shi k<strong>wa</strong>mba daima majukumu<br />
ha<strong>ya</strong>ingilia<strong>ni</strong>, au k<strong>wa</strong>mba taasisi hizo hazihitajia<strong>ni</strong>. Kinyume chake, Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
laweza kuishauri serikali na kuifundisha <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, kama Yeho<strong>ya</strong>da<br />
alivyomfundisha Yoashi, “Yoashi akafan<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong>liyo mema macho<strong>ni</strong> pa BWANA<br />
siku zake zote Yeho<strong>ya</strong>da kuha<strong>ni</strong> alizomfundisha” (2 Fal. 12:2). Ni jambo ba<strong>ya</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la sasa limetupilia mbali huduma hii muhimu na linapendelea<br />
kujiunga na makundi mbalimbali na kulalamika.<br />
Utenga<strong>ni</strong>shi <strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na serikali hauwi vita dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Ukristo hadi pale Serikali<br />
inaposahau jukumu lake katika <strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu na kuanza kuitesa ima<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Mungu Hana Upendeleo<br />
Karne nyingi zilizopita katika Biblia, Mungu alifan<strong>ya</strong> hatua halali za kisheria za<br />
haki za binadamu. Hakimu mwenye haki <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> muhimu katika kuitambua haki,<br />
na Mungu <strong>ni</strong> mfano <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza na asilia <strong>wa</strong> hakimu mwenye haki (Kumb.<br />
10:17-18; Zab. 7:9+12; 9:5; 50:6, Tazama pia Zab. 75:3+8), “k<strong>wa</strong> maana<br />
BWANA <strong>ni</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> hukumu” (Isa<strong>ya</strong> 30:18). Yeye <strong>ni</strong> mlinzi <strong>wa</strong> haki. Wale<br />
<strong>wa</strong>hukumuo k<strong>wa</strong> halali hutenda katika Jina la Mungu. Agano la Kale hutueleza<br />
<strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mfalme mwenye haki Yehoshafati, “Na aka<strong>wa</strong>ambia mahakimu,<br />
zingatie<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>le m<strong>ya</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong>yo, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hamhukumu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mtu, bali<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> BWANA, ambaye yu nanyi katika hukumu. Basi sasa hofu <strong>ya</strong><br />
BWANA iwe <strong>juu</strong> yenu, zingatie<strong>ni</strong> na mkafanye, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna uovu<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> BWANA Mungu wetu, <strong>wa</strong>la kuheshimu nafasi za <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>wa</strong>la kupokea<br />
za<strong>wa</strong>di” (2 N<strong>ya</strong>. 19:6-7).
Haki za Binadamu na Ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo 103<br />
Hakimu <strong>ni</strong> lazima awe macho <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu anamtazama na<br />
husimama upande <strong>wa</strong> mwenye haki, “Kuipotosha haki <strong>ya</strong> mtu mbele zake<br />
aliye <strong>juu</strong>, na kutupilia mbali madai <strong>ya</strong>ke, B<strong>wa</strong>na haridhii” (Maombolezo<br />
3:35-36).<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> sababu hii Biblia ina maelekezo mengi kuhusu haki, hatua za kisheria<br />
zimhusuzo binadamu. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, mashtaka huhitaji <strong>wa</strong>lau mashahidi <strong>wa</strong>wili<br />
(Hes. 35:30; Kumb. 17:6; 19:15; Mat. 18:16; Yoh. 8:17; Ebr. 10:28; 1 Tim.<br />
5:18), hivyo basi mashtaka <strong>ya</strong>nalet<strong>wa</strong> na mashahidi <strong>wa</strong>wili au <strong>wa</strong>tatu (Kumb.<br />
10:17-18). Washitaki wenye vurugu ha<strong>wa</strong>paswi kusikiliz<strong>wa</strong> (Zab. 35:11).<br />
Mahakimu <strong>wa</strong>naoongoza <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na upendeleo kabisa (Kumb.<br />
1:16; 2 N<strong>ya</strong>. 19:7; Mith 18:5; 24:23; Ayu. 13:10; Kol. 3:25; Efe 6:9), k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
Mungu mwenyewe hana upendeleo (Kumb. 10:17-18). Ni mahakimu <strong>wa</strong>ovu tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lio na upendeleo (Isa. 10:1-2; 3:9).<br />
Hukumu inapas<strong>wa</strong> kufany<strong>wa</strong> pasipo ma<strong>wa</strong>zo <strong>ya</strong> haraka haraka<br />
<strong>ya</strong>siyothibitish<strong>wa</strong> (1 Tim. 5:21), bali baada <strong>ya</strong> hakimu aki<strong>wa</strong> amekwisha<br />
chunguza k<strong>wa</strong> maki<strong>ni</strong> uthibitisho wote (Kumb. 17:4). “Fanye<strong>ni</strong> hukumu za<br />
kweli”, Mungu anasema katika Zekaria 7:9; hivyo basi hukumu haipaswi<br />
kubatilish<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
“Paki<strong>wa</strong> na mashindano kati <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>wa</strong>naenda katika hukumu, ili<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba mahakimu <strong>wa</strong>weze ku<strong>wa</strong>hukumu; basi <strong>wa</strong>tampa haki mwenye<br />
haki, na kumhukumu mwovu” (Kumb. 25:1). Rush<strong>wa</strong> haipaswi kuathiri mao<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> hakimu. “Mtu mwovu hupokea rush<strong>wa</strong> nyuma mgongo<strong>ni</strong> kupotosha njia<br />
za hukumu” (Mith. 17:23). Mungu <strong>ni</strong> mfano mkuu. “K<strong>wa</strong> maana BWANA<br />
Mungu wenu <strong>ni</strong> Mungu <strong>wa</strong> miungu, na B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> mab<strong>wa</strong>na, Mungu mkuu,<br />
mwenye uweza, na <strong>wa</strong> kuogof<strong>ya</strong>, ambaye hajali nafsi za <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
kuchukua za<strong>wa</strong>di” (Kumb. 10:17). “Basi sasa hofu <strong>ya</strong> BWANA iwe <strong>juu</strong><br />
yenu; zingatie<strong>ni</strong> na mkafanye, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna uovu k<strong>wa</strong> BWANA<br />
Mungu wetu, <strong>wa</strong>la kuheshimu nafsi za <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>wa</strong>la kupokea za<strong>wa</strong>di” (2 N<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
19:7).<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> ujumla, Maandiko <strong>ya</strong>nahalalisha za<strong>wa</strong>di zinapotole<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> furaha au<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>saidia <strong>wa</strong>tu. Wakati mwingine Biblia inatambua ku<strong>wa</strong> za<strong>wa</strong>di zaweza<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> muhimu, iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>nataki<strong>wa</strong> kufikia lengo halali. M<strong>wa</strong>limu mwema<br />
anatueleza, “Za<strong>wa</strong>di <strong>ya</strong> mtu humpatia nafasi, humleta mbele <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>kuu”<br />
(Mith. 18:16) na “za<strong>wa</strong>di <strong>ya</strong> siri hutuliza hasira; na tuzo kifua<strong>ni</strong> humaliza<br />
ghadhabu kali” (Mith. 21:14). Mtu mwenye haki anapokabili<strong>wa</strong> na maofisa<br />
mafisadi, hana tumai<strong>ni</strong> la kufikia malengo <strong>ya</strong> kisheria k<strong>wa</strong> ukamilifu. Iki<strong>wa</strong> hana<br />
nafasi <strong>ya</strong> kushinda ufisadi huu k<strong>wa</strong> njia yoyote ile, anaweza kupata haki zake<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia za<strong>wa</strong>di. Ni <strong>wa</strong>kati tu anunuapo ufisadi, yeye mwenyewe<br />
anahukumi<strong>wa</strong> hatia <strong>ya</strong> ufisadi. Yule anayelazimish<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>pa rush<strong>wa</strong> wengine<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> hakika atajibidisha kuondoa ufisadi, hususa<strong>ni</strong> katika ka<strong>ni</strong>sa, au katika<br />
taasisi nyingine za kidi<strong>ni</strong>.
104 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
K<strong>wa</strong> sababu hii, <strong>ni</strong> lazima kusiwepo na vipimo viwili linga<strong>ni</strong>fu, kama vile<br />
vifungu v<strong>ya</strong> sheria vinavyohusu matajiri na vingine vinavyohusu <strong>wa</strong>kulima.<br />
Agano la Kale lilihitaji mfumo sa<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> adhabu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>za<strong>wa</strong> na k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>kazi <strong>wa</strong>ge<strong>ni</strong> (Kut. 12:49), “Msitende <strong>ya</strong>siyo haki katika hukumu,<br />
usimpendelee mtu maski<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>la kumstahi mwenye nguvu; bali utamhukumu<br />
jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> haki” (Law. 19:15). K<strong>wa</strong> sababu Mungu hulinda “madai <strong>ya</strong><br />
maski<strong>ni</strong>” (Mith. 29:7) na “maski<strong>ni</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>hitaji” (Mith. 31:9), Mithali 31:8-9<br />
inatuamuru sisi “Fumbua kiny<strong>wa</strong> chako, k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> bubu; k<strong>wa</strong> maana <strong>ya</strong><br />
hao wote <strong>wa</strong>lioweke<strong>wa</strong> anguko. Fumbua kiny<strong>wa</strong> chako, hukumu k<strong>wa</strong> haki,<br />
na tetea madai <strong>ya</strong> maski<strong>ni</strong> na wenye mahitaji”.<br />
Hivyo Biblia hupima haki <strong>ya</strong> nchi k<strong>wa</strong> jinsi i<strong>wa</strong>lindavyo <strong>wa</strong>lio dhaifu. Sio tu hali<br />
<strong>ya</strong> utajiri au daraja la viongozi iliyo muhimu, bali pia hali <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Kiserikali<br />
<strong>ni</strong> muhimu, tena hali <strong>ya</strong> vikundi vidogo v<strong>ya</strong> Kikristo nayo pia <strong>ni</strong> muhimu. Sio tu<br />
hali <strong>ya</strong> mahakimu wenye fedha na mamlaka kulinda haki zao iliyo muhimu, bali<br />
pia hali za maski<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>jane na ma<strong>ya</strong>tima <strong>wa</strong><strong>wa</strong>po mahakama<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Mungu <strong>ni</strong> Mwumba na B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu wote. Anatutarajia tutendeane sisi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sisi kama mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke na viumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke – binadamu <strong>wa</strong> kujishughulisha na<br />
binadamu, si <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma.
Agano la Kale Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Utoaji Mimba 105<br />
AGANO LA KALE DHIDI YA UTOAJI MIMBA<br />
(1993/2000)<br />
Thomas Schirrmacher (Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> katika Kiingereza na Cambron Teupe).<br />
Utoaji Mimba <strong>ni</strong> Uuaji<br />
Dietrich Bonhoeffer mara moja alisha<strong>wa</strong>hi kuelezea mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kimapokeo <strong>juu</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> utoaji mimba k<strong>wa</strong> maneno <strong>ya</strong>fuatayo <strong>ya</strong>liyochaguli<strong>wa</strong> vema, “Ndoa<br />
haitenga<strong>ni</strong>shwi na utambuzi <strong>wa</strong> haki za mtoto aliye tumbo<strong>ni</strong> ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
haki zisizo katika matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zazi. Wakati haki hizi zisipotambuli<strong>wa</strong>, ndoa<br />
huacha ku<strong>wa</strong> ndoa, na ku<strong>wa</strong> uhusiano <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida tu… kuua uzao katika tumbo<br />
la mama <strong>ya</strong>ke huenda kinyume cha haki <strong>ya</strong> kuishi <strong>ya</strong> mtoto iliyotole<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Mungu. S<strong>wa</strong>li k<strong>wa</strong>mba tunda la tumbo li binadamu ta<strong>ya</strong>ri au la <strong>ni</strong> uchangan<strong>ya</strong>ji<br />
<strong>wa</strong> jambo. Ukweli <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mungu alikusudia kumwumba binadamu, na<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba binadamu huyu maisha <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong>mekab<strong>wa</strong>. Hilo <strong>ni</strong> jambo ga<strong>ni</strong> kama sio<br />
uuaji?”. 138<br />
Hakuna hali, hata iwe ngumu namna ga<strong>ni</strong> iwezayo kubadili ukweli huu.<br />
Bonhoeffer anaendelea, “k<strong>wa</strong>mba makusudi <strong>ya</strong> kitendo hicho hutofautiana,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba jukumu laweza ku<strong>wa</strong> la kijamii zaidi kuliko mtu mmoja mmoja, <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />
tendo litokanapo na vina v<strong>ya</strong> kuteng<strong>wa</strong> na mashaka, k<strong>wa</strong>mba fedha zaweza<br />
kufidia ujinga mwingi, <strong>wa</strong>kati maski<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> maski<strong>ni</strong>, ambao ha<strong>wa</strong>kuchagua<br />
kuendelea na tendo hilo pasipo kusudio kuu; <strong>wa</strong>nakamat<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> urahisi, hili<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi linahurusu mahusiano binafsi <strong>ya</strong> mshauri na mtu binafsi, laki<strong>ni</strong><br />
haibadilishi kitu katika ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba uuaji umefanyika”. 139<br />
Kadinali Josef Ratzinger ameonesha <strong>wa</strong>zi ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kitheonomi* <strong>wa</strong><br />
sheria tu uwezao kudhami<strong>ni</strong> kutokiuk<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ubinadamu katika hali zote. Nia <strong>ya</strong><br />
jamii haijitoshelezi. 140 Upinza<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kikristo dhidi <strong>ya</strong> utoaji mimba, na<br />
upambanuzi <strong>wa</strong> uuaji <strong>wa</strong> mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> na uuaji <strong>wa</strong> mtu<br />
aliyekwishazali<strong>wa</strong> unajikita:<br />
1. <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> jumla <strong>wa</strong> uuaji katika Amri Kumi,<br />
2. <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maelezo <strong>ya</strong> kibiblia <strong>ya</strong> ‘uzao <strong>wa</strong> mwili’ kama baraka,<br />
138 Dietrich Bonhoeffer. Ethic. Chr. Kaiser: München, 1949. S. 118. Tazama pia Henri van Straelen.<br />
Abtreibung. Abtreibung: Die grosse Entscheidung. Josef Habbel: Regensburg, 1974. op. cit. uk. 70 – 71<br />
kuhusu msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Bonhoeffer na Karl Barth <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> utoaji mimba.<br />
139 Dietrich Bonhoeffer. Ethik. a. a. O. S. 18 – 119. Bonhoeffer anapinga utoaji mimba, hata kama maisha <strong>ya</strong><br />
mama <strong>ya</strong>ko hatari<strong>ni</strong>. Rud., uk. 119, note 6.<br />
140 Lucio Brunnelli. “Ratzingers Plan für die Enzyklika”. 30 Tage und die Welt 2 (1992) 5 (Mai): 28-31, hapa<br />
uk. 31
106 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
3. <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kibiblia <strong>wa</strong> mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> kama binadamu<br />
awezaye ku<strong>wa</strong> na uhusiano na Mungu.<br />
4. <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kutoka 21:22 – 25.<br />
Kamwe, Mungu hajaipa taasisi yoyote haki <strong>ya</strong> kuua mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong><br />
ambaye <strong>ni</strong> mwenye haki katika macho <strong>ya</strong> kila mahakama halali <strong>ya</strong> kisheria.<br />
Uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> Uuaji katika Amri Kumi<br />
Amri Kumi zinasema, “Usiue” (Kutoka 20:13; Kumb. 5:16; Mat. 5:21), ambapo<br />
hujumuisha uuaji wowote usio halali. Hadhari* zinaruhusi<strong>wa</strong> tu mahali ambapo<br />
Mungu mwenyewe katika maelezo ameruhusu au ameamuru, kama ilivyo katika<br />
suala la hukumu <strong>ya</strong> kifo kisheria (Mw. 9:5-6; Kutoka 22:1-2; Rum. 13:3-4; Mdo<br />
25:11), kujilinda (Kutoka 22:1-2) au kulinda nchi (Neh. 4:8+14; Rum 13;4) 141 .<br />
Kamwe Mungu hajaipa taasisi yoyote haki <strong>ya</strong> kuua mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
ambaye <strong>ni</strong> mwenye haki katika macho <strong>ya</strong> kila mahakama halali <strong>ya</strong> kisheria.<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale hairuhusu hata <strong>wa</strong>zazi ku<strong>wa</strong>hukumu <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>o.<br />
Vijana <strong>wa</strong>lio<strong>wa</strong>tisha <strong>wa</strong>zazi <strong>wa</strong>o, ambao <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tuhumi<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ukosefu <strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ni</strong>dhamu, <strong>wa</strong>lipas<strong>wa</strong> kupelek<strong>wa</strong> mahakama<strong>ni</strong>. Adhabu ilifany<strong>wa</strong> na serikali<br />
(Kumb 21:18-21). Mamlaka <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zazi <strong>ya</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> na mipaka katika ‘<strong>ni</strong>dhamu’<br />
(Mith. 19:18). Ni serikali pekee yenye uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kutekeleza adhabu kali.<br />
Warumi <strong>wa</strong>limruhusu baba ku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo usio na mpaka <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>ke,<br />
kabla na baada <strong>ya</strong> kifo, hivyo basi angeweza hata ku<strong>wa</strong>angamiza. 142 Oehler<br />
akiandika <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale asema, “Hata haki <strong>ya</strong> binadamu <strong>ya</strong> mzazi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>ni</strong> yenye mpaka - kinyume na sheria za <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine <strong>wa</strong> kale; baba<br />
anataj<strong>wa</strong> kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na haki <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maisha au kifo cha <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>ke, tofauti na<br />
ilivyo katika sheria <strong>ya</strong> Kirumi..., <strong>wa</strong>zazi <strong>wa</strong>napas<strong>wa</strong> kumleta mtoto <strong>wa</strong>o m<strong>wa</strong>si<br />
mbele <strong>ya</strong> mahakama.” 143 Mataifa mengine mengi <strong>ya</strong>liruhusu familia<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>adhibu <strong>wa</strong>nafamilia <strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe. 144<br />
Yeyote a<strong>wa</strong>paye <strong>wa</strong>zazi haki <strong>ya</strong> kutoa mimba hukataa kila kitu ambacho Biblia<br />
hufundisha <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> majukumu na maana <strong>ya</strong> uzazi.<br />
141 Tazama pia Ray. R. Sutton. Who Owns the Family: God or the State? Biblical Blueprints Series 3. Domi<strong>ni</strong>on<br />
Press: Ft. Worth (TX); Thomas Nelson: Nashville (NY), 1987. S. 40-5; Rousas J. Rushdoony. The Institutes<br />
of Biblical of Law. ob. Cit., uk. 185-191<br />
142 Achim Keller. Die Abortiva der Römischen Kaiserzeit. Quellen und Studien zur Geschichte der Pharmazie<br />
46. Deutscher Apotheker Verlag: Stuttgart, 1988. uk. 23.<br />
143 Gustav Friedrich Oehler. Theologies des Alten Testaments J. F. Steinkopf: Stuttgart, 1891 3 . uk. 372 (sic).<br />
144 Mifano na kumbukumbu katika Carle G. Zimmerman. Family and Civilization. Harper & Brothers: New<br />
York / London, 1947. kk. 359 – 383
Agano la Kale Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Utoaji Mimba 107<br />
Watoto <strong>ni</strong> Baraka<br />
Mtunga Zaburi Sulema<strong>ni</strong> alimwona mtoto ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> za<strong>wa</strong>di kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
kabla hata <strong>ya</strong> kuzali<strong>wa</strong> (Zab. 127:3-5), “Tazama! Watoto <strong>ni</strong> urithi <strong>wa</strong> BWANA,<br />
na uzao <strong>wa</strong> tumbo <strong>ni</strong> za<strong>wa</strong>di”. Katika Zab. 128:3+6, <strong>wa</strong>toto na <strong>wa</strong>jukuu <strong>ni</strong><br />
sehemu <strong>ya</strong> baraka maalum za Mungu. Hivyo Yakobo anaongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> “mibaraka<br />
<strong>ya</strong> mazi<strong>wa</strong>, na <strong>ya</strong> tumbo” (M<strong>wa</strong> 49:25). Baraka za Mungu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uzao <strong>wa</strong> tumbo<br />
<strong>ni</strong> za<strong>wa</strong>di maalumu (Kumb 7:13-14), <strong>ni</strong> moja <strong>ya</strong> matokeo <strong>ya</strong> utii k<strong>wa</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
(Kumb. 28:4). Ku<strong>wa</strong>pa <strong>wa</strong>zazi haki <strong>ya</strong> kutoa mimba za <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>o ambao<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>jazali<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kukataa yote ambayo Biblia hufunza <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> majukumu na<br />
maana <strong>ya</strong> uzazi.<br />
Ni Mungu pekee awezaye kutupa <strong>wa</strong>toto, kama ambavyo Agano la Kale<br />
linadhihirisha <strong>wa</strong>zi katika suala la utasa. Mabibi <strong>wa</strong> Israeli; Sara, Rebeka na<br />
Raheli, tangu m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> tasa, na <strong>wa</strong>libeba mimba pindi tu Mungu<br />
alipoingilia kati. Wakati Raheli anadai muujiza kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> mumewe, “Nipe<br />
<strong>wa</strong>toto; kama sivyo <strong>ni</strong>takufa”, Yakobo anajibu, “Je! Mimi <strong>ni</strong> badala <strong>ya</strong> Mungu,<br />
aliyekuzuilia uzao <strong>wa</strong> tumbo?” (M<strong>wa</strong>. 30:1-2). Hana, mama <strong>ya</strong>ke Samweli,<br />
alikutana na jambo lile lile (1 Sam. 2:1-2) na anamsifu B<strong>wa</strong>na k<strong>wa</strong> furaha kuu<br />
baada <strong>ya</strong> kumzaa m<strong>wa</strong>nawe (1 Sam 2:1-10). Katika Zaburi 113:9, Mungu<br />
anasifi<strong>wa</strong>, “Humfan<strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>namke tasa kutunza nyumba, na ku<strong>wa</strong> mama<br />
<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>toto mwenye furaha”. Watoto <strong>ni</strong> heshima na furaha <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zazi <strong>wa</strong>o (Zab.<br />
144:12).<br />
Katika Biblia, mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> binadamu mwenye mahusiano na<br />
Mungu.<br />
Mtoto ambaye Hajazali<strong>wa</strong> ana Mahusiano na Mungu<br />
Biblia haijishughulishi tu na s<strong>wa</strong>li finyu la kibaolojia<br />
Mtoto ambaye Hajazali<strong>wa</strong> ana Mahusiano na Mungu<br />
1) Ima<strong>ni</strong> katika Mungu<br />
Zaburi 71:6, “Nimekutegemea wewe tangu kuzali<strong>wa</strong>, ndiwe uliye<strong>ni</strong>toa<br />
tumbo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> mama <strong>ya</strong>ngu, nakusifu wewe daima”.<br />
Zaburi 22:10 “K<strong>wa</strong>ko nalitup<strong>wa</strong> tangu tumbo<strong>ni</strong>, toka tumbo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> mamangu<br />
ndiwe Mungu <strong>wa</strong>ngu”.
108 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
2) Wito na Utakaso<br />
Yeremia 1:5, “Kabla sijakuumba katika tumbo nalikujua, na kabla hujatoka<br />
tumbo<strong>ni</strong>, nalikutakasa; <strong>ni</strong>mekuweka ku<strong>wa</strong> nabii <strong>wa</strong> mataifa”.<br />
Warumi 9:11, M<strong>wa</strong>. 25:22-26 (k<strong>wa</strong> maana kabla ha<strong>wa</strong>jazali<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>toto,<br />
kamwe <strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>jafan<strong>ya</strong> jema <strong>wa</strong>la ovu, k<strong>wa</strong>mba kusudi la Mungu<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> uchaguzi* ili liweze kusimama, si k<strong>wa</strong> matendo, bali k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu <strong>ya</strong> <strong>ni</strong>a <strong>ya</strong>ke aitaye), 12 aliambi<strong>wa</strong> hivi, Mkub<strong>wa</strong> atamtumikia mdogo.<br />
13 Kama ilivyoandik<strong>wa</strong>, Nimempeda Yakobo, bali Esau <strong>ni</strong>memchukia.<br />
(Hakuna mtoto ambaye aliku<strong>wa</strong> kafan<strong>ya</strong> jambo lolote ovu, laki<strong>ni</strong> Yakobo<br />
aliku<strong>wa</strong> ta<strong>ya</strong>ri keshait<strong>wa</strong> na Mungu kabla <strong>ya</strong> kuzali<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke).<br />
Luka 1:15, (Malaika anam<strong>wa</strong>mbia Zakaria <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mtoto <strong>wa</strong>ke ambaye<br />
hajazali<strong>wa</strong>, Yohana Mbatizaji) “K<strong>wa</strong> sababu ataku<strong>wa</strong> mkuu mbele za B<strong>wa</strong>na;<br />
hatakuny<strong>wa</strong> divai <strong>wa</strong>la kileo; naye atajaz<strong>wa</strong> Roho Mtakatifu hata tumbo<strong>ni</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong> mamaye.”<br />
Luka 1: 41 – 44, (Yohana Mbatizaji ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> anamsalimu Yesu,<br />
ambaye bado yu tumbo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> Mariamu) “Nayo ika<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba, Elizabeti<br />
aliposikia salamu <strong>ya</strong> Mariamu, kitoto kichanga kikaruka nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> tumbo<br />
lake; na Elizabeti akajaz<strong>wa</strong> Roho Mtakatifu; 42 akapaza sauti k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu<br />
akasema, Umebariki<strong>wa</strong> wewe miongo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke, na uzao <strong>wa</strong><br />
tumbo lako umebariki<strong>wa</strong>. 43 Lime<strong>ni</strong>tokeaje neno hili, k<strong>wa</strong>mba mama <strong>wa</strong><br />
B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong>ngu aje k<strong>wa</strong>ngu? 44 Maana, tazama, mara sauti <strong>ya</strong> kuamkia<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>ko iliposikika masikio<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ngu, kitoto kichanga kikaruka k<strong>wa</strong><br />
shangwe tumbo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ngu”.<br />
Waamuzi 13:5-7, (malaika kuhusu Samso<strong>ni</strong>) “K<strong>wa</strong> maana, tazama,<br />
utachukua mimba, na kumzaa mtoto m<strong>wa</strong>namume; na hakuna wembe<br />
utakaopita <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kich<strong>wa</strong> chake; maana mtoto huyo ataku<strong>wa</strong> Mnadhiri<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu tangu tumbo<strong>ni</strong>; naye ataanza ku<strong>wa</strong>komboa Israeli kutoka<br />
katika mikono <strong>ya</strong> Wafilisti. Ndipo yule m<strong>wa</strong>namke akaja na kum<strong>wa</strong>mbia<br />
mumewe, akisema, Mtu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu alikuja k<strong>wa</strong>ngu, na mwonekano <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />
uliku<strong>wa</strong> kama mwonekano <strong>wa</strong> malaika <strong>wa</strong> Mungu, <strong>wa</strong> kutisha sana; laki<strong>ni</strong><br />
sikumwuliza alikotoka, <strong>wa</strong>la haku<strong>ni</strong>ambia jina lake; laki<strong>ni</strong> aka<strong>ni</strong>ambia,<br />
Tazama, utachukua mimba, na kumzaa mtoto m<strong>wa</strong>namume; na tangu<br />
sasa usinywe divai <strong>wa</strong>la kiny<strong>wa</strong>ji kikali, <strong>wa</strong>la usile kitu kilicho najisi: k<strong>wa</strong><br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> mtoto huyo ataku<strong>wa</strong> Mnadhiri k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu tangu tumbo<strong>ni</strong>, hata<br />
siku <strong>ya</strong> kufa k<strong>wa</strong>ke”.<br />
Isa<strong>ya</strong> 49:1, “Nisikilize<strong>ni</strong>, enyi visi<strong>wa</strong>; tege<strong>ni</strong> masikio yenu, enyi kabila za <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />
mlio mbali sana; BWANA ame<strong>ni</strong>ita tangu tumbo<strong>ni</strong>; toka tumbo la mama <strong>ya</strong>ngu<br />
ame<strong>ni</strong>taja jina langu”.<br />
Wagalatia 1:15 “Laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ilipompendeza Mungu, aliye<strong>ni</strong>tenga tangu<br />
tumbo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> mama <strong>ya</strong>ngu, na ku<strong>ni</strong>ita k<strong>wa</strong> neema <strong>ya</strong>ke…”
Agano la Kale Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Utoaji Mimba 109<br />
3) Kuumb<strong>wa</strong><br />
Ayubu 10:8 “Mikono <strong>ya</strong>ko ime<strong>ni</strong>umba na ku<strong>ni</strong>fin<strong>ya</strong>nga; nawe <strong>wa</strong>geuka<br />
ku<strong>ni</strong>angamiza. 9 Kumbuka, nakusihi k<strong>wa</strong>mba ume<strong>ni</strong>fin<strong>ya</strong>nga kama vile<br />
udongo; je! Uta<strong>ni</strong>rudisha mavumbi<strong>ni</strong> tena? 10 Si wewe uliye<strong>ni</strong>mimina<br />
kama mazi<strong>wa</strong>, na ku<strong>ni</strong>gandisha mfano <strong>wa</strong> jibi<strong>ni</strong>? 11 Ume<strong>ni</strong>vika ngozi na<br />
n<strong>ya</strong>ma, na ku<strong>ni</strong>unga pamoja k<strong>wa</strong> mifupa na mishipa. 12 Ume<strong>ni</strong>patia uhai<br />
na upendeleo, na maangalizi <strong>ya</strong>ko <strong>ya</strong>meitunza roho <strong>ya</strong>ngu”.<br />
Zaburi 139:13–16 “13 Maana wewe ume<strong>ni</strong>umba mishipa <strong>ya</strong>ngu,<br />
ume<strong>ni</strong>fu<strong>ni</strong>ka tumbo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> mama <strong>ya</strong>ngu. 14 Nitakusifu k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ni</strong>meumb<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> jinsi <strong>ya</strong> ajabu <strong>ya</strong> kutisha. Kazi zako <strong>ni</strong> za ajabu, na nafsi<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ngu <strong>ya</strong>jua vema. 15 Chembechembe zangu hazikufichika mbele <strong>ya</strong>ko,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>ni</strong>lipoumb<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> siri, <strong>ni</strong>lipoung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ustadi pande za chi<strong>ni</strong> za<br />
nchi; 16 Macho <strong>ya</strong>ko <strong>ya</strong>liziona chembechembe zangu, kabla sijakamilika;<br />
na kitabu<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ko viungo v<strong>ya</strong>ngu vyote viliandik<strong>wa</strong>, ambavyo k<strong>wa</strong><br />
uendelevu vilifin<strong>ya</strong>ng<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>kati havijaku<strong>wa</strong>po hata kimoja kati <strong>ya</strong>vyo”.<br />
Ayubu 31:15 “Je! Si yeye aliye<strong>ni</strong>umba mimi tumbo<strong>ni</strong>, aliyemwumba na<br />
yeye? Na si yeye mmoja aliyetufin<strong>ya</strong>nga sisi tumbo<strong>ni</strong>?”<br />
Isa<strong>ya</strong> 44:2 “BWANA, aliyekuumba, na kukufin<strong>ya</strong>nga tangu tumbo<strong>ni</strong>, yeye<br />
atakayekusaidia, asema hivi; usiogope, Ee Yakobo, mtumishi <strong>wa</strong>ngu; na<br />
wewe, Yeshuru<strong>ni</strong>, <strong>ni</strong>lio<strong>wa</strong>chagua”.<br />
Isa<strong>ya</strong> 44:24 “BWANA, mkombozi <strong>wa</strong>ko, yeye aliyekuumba tangu tumbo<strong>ni</strong>,<br />
asema hivi...”<br />
4) Dhambi, Dhambi <strong>ya</strong> Asili<br />
Hosea 12:3, (Kuhusu Yakobo) “Tumbo<strong>ni</strong> alimshika ndugu <strong>ya</strong>ke kisigino; na<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu zake aliku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu…”<br />
Zaburi 51:5, “Tazama mimi naliumb<strong>wa</strong> katika hali <strong>ya</strong> uovu; na katika hali<br />
<strong>ya</strong> dhambi mama <strong>ya</strong>ngu ali<strong>ni</strong>chukua mimba<strong>ni</strong>”. 145<br />
Zaburi 58:3, “Waovu <strong>wa</strong>meteng<strong>wa</strong> tangu tumbo<strong>ni</strong>; huenda upotevu<strong>ni</strong><br />
mara tu <strong>wa</strong>napozali<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>kisema uongo”.<br />
Isa<strong>ya</strong> 48:8 “Naam hukusikia; naam, hukujua; naam, tokea zama<strong>ni</strong> sikio<br />
lako halikuzibuka; maana nalijua <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> wewe utatenda k<strong>wa</strong> hila sana,<br />
nawe umeit<strong>wa</strong> mkosaji tangu tumbo<strong>ni</strong>”.<br />
[Angalizo: Mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> hajatenda matendo yoyote <strong>ya</strong> dhambi<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Warumi 9:11 <strong>ya</strong>sema <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>mba si Yakobo <strong>wa</strong>la Esau aliyefan<strong>ya</strong><br />
jema au ba<strong>ya</strong> kabla <strong>ya</strong> kuzali<strong>wa</strong> (tazama hapo <strong>juu</strong>)].<br />
145 Rejea <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida kuhusu kifungu hiki hususa<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Kenneth L. Gentry. The Christian Case Against Abortion<br />
(Buch). a. a. O. S. 24 – 43.
110 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
la <strong>wa</strong>kati ga<strong>ni</strong> maisha huanza; 146 mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> binadamu mwenye<br />
mahusiano na Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong> mema na k<strong>wa</strong> maba<strong>ya</strong>. 147 Utengano mbali na Mungu<br />
uliosababish<strong>wa</strong> na anguko hum<strong>wa</strong>thiri mtoto a<strong>wa</strong>po katika tumbo la mama <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> “katika hali <strong>ya</strong> dhambi mama <strong>ya</strong>ngu ali<strong>ni</strong>chukua mimba<strong>ni</strong> ” (Zab.<br />
51: 5; 148 tazama pia Zab. 58:3 na Isa. 48:8). Yakobo alimdangan<strong>ya</strong> kaka <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lipoku<strong>wa</strong> tumbo<strong>ni</strong> (Hos. 12:3).<br />
Wakati ule ule, mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> ta<strong>ya</strong>ri <strong>ni</strong> kiumbe binafsi <strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
(Zab. 139:13, 16; Ayu 31:15; Isa 44: 2 + 24) Manabii na <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>liit<strong>wa</strong> na kutakas<strong>wa</strong> kabla ha<strong>wa</strong>jazali<strong>wa</strong> (Yer. 1:5, Waamuzi 14:5+7; Isa 49:1;<br />
Luka 1: 15+41; 1:44, Gal. 1:15). Yohana Mbatizaji alijaz<strong>wa</strong> na Roho Mtakatifu<br />
na kuruka k<strong>wa</strong> furaha katika tumbo la mamaye, <strong>wa</strong>kati Yesu alipochukua nafasi<br />
katika tumbo la Mariamu (Luka 1:41–44). Ta<strong>ya</strong>ri Yesu aliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Mungu<br />
kamili, na mtu kamili, Masihi <strong>wa</strong> Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi na Mwokozi <strong>wa</strong> ulimwengu tangu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> kutungish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke, k<strong>wa</strong> maana alifany<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>na k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> Roho<br />
Mtakatifu.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> sababu mwili na roho havitenga<strong>ni</strong>shwi katika Biblia hakuna kipindi<br />
chochote cha <strong>wa</strong>kati ambacho k<strong>wa</strong>cho roho huingia katika mwili, jambo<br />
lililoku<strong>wa</strong> mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Wagiriki, Warumi, Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>wa</strong> Kihele<strong>ni</strong>stiki* na<br />
baadhi <strong>ya</strong> mababu <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa. Wazo la kipaga<strong>ni</strong> la roho kuingia katika mwili,<br />
lililokatali<strong>wa</strong> zama<strong>ni</strong> na mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Kikristo, hivi karibu<strong>ni</strong> limefufuli<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tetezi <strong>wa</strong> utoaji mimba, ambao huona kii<strong>ni</strong> tete* ku<strong>wa</strong> hakija<strong>wa</strong> binadamu<br />
kamili.<br />
Kutoka 21:22-25<br />
Ni kifungu kimoja tu cha kisheria katika Agano la Kale, Kutoka 21:22–25,<br />
ambacho hujishughulisha na mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kisheria <strong>wa</strong> utoaji mimba. 149 Utaratibu<br />
haujishughulishi na utoaji mimba <strong>wa</strong> makusudi bali na uuaji <strong>wa</strong> kutokukusudia<br />
<strong>wa</strong> mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> kutokana na vurugu za ovyo dhidi <strong>ya</strong> mama. Hata<br />
hivyo, <strong>ni</strong> lazima kifungu hiki kilinga<strong>ni</strong>she uuaji <strong>wa</strong> mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
uuaji <strong>wa</strong> mtu mzima, kanu<strong>ni</strong> hii <strong>ya</strong>weza kuhamishi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> utoaji mimba.<br />
Bila kutarajia, <strong>wa</strong>fasili ha<strong>wa</strong>jakubaliana <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> maana <strong>ya</strong> kifungu hiki; wengi<br />
huami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kinalinga<strong>ni</strong>sha mauaji <strong>ya</strong> mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>ya</strong>le <strong>ya</strong> mtu<br />
mzima, laki<strong>ni</strong> wengine huami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hukumu binafsi inahitajika tu kifo cha<br />
mama kitokeapo, <strong>wa</strong>kati kifo cha mtoto ambaye hajazali<strong>wa</strong> kinahukumi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
146 Tazama pia majadiliano bora kabisa katika Ankerberg, John Weldon. When Does Life Begin? Wolgemuth &<br />
H<strong>ya</strong>tt: Brentwood (TN), 1989, vilevile katika kazi ifaayo <strong>ya</strong> Mrs. J. C. Willke. Handbook on Abortion.<br />
Hayes: Cincinnati (OH), 1979 3<br />
147 Werner Neuer. “Wann beginnt das menschliche Leben?”. Factum 9/1982: 27-29<br />
148 Kuhusu matumizi <strong>ya</strong> Zaburi 51 kama hoja dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Utoaji mimba katika “Report of the Committee to Study<br />
the Matter of Abortion”. S. 83 – 122 in: John M. Frame. Medical Ethics: Principles, Persons and Problems.<br />
Presbyterian & Reformed: Phillipsburg (NJ). 1988. kk. 94-95+106-107.<br />
149 Gordon Wenham. “Law and the Legal System in the Old Testament”. P. 3-23 in: Bruce Kaye, Gordon<br />
Wenham (Ed.) Law, Morality and the Bible. Inter-Varsity Press: Leicester (GB), 1978, uk. 3-34 (na rejea za<br />
machapisho).
Agano la Kale Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Utoaji Mimba 111<br />
fai<strong>ni</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> hali yoyote ile, sote tuone hili, mtu yule asababishaye kifo cha mtoto<br />
anastahili adhabu <strong>ya</strong> kisheria!<br />
“Kama <strong>wa</strong>naume <strong>wa</strong>napambana, <strong>wa</strong>kamdhuru m<strong>wa</strong>namke mwenye mtoto,<br />
hivyo (tukio la k<strong>wa</strong>nza) uzao <strong>wa</strong>ke ukamtoka, laki<strong>ni</strong> hakuna madhara<br />
<strong>ya</strong>liyofuatia, hakika ataadhibi<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> mume <strong>wa</strong> huyo m<strong>wa</strong>namke<br />
atakavyodai <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke; na atalipa kama mahakimu <strong>wa</strong>takavyoona. (Tukio la<br />
pili) Na kama madhara <strong>ya</strong>tafuatia, basi atalipa uhai k<strong>wa</strong> uhai, jicho k<strong>wa</strong> jicho,<br />
jino k<strong>wa</strong> jino, mkono k<strong>wa</strong> mkono, mguu k<strong>wa</strong> mguu, kuungua k<strong>wa</strong> kuungua,<br />
jeraha k<strong>wa</strong> jeraha, chubuko k<strong>wa</strong> chubuko.” (Kutoka 21:22-25).<br />
Hali <strong>ya</strong> kutokubaliana baina <strong>ya</strong> mitazamo miwili inahusisha tofauti kati <strong>ya</strong><br />
kuharibika k<strong>wa</strong> mimba (<strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>naotole<strong>wa</strong>) na uzaaji kabla <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati (<strong>wa</strong>toto<br />
<strong>wa</strong>naotoka wenyewe nje):<br />
a) Baadhi <strong>ya</strong> Wanatheolojia hufasili kifungu hiki kumaa<strong>ni</strong>sha k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>toto<br />
‘<strong>wa</strong>natole<strong>wa</strong>’, kitendo ambacho kinafidi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> fai<strong>ni</strong>. ‘Madhara’ <strong>ya</strong>namhusu<br />
mama pekee. I<strong>wa</strong>po anateseka k<strong>wa</strong> madhara, basi hukumu inapas<strong>wa</strong> kuwek<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kulingana na ‘lex talio<strong>ni</strong>s’, 150 ambayo <strong>ya</strong>weza kwenda umbali <strong>wa</strong> “uhai k<strong>wa</strong><br />
uhai” ambavyo <strong>ni</strong> hukumu <strong>ya</strong> kifo. Upande wenye hatia unahukumi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> fai<strong>ni</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> kifo cha mtoto, na hukumu kuu k<strong>wa</strong> kifo cha mama.<br />
b) Wafasili wengi hufasili neno hilo kumaa<strong>ni</strong>sha k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>toto ‘hutoka’ na<br />
hivyo <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zima. Iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>naishi, upande wenye hatia <strong>ni</strong> lazima ulipe fai<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Madhara yoyote <strong>ya</strong> kimwili k<strong>wa</strong> mama au mtoto, iki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> pamoja na vifo v<strong>ya</strong>o,<br />
huufan<strong>ya</strong> upande wenye hatia ku<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ‘lex talio<strong>ni</strong>s’’ ikijumuisha hukumu<br />
<strong>ya</strong> kifo i<strong>wa</strong>po mtoto au mama anafariki. <strong>Sheria</strong> ina<strong>wa</strong>weka sa<strong>wa</strong> mtoto na mtu<br />
mzima.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> muda mrefu Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>mechukulia suluhisho la pili kama hoja madhubuti<br />
dhidi <strong>ya</strong> utoaji mimba, laki<strong>ni</strong> kutokana na umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> kii<strong>ni</strong> cha kifungu,<br />
uhakiki <strong>wa</strong> kihistoria umekuza suluhisho la k<strong>wa</strong>nza, ambalo linageuza maana <strong>ya</strong><br />
kifungu hiki kich<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> mao<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ngu k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kuna sababu za kutosha<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> pili, t<strong>wa</strong>weza kuendelea kusisitiza pasipo kurudi nyuma k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />
mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kimapokeo <strong>ni</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. 151 Hakuna uhalalishaji wowote <strong>wa</strong><br />
kiisimu* k<strong>wa</strong> tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> mstari <strong>wa</strong> 22 ambao unaweka mipaka <strong>ya</strong> madhara k<strong>wa</strong><br />
uharibikaji <strong>wa</strong> mimba 152 , inga<strong>wa</strong> fasili nyingi hukubaliana na suluhisho la<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>nza k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia “uzao <strong>wa</strong> tumbo unatole<strong>wa</strong>.” Kifungu hakisemi, “uzao <strong>wa</strong><br />
150 ‘Lex talio<strong>ni</strong>s’ haikutekelez<strong>wa</strong> kihalisia, laki<strong>ni</strong> ilisuluhish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> fai<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
151 Uhakiki-usuli (Exegesis) na matumzi <strong>ya</strong> tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> pili <strong>ya</strong> maadili: Carl F. Keil. Genesis und Exodus.<br />
Brunne Verlag: Gieâen, 1983 4 (Toleo-rudufu 187 3 ). uk. 25-526; Umberto Cassuto. A Commentary on the<br />
Book of Exodus. Magnes: Jerusalem, 1974, uk. 275; Normal Geisler. Christian Ethics: Options and Issues.<br />
Baker Book House: Grand Rapids (MI), 1989. S. 145; 1. Gleason L. Archer. Encyclopedia of Bible<br />
Difficulties. Zondervan: Grand Rapids (MI), 1982. uk. 247-249 : 2Mose 21, 22-25; Walter Kaiser. To<strong>wa</strong>rds<br />
Old Testament Ethics. Zondervan: Grand Rapids (MI), 1978. uk. 168-172+102-104; Gary North. Tools of<br />
Domi<strong>ni</strong>on. Op.cit. (Index); James B. Jordan. The Law of the Covenant: An Exposition of Exodus 21-23.<br />
Institute for Christian Economics Tyler (TX), 1984. uk. 113-115; Kenneth L. Gentry. The Christian Case<br />
Against Law”. Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty Today 17 (1972 – 73): kk. 602-605.<br />
152 Rud. S. 604
112 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
tumbo”; istilahi i <strong>wa</strong>zi, ‘<strong>wa</strong>toto’, na tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> ‘<strong>wa</strong>natole<strong>wa</strong>’ kikamilifu inaweka<br />
mipaka <strong>ya</strong> maana <strong>ya</strong> kifungu, ambayo tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> ‘<strong>wa</strong>natoka’ haina.<br />
Hata hivyo <strong>ni</strong> lazima kifungu hiki kilinga<strong>ni</strong>she uuaji <strong>wa</strong> mtoto ambaye<br />
hajazali<strong>wa</strong> na uuaji <strong>wa</strong> mtu mzima na kanu<strong>ni</strong> hii <strong>ya</strong>weza kuhamishi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
utoaji mimba.<br />
Sinodi <strong>ya</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Kipresbiteria la Mareka<strong>ni</strong> (Presbyterian Church of America)<br />
hutoa hoja za kutumika k<strong>wa</strong> kifungu hiki katika utoaji mimba kama ifuatavyo: 153<br />
1. Neno ‘mtoto’ (Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a ‘yeled’) kamwe halitumiki k<strong>wa</strong> mtoto ambaye<br />
hajazali<strong>wa</strong>, bali k<strong>wa</strong> mtoto ambaye amekwishazali<strong>wa</strong>. Tukio la k<strong>wa</strong>nza,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>zi<strong>wa</strong>zi linajihusisha na mtoto ambaye amekwishazali<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
2. Maelezo ‘toka’ (Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a ‘<strong>ya</strong>tza’) huelezea kuzali<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mtoto, na <strong>wa</strong>la si kifo chake (M<strong>wa</strong>. 25:26; 38:28-30; Ayu 3:11; 10:18; Yer 1:5;<br />
20:18) na kamwe si uharibikaji <strong>wa</strong> mimba. Hadhari pekee, Hesabu 12:12<br />
huelezea kuzali<strong>wa</strong> kabla <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati.<br />
3. Neno ‘madhara’ (Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a ‘ason’) hutumika k<strong>wa</strong> wote mama na mtoto.<br />
Walter C. Kaiser anaonesha <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>mba, Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a kina neno k<strong>wa</strong> uharibikaji<br />
<strong>wa</strong> mimba au utoaji mimba. Nalo <strong>ni</strong> ‘meschalet’, ambalo halitumiwi katika<br />
kifungu hiki.<br />
153 Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Kipresbaiteria la Mareka<strong>ni</strong>, umenukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika: Joe Morecraft. ‘With Liberty and<br />
Justice for All’: Christian Politics Made Simple. On<strong>wa</strong>rd Press: Sevierville (TN), 1991. uk. 182-184. Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
la Kipresbaiteria la Kiothodoksi lilikuja na uhakiki-usuli na hitimisho 1971: “Report of the Committee to<br />
Study the Matter of Abortion”. op. cit., uk. 95-102+107-108 (Uhakiki-usuli ulio bora kabisa na hitimisho la<br />
Kut. 22:21-25 <strong>ni</strong>naoufahamu) Tazama pia. Report on Abortion To The New York & Philadelphia Synod<br />
November 1977. Reformed Episcopal Church: Philadelphia (PA), 1977
Rush<strong>wa</strong> na Ufisadi 113<br />
RUSHWA NA UFISADI (1998) 154<br />
Safari yetu <strong>ya</strong> kurudi kutoka Jakarta, mji mkuu <strong>wa</strong> Indonesia iliku<strong>wa</strong><br />
imeandali<strong>wa</strong> vema na tiketi ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ta<strong>ya</strong>ri, safari iliku<strong>wa</strong> imelipi<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kuthibitish<strong>wa</strong>, laki<strong>ni</strong> tulipokwenda kuhakikisha tuliambi<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> viti vyote<br />
viliku<strong>wa</strong> vimekwishachukuli<strong>wa</strong>. Malalamiko yetu ha<strong>ya</strong>kusaidia kitu, hivyo<br />
tulikaa wiki nzima isiyo njema <strong>ya</strong> majira <strong>ya</strong> mvua hapo Indonesia. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
matarajio, tuliweza kuishi na marafiki Wakristo. Kila siku, uzoefu ule ule viti<br />
viliku<strong>wa</strong> vimejaa. Hatimaye, shemeji <strong>ya</strong>ngu <strong>wa</strong> kiume, aishiye humo Indonesia<br />
alitueleza tatizo: Wakati mwendapo kuhakikisha, sehemu <strong>ya</strong> mapokezi ina ngazi<br />
mbili. Unaweka tiketi <strong>ya</strong>ko katika ngazi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>juu</strong> na za<strong>wa</strong>di <strong>ya</strong>ko ngazi <strong>ya</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Tulipofan<strong>ya</strong> hivyo tulipata viti vyetu haraka. Maafisa <strong>wa</strong>liopo katika da<strong>wa</strong>ti lile<br />
hupata mshahara mdogo, hivyo serikali inadha<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>taufan<strong>ya</strong> mshahara<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> bora k<strong>wa</strong> rush<strong>wa</strong> – dhamana k<strong>wa</strong> mzunguko usiokwisha.<br />
Hiyo <strong>ni</strong> miaka kumi na mitano iliyopita, na tuliku<strong>wa</strong> na furaha kurudi Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong><br />
penye kutumai<strong>ni</strong>ka. Laki<strong>ni</strong> makala – pend<strong>wa</strong> na kesi za kisheria zinadhihirisha<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba rush<strong>wa</strong> na ufisadi unakua hapa Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> katika mambo madogo sa<strong>wa</strong><br />
na mfano tulioutoa na katika masuala makub<strong>wa</strong>. Ukansela <strong>wa</strong> Rainer Barzel<br />
ulishind<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kura mbili, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>piga kura <strong>wa</strong>linunuli<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> Mashariki – Anguko la ukuta <strong>wa</strong> Berlin lilileta suala hili katika nuru.<br />
Vitu tulivyozoea kusikia tu kutoka katika Ulimwengu <strong>wa</strong> Tatu au kutoka Italia<br />
vinaku<strong>wa</strong> masuala <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida na <strong>ya</strong> kila siku. Nidhamu <strong>ya</strong> kinjozi <strong>ya</strong> Prussia,<br />
isiyoruhusu kisheria ufisadi inapotea katika juk<strong>wa</strong>a. Inga<strong>wa</strong> mahakama<br />
zaonekana kuongeza ukali katika kesi za rush<strong>wa</strong>, upakaji mafuta unaongezeka<br />
miongo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> polisi, maafisa <strong>wa</strong> ushuru, <strong>wa</strong>tumishi <strong>wa</strong> umma na taasisi za<br />
usimamizi. Ni <strong>wa</strong>chache tu <strong>wa</strong>tambuao k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ni</strong> matokeo <strong>ya</strong> kimantiki<br />
yenye <strong>ya</strong> kujitenga kwetu mbali na Ukristo. “Mtu mwovu hupokea rush<strong>wa</strong><br />
nyuma mgongo<strong>ni</strong> kupotosha njia za haki” (Mith. 17:23). Yeyote amkataaye<br />
Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Ukristo, anakataa jukumu lake la hakimu mkuu, ambaye haki <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
kamilifu na ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> ufisadi <strong>ni</strong> njia panda <strong>ya</strong> ukanaji <strong>wa</strong> kila upotoshaji <strong>wa</strong><br />
haki k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> tamaa <strong>ya</strong> fedha au k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> mamlaka, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Mungu<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Agano la Kale mara k<strong>wa</strong> mara anaelez<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> asiye na upendeleo, kama<br />
“Mungu mkuu, mwenye uweza, na <strong>wa</strong> kuogof<strong>ya</strong>, ambaye hajali nafsi za<br />
<strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>wa</strong>la kuchukua za<strong>wa</strong>di” (Kumb. 10:17) “K<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna uovu k<strong>wa</strong><br />
BWANA Mungu wetu, <strong>wa</strong>la kuheshimu nafsi za <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>wa</strong>la kupokea<br />
za<strong>wa</strong>di” (2 N<strong>ya</strong>kati 19:7).<br />
Katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, majaribu <strong>ya</strong> Yesu <strong>ni</strong> mfano sahihi. M<strong>wa</strong>nzo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> huduma<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke, alipas<strong>wa</strong> kuthibitisha uami<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>wa</strong>ke. Si mkate <strong>wa</strong>la mamlaka <strong>ya</strong>ngeweza<br />
154 Ilirudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> tena kutoka katika “Bribery and Corruption”. Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society 8 (1998) 1:5
114 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
kumwonga. Hata sheta<strong>ni</strong> alipom<strong>wa</strong>hidi mamlaka yote <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> falme za du<strong>ni</strong>a -<br />
rush<strong>wa</strong> kuu iliyopata kutole<strong>wa</strong> – Yesu hakurubu<strong>ni</strong><strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mamlaka<br />
<strong>wa</strong>la utajiri, laki<strong>ni</strong> alitii mapenzi <strong>ya</strong> Baba <strong>ya</strong>ke aliyeko mbingu<strong>ni</strong>. Alijiweka<br />
chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, si chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe.<br />
Hili laonesha ku<strong>wa</strong> Biblia huona rush<strong>wa</strong>, ufisadi na ukengeufu <strong>wa</strong> haki sio kitu<br />
kidogo bali somo linalota<strong>wa</strong>la. Dhamira* <strong>ya</strong> ufisadi inadhihirisha jinsi ambavyo<br />
dhambi ndogo binafsi na dhambi <strong>ya</strong> jamii zinavyoweza kuteng<strong>wa</strong> kila moja<br />
kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> nyenzake. Ufisadi daima huhusisha mtego mzima <strong>wa</strong> mifumo <strong>ya</strong><br />
uovu, na iwezayo kuharibu jamii nzima, k<strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong> viongozi toka n<strong>ya</strong>nja zote za<br />
jamii – ka<strong>ni</strong>sa, uchumi, serikali – <strong>wa</strong>namez<strong>wa</strong> nayo.<br />
Mzizi <strong>wa</strong> neno la Kiebra<strong>ni</strong>a tunalolitafsiri kama ‘rush<strong>wa</strong>’ kihalisi humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha<br />
uharibifu. Neno ‘ufisadi’ humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha ‘uharibifu’ au ‘uteketezaji’. Si k<strong>wa</strong> bahati<br />
Biblia <strong>ya</strong> Kilati<strong>ni</strong> hutumia neno ‘corruptio’ k<strong>wa</strong> dhambi <strong>ya</strong> asili. K<strong>wa</strong> maana<br />
Adamu na Ha<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>lidangany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> matumai<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mamlaka na ufahamu<br />
(“Mtaku<strong>wa</strong> kama Mungu”) na <strong>wa</strong>kaasi.<br />
Yawezekana hakuna andiko jingine lielezealo vema jinsi ufisadi unavyotafuna<br />
n<strong>ya</strong>nja zote za maisha na kuharibu jamii tokea <strong>juu</strong>, kuliko mashtaka <strong>ya</strong> nabii<br />
Mika: “Mta<strong>wa</strong>la aomba za<strong>wa</strong>di, hakimu anatafuta rush<strong>wa</strong>, na mtu mkuu<br />
anatamka matak<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke maovu, hivyo <strong>wa</strong>napanga pamoja” (Mika 7:3). ‘Mkono<br />
mmoja huosha mwingine’ hadi jamii inakamat<strong>wa</strong> katika mikono yenye nguvu <strong>ya</strong><br />
mtu mwovu ambaye mikono <strong>ya</strong>ke huota haraka pindi mtu aikatapo tu.<br />
Unabii Zaidi Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Ufisadi<br />
Isa<strong>ya</strong> 1:23, “Wata<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong>ko <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>asi, na marafiki <strong>wa</strong> wezi; kila mmoja<br />
hupenda rush<strong>wa</strong>, na hufuata za<strong>wa</strong>di. Ha<strong>wa</strong><strong>wa</strong>lindi <strong>wa</strong>sio na baba, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />
mashtaka <strong>ya</strong> mjane ha<strong>ya</strong>fiki mbele zao.”<br />
Isa<strong>ya</strong> 5:23, “Wanaomhalalisha mwovu k<strong>wa</strong> rush<strong>wa</strong>, na kumwondolea mwenye<br />
haki haki <strong>ya</strong>ke!”<br />
Amosi 5:12, “Maana mimi najua wingi <strong>wa</strong> dhambi zenu, na ukub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong><br />
dhambi zenu; mki<strong>wa</strong>onea wenye haki [na] kuchukua rush<strong>wa</strong>; na<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>geuza maski<strong>ni</strong> mlango<strong>ni</strong> [<strong>wa</strong>sipate haki].”<br />
Mara tofauti kati <strong>ya</strong> ulaghai na ufisadi itakapoku<strong>wa</strong> imekwishaondole<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />
taasisi zenye mamlaka, ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Mungu ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi kukwepa k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>meonesha upendeleo na <strong>wa</strong>meshind<strong>wa</strong> kuongea dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ufisadi na tamaa.<br />
Mika anaonesha makosa <strong>ya</strong> viongozi <strong>wa</strong> Israeli, “Wakuu <strong>wa</strong>ke huhukumu ili<br />
<strong>wa</strong>pate rush<strong>wa</strong>, na makuha<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke hufundisha ili <strong>wa</strong>pate malipo, na manabii<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke hubashili ili <strong>wa</strong>pate fedha” (Mika 3:11).<br />
Sio k<strong>wa</strong>mba Agano la Kale au Jip<strong>ya</strong> huzuia za<strong>wa</strong>di, <strong>wa</strong>kati zisaidiapo au<br />
zi<strong>wa</strong>leteapo wengine furaha. Maandiko pia <strong>ya</strong>natambua kihalisia kabisa<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>kati mwingine za<strong>wa</strong>di <strong>ni</strong> muhimu k<strong>wa</strong> mafa<strong>ni</strong>kio <strong>ya</strong> lengo
Rush<strong>wa</strong> na Ufisadi 115<br />
lililohalalish<strong>wa</strong>. Mithali <strong>ya</strong>sema, “Za<strong>wa</strong>di <strong>ya</strong> mtu humpatia nafasi; humleta<br />
mbele <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>kuu” (Mitha. 18:16), na “Za<strong>wa</strong>di <strong>ya</strong> siri hutuliza hasira; na tuzo<br />
kifua<strong>ni</strong> humaliza ghadhabu kali” (Mith. 21:14). Wakati Mkristo anapokabili<strong>wa</strong><br />
na ufisadi, anaweza kujisikia huru kujipatia haki zake k<strong>wa</strong> za<strong>wa</strong>di (kama<br />
tulivyofan<strong>ya</strong> huko Indonesia). Ni <strong>wa</strong>kati tu anapojipatia faida isiyo halali, ndipo<br />
anapoifan<strong>ya</strong> nafsi <strong>ya</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong> na hatia. Laki<strong>ni</strong> hata Mkristo ambaye<br />
analazimish<strong>wa</strong> kulipa atapambana dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ufisadi na kuanza k<strong>wa</strong> kudhihirisha<br />
na k<strong>wa</strong> kuondoa aina zote za rush<strong>wa</strong> na ufisadi katika ka<strong>ni</strong>sa.<br />
Vifungu Vingine dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Ufisadi na Rush<strong>wa</strong><br />
Kut. 32:8, “Na msichukue rush<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> maana rush<strong>wa</strong> hupofusha ufahamu<br />
na kupotosha maneno <strong>ya</strong> mwenye haki.<br />
Kumb. 16:19, “Msipotoshe haki; msioneshe upendeleo; <strong>wa</strong>la kuchukua<br />
rush<strong>wa</strong>; k<strong>wa</strong> maana rush<strong>wa</strong> hupofusha macho <strong>ya</strong> wenye hekima, na<br />
hupindisha maneno <strong>ya</strong> wenye haki.”<br />
Kumb. 17:25, “Amelaa<strong>ni</strong><strong>wa</strong> yule achuku<strong>ya</strong>e rush<strong>wa</strong> kum<strong>wa</strong>ngamiza mtu<br />
asiye hatia.”<br />
Zab. 15:5 inamsifu mtu ambaye “hakuchukua rush<strong>wa</strong> dhidi <strong>ya</strong> asiye hatia”.<br />
Mith 25:27, “Yeye aliye na tamaa k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> faida, huisumbua nyumba<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe, bali yeye achukiaye rush<strong>wa</strong> ataishi.”<br />
Mhu. 7:7 “Hakika uonevu huharibu fikra za mtu mwenye hekima, na<br />
rush<strong>wa</strong> hudu<strong>ni</strong>sha moyo ”.<br />
Isa. 33:15 “Ni yeye aendaye k<strong>wa</strong> haki, anenaye maneno <strong>ya</strong> adili; <strong>ni</strong> yeye<br />
anayedharau faida ipatikanayo k<strong>wa</strong> dhuluma; akung’utaye mikono <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
asipokee rush<strong>wa</strong>”.
116 Hoja Ishiri<strong>ni</strong> Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Ponografia<br />
HOJA ISHIRINI<br />
DHIDI YA PONOGRAFIA (1994)<br />
1. Ponografia humdhalilisha M<strong>wa</strong>namke na kumshusha thama<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo<br />
cha ku<strong>wa</strong> bidhaa. Huathiri mwelekeo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>naume k<strong>wa</strong>ke na kumpora haki zake<br />
za kibinadamu.<br />
2. Ponografia hu<strong>wa</strong>lazimisha <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke kujifanyia njozi za ukamilifu ili<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong>vutia <strong>wa</strong>naume na hivyo kumpunguzia uhuru <strong>wa</strong>ke kutenda sa<strong>wa</strong> na asili<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke ilivyo.<br />
3. Ponografia huumba maadili pacha. Wanaume <strong>wa</strong>chache ambao <strong>wa</strong>o<br />
wenyewe <strong>wa</strong>ngejiandaa kukubali vi<strong>wa</strong>ngo sa<strong>wa</strong> v<strong>ya</strong> ukamilifu ambavyo<br />
ponografia huvilazimisha k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
4. Ponografi hutufan<strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> tegemezi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> njozi za ukamilifu ambazo hakuna<br />
awezaye kuzitimiza.<br />
5. Ponografia huunda taswira <strong>ya</strong> urembo ambayo k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla hakuna aliyenayo<br />
kikwelikweli. Hakuna m<strong>wa</strong>namke anayeishi asiye na dosari kama ilivyo katika<br />
ponografia za kipungua<strong>ni</strong>. Ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo hiki hu<strong>wa</strong>zuia baadhi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>naume kuweza<br />
kufurahia mwonekano <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke zao ulio ‘halisi’ na <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke kuikubali miili<br />
<strong>ya</strong>o wenyewe.<br />
6. Hivyo, ponografia huharibu kujiheshimu k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>namke.<br />
7. Ponografia hufan<strong>ya</strong> miili <strong>ya</strong> vijana ku<strong>wa</strong> kipimo na huongoza kuelekeza<br />
katika ku<strong>wa</strong>dharau <strong>wa</strong>zee au <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>siojiweza.<br />
8. Ponografia hu<strong>wa</strong>tendea <strong>wa</strong>zee, <strong>wa</strong>lemavu, wenye uzito kupita kiasi na wenye<br />
matatizo <strong>ya</strong> viungo k<strong>wa</strong> dharau. K<strong>wa</strong> utimilifu, <strong>ni</strong> na<strong>ni</strong> isiyemdharau?<br />
9. Ponografia hu<strong>wa</strong>twika mizigo <strong>wa</strong>toto matatizo <strong>wa</strong>siyoweza ku<strong>ya</strong>beba, si k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuele<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong> kutokuele<strong>wa</strong>. Wanashawishi<strong>wa</strong> na njozi za ukamilifu ambazo<br />
hu<strong>wa</strong>fan<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>siweze kujishughulisha na ukweli usiopendeza.<br />
10. Ponografia huharibu uhusiano baina <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>namume na m<strong>wa</strong>namke k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu ‘m<strong>wa</strong>namke mkamilifu’, kigezo kilichofich<strong>wa</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mwonekano <strong>wa</strong>ke,<br />
daima hujificha nyuma <strong>ya</strong> kiambaza. Wanandoa wengi ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi kufan<strong>ya</strong> tendo<br />
la ndoa pasipo ponografia, na <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke wengi <strong>ni</strong> lazima <strong>wa</strong>ruhusu ponografia<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ume zao ili kujizuia na ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> uami<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>wa</strong>o.
Hoja Ishiri<strong>ni</strong> Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Ponografia 117<br />
11. Pamoja na uwepo <strong>wa</strong>ke wote <strong>wa</strong> upotoshi, ponografia hujilazimisha<br />
yenyewe hata <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>naoikana. Ina<strong>wa</strong>pora <strong>wa</strong>tu uhuru <strong>wa</strong> kuchagua k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />
<strong>ya</strong>o au dhidi <strong>ya</strong> amali na mitazamo inayopandikiza.<br />
12. Ponografia hutazama k<strong>wa</strong> dharau tamadu<strong>ni</strong> nyingine na mitindo <strong>ya</strong> maisha<br />
na hufan<strong>ya</strong> utamadu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ki-pono ku<strong>wa</strong> kipimo timilifu. Hakuna awezaye<br />
kukwepa. Watu kutoka pande zote za du<strong>ni</strong>a, hata <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>lio katika utamadu<strong>ni</strong><br />
usio <strong>wa</strong> kimagharibi, <strong>wa</strong>nalazimish<strong>wa</strong> kuingia katika utamadu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ki-pono.<br />
13. Ponografia <strong>ni</strong> soko kamili la kitu kikuu kilicho binafsi na cha siri hapa<br />
du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>. Hufan<strong>ya</strong> mapenzi ku<strong>wa</strong> bidhaa isiyo thama<strong>ni</strong>. Wale <strong>wa</strong>jipatiao<br />
mamilio<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ponografia 155 <strong>wa</strong>taenda umbali wowote ili kuchuma zaidi. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>o, mahusiano yoyote <strong>ya</strong>liyoharibi<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> biashara. “Ponografia imeku<strong>wa</strong><br />
biashara <strong>ya</strong> mabilio<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> dola ulimwengu<strong>ni</strong>, ambayo inaendesh<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo<br />
kikub<strong>wa</strong> na uhalifu uliopang<strong>wa</strong>”. 156<br />
14. Ponografia huondoa utu <strong>wa</strong> kimapenzi. Msaidizi <strong>wa</strong>ngu si mpend<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ngu<br />
tena, bali <strong>ni</strong> bidhaa <strong>ya</strong> umma isiyo na jina, iliyokufa na <strong>ya</strong> kibiashara.<br />
15. Ponografia, hivyo huta<strong>wa</strong>la ma<strong>wa</strong>zo <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu, k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>nafan<strong>ya</strong> maamuzi<br />
chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ushawishi ambao baadaye huujutia. Mchakato huu huanza na<br />
matangazo <strong>ya</strong> kila siku, ambao <strong>wa</strong>wezekana usiwe na mafa<strong>ni</strong>kio pasipo<br />
ushawishi <strong>wa</strong> ponografia, na huishia k<strong>wa</strong> uharibifu <strong>wa</strong> mahusiano mema.<br />
16. Ponografia huufan<strong>ya</strong> mwili <strong>wa</strong> binadamu ku<strong>wa</strong> kipimo kikuu na huharibu<br />
thama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uhusiano. Thama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> binadamu inapim<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mwonekano <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
17. Ponografia humtathmi<strong>ni</strong> binadamu k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> kitu kilicho <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uwezo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke. Hakuna mtu awezaye kuchagua mwonekano au umri <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
18. Ponografia huunda ulimwengu <strong>wa</strong> kinjozi, ambao humfan<strong>ya</strong> mtu asiweze<br />
kushughulika na ukweli usiopendeza. Badala <strong>ya</strong> mtu kuwekeza k<strong>wa</strong> mtu<br />
mwingine na kukubali <strong>wa</strong>jibu kama gharama k<strong>wa</strong> mahusiano yenye furaha, mtu<br />
anahitaji tu kuepea kwenye Nchi <strong>ya</strong> Kinjozi. Baadaye, mfadhaiko <strong>wa</strong> utupu <strong>ni</strong><br />
wenye nguvu zaidi.<br />
19. Ponografia <strong>ni</strong> hatua <strong>ya</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>ya</strong> kuelekea kwenye ulimwengu <strong>wa</strong> mada<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> ‘ngono huria’, ambayo hukataa <strong>wa</strong>jibu wote <strong>wa</strong> mhusika katika matendo<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke mwenyewe.<br />
155 Reiner Gödtel, Sexualität und Ge<strong>wa</strong>lt, (Hamburg: Hoffmann and Campe, 1992, uk. 67. K<strong>wa</strong> kujibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi huyu, mauzo <strong>ya</strong> ponografia katika ta<strong>wa</strong>la za kale za Shirikisho la Jamhuri <strong>ya</strong> Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> ilifkia<br />
<strong>wa</strong>sta<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> dola bilio<strong>ni</strong> 1.5. ($ 1.5 bilio<strong>ni</strong>). Mbali na hilo, <strong>wa</strong>tu 20,000 <strong>wa</strong>lijichumia vitu v<strong>ya</strong> kuendesha<br />
maisha <strong>ya</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> kutengeneza na kuza mambo <strong>ya</strong>husuyo ponografia<br />
156 Frank Kaleb Janseb, Ed., Target Earth, (Pasadena: U<strong>ni</strong>versity of the Nations, Ha<strong>wa</strong>ii and Global Mapping<br />
International, 1989), uk. 68.
118 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
20. Ponografia hupendekeza k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu ana uhuru usio na kikomo<br />
kutosheleza matama<strong>ni</strong>o <strong>ya</strong>ke <strong>ya</strong> kingono pasipo kumjali binadamu mwingine.<br />
Ubakaji, 157 na matumizi <strong>ya</strong>siyofa <strong>ya</strong> kingono k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>ni</strong> mifano <strong>ya</strong> mapenzi<br />
ambayo hufan<strong>ya</strong> matama<strong>ni</strong>o <strong>ya</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong> kipimo chake cha maadili.<br />
La mwisho, laki<strong>ni</strong> si du<strong>ni</strong>, uzoefu binafsi. Niliku<strong>wa</strong> katika hatua <strong>ya</strong> kupaka rangi<br />
nyeusi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> tangazo kub<strong>wa</strong> la kiponografia lililoku<strong>wa</strong> limetundik<strong>wa</strong> karibu na<br />
nyumba yetu, ndipo <strong>ni</strong>liposikia kundi la <strong>wa</strong>naume wenzangu likipuuza juhudi<br />
zangu, likitoa mao<strong>ni</strong> yenye kuudhi na kukirihisha zaidi. Hata hivyo,<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lipo<strong>ni</strong>fikia, m<strong>wa</strong>namke mmoja katika kundi alipaza sauti. Aliona kitendo<br />
changu ku<strong>wa</strong> cha ajabu, akitama<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kungeku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu zaidi wenye ujasiri<br />
kama huo, na aka<strong>ni</strong>shukuru k<strong>wa</strong> mchango <strong>wa</strong>ngu <strong>wa</strong> kulinda haki za <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />
Marafiki zake <strong>wa</strong> kiume wenye kelele mara <strong>wa</strong>lin<strong>ya</strong>maza kim<strong>ya</strong>…<br />
Hoja hizi zaonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> za kimantiki na zenye ushawishi. Laki<strong>ni</strong> hatuna budi<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> macho na dhana za Kikristo zinazojitokeza. 158 Zinashawishi akili, laki<strong>ni</strong><br />
zinashawishi tu katika mazingira <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo.<br />
Katika kabrasha <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ponografia lililochap<strong>wa</strong> na Worldwide Evangelical<br />
Alliance (Ushirika <strong>wa</strong> Kiinjili Ulimwengu<strong>ni</strong>), John H. Court amekusan<strong>ya</strong> hoja<br />
nyingi dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ponografia na anajadili uhusiano kati <strong>ya</strong> biashara na kuongezeka<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha aina fula<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> uhalifu. 159 Pamoja na mada <strong>ya</strong>ke ndogo ‘Uhakiki<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Kikristo’ haoneshi k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>mba nyingi <strong>ya</strong> hoja zake zinakubalika tu<br />
katika msingi <strong>wa</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> za Kikristo. Pia k<strong>wa</strong> sababu anashind<strong>wa</strong> kupendekeza<br />
maelezo ambatano <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo na <strong>ya</strong> Kibiblia ili kuhukumu ponografia, msisitizo<br />
mkuu <strong>wa</strong> mantiki <strong>ya</strong>ke unajishughulisha na matokeo <strong>ya</strong>ke, 160 ambayo k<strong>wa</strong><br />
hakika <strong>ni</strong> yenye kutia shaka. Laki<strong>ni</strong> tungefikiria <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> i<strong>wa</strong>po matokeo <strong>ya</strong><br />
ponografia <strong>ya</strong>ngeku<strong>wa</strong> yenye madhara kidogo? Wote, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> mahakama na mimi,<br />
katika hoja zangu ishiri<strong>ni</strong>, hudha<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>somaji wetu hushiriki kanu<strong>ni</strong> za<br />
Kikristo. Iki<strong>wa</strong> tunakataa maadili <strong>ya</strong> Kikristo, kuna kosa ga<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>puuza <strong>wa</strong>zee<br />
na <strong>wa</strong>siojiweza?<br />
157 Rousas J. Rushdoony, “Images, Ikons, and Pinups”, Journal of Christian Reconstruction, Vol. 1, (Summer<br />
1974), Symposium on Creation, kk. 141-144. Rushdoony anaona ponografia kama wito k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> ubakaji.<br />
Anadhihirsha <strong>wa</strong>zi ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tetezi <strong>wa</strong> mfumo-jike pia <strong>wa</strong>mefan<strong>ya</strong> kosa hili. K<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> anatetea <strong>wa</strong>zo la ruben<br />
la kukaa uchi katika ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 142 <strong>ni</strong> jambo siri (lililofich<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ngu). Reiner Grödtel, op. cit, kk. 64-67,<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> mfano, anadhihirisha ku<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>navuguvugu <strong>wa</strong> mfumo-jike – Alice Sch<strong>wa</strong>rzer pia anaami<strong>ni</strong><br />
ponografia ku<strong>wa</strong> utangulizi <strong>wa</strong> ubakaji. Tazama pia Alice Sch<strong>wa</strong>rzer, PorNo: Opfer und Täter…, (Cologne:<br />
Kiepenhauer and Witsch, 1994).<br />
158 Tazama: J. N. D. Anderson, Morality, Law and Grace, (London: Tyndale Press, 1972), pp. 43 – 46.; and<br />
Rousas J. Rushdoony, op. cit., k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> hoja za Kikiristo dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ponografia. Edythe Draper, (Ed.,), The<br />
Almanac of the Christian World, (Wheaton, III.: Tyndale House, 1990), kk. 793-799 hujmisha utetezi bora<br />
kabisa <strong>wa</strong> upingaji <strong>wa</strong> pongrafia uliotole<strong>wa</strong> na National Coalition Against Pornography, vilevile mihadhara<br />
<strong>ya</strong> taasisi za Mareka<strong>ni</strong><br />
159 John H. Court, Pornography: A Christian Critique, (Downers Grove, III.: Intervarsity Press and Exeter, G.<br />
B.: Paternoster Press, 1980).<br />
160 Tazama pia; Paepstlicher Rat für die sozialen Kommu<strong>ni</strong>kationsmittel, Pornography und Ge<strong>wa</strong>lt in den<br />
Kommu<strong>ni</strong>kationsmedien, Arbeitshilfen 71, (Bonn: Sekretariat der Deutschen Bischofskonferenz, 1989).<br />
Juzuu hii inatoa hoja zake k<strong>wa</strong> misingi <strong>ya</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> asili.. Katika ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 12, kipengele (note 5),<br />
<strong>wa</strong>andishi <strong>wa</strong>naorodhesha mambo mazuri <strong>ya</strong> taasisi za kiserikali za Italia na Mareka<strong>ni</strong> ambayo<br />
<strong>ya</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>silisha uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> athari onevuza ponografia katika vuymbo v<strong>ya</strong> habari.
Hoja Ishiri<strong>ni</strong> Dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Ponografia 119<br />
Hoja za kibiblia dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ponografia zaweza kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika vifungu<br />
vizungumzavyo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> utupu, na kutoka katika amri dhidi <strong>ya</strong> tamaa <strong>ya</strong> macho.<br />
“Kila mtu amtazamaye m<strong>wa</strong>namke k<strong>wa</strong> kumtama<strong>ni</strong>, amekwisha kuzi<strong>ni</strong> naye<br />
moyo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ke” (Mt. 5:28). Amri <strong>ya</strong> Yesu ina asili katika Amri kumi,<br />
“Usitama<strong>ni</strong> mke <strong>wa</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ko” (Kut. 20:17). Ayubu 31:1 <strong>ya</strong>sema, “Nilifan<strong>ya</strong><br />
agano na macho <strong>ya</strong>ngu, kutom<strong>wa</strong>ngalia msichana k<strong>wa</strong> tamaa”. Hesabu<br />
15:39 ina<strong>wa</strong>kumbuka Israeli kukumbuka sheria, “…k<strong>wa</strong>mba msiufuate ukahaba<br />
ambao k<strong>wa</strong>o mioyo yenu na macho yenu <strong>ya</strong>mejielekeza”, Mithali 6:25 huon<strong>ya</strong><br />
dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ukahaba, “Usiutumai<strong>ni</strong> uzuri <strong>wa</strong>ke moyo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ko; <strong>wa</strong>la usikubali<br />
akunase k<strong>wa</strong> kope za macho <strong>ya</strong>ke.” Tafsiri iliyo sahihi zaidi <strong>ya</strong>weza kusomeka,<br />
“k<strong>wa</strong>mba asijaribu kuuweka uzuri <strong>wa</strong>ke nda<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> moyo <strong>wa</strong>ko”. 161 K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo<br />
mtu, kumtama<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>namke mwingine kingono zaidi <strong>ya</strong> mke <strong>wa</strong>ke mwenyewe<br />
<strong>ni</strong> wizi. Hivyo, katika asili <strong>ya</strong>ke Amri <strong>ya</strong> Kumi ilimaa<strong>ni</strong>sha, mtu kumtama<strong>ni</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>namke mwingine <strong>ni</strong> kuiba kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> jira<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>ke 162 na kutoka katika ndoa<br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke. Ponografia ambayo hutulazimisha kutama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke kimakosa,<br />
hutufan<strong>ya</strong> tutende aina mba<strong>ya</strong> kabisa <strong>ya</strong> uporaji.<br />
Kama ilivyo hukumu <strong>ya</strong> Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>namke, uwekaji <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong> mwili<br />
<strong>wa</strong>ke mwenyewe mbele <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>penzi <strong>wa</strong>ke mara nyingi huongoza katika<br />
kumdharau (kama ilivyo katika Maombolezo 1:8). Hivyo, uhuru <strong>wa</strong> kimapenzi<br />
huongoza kwenye dharau, laki<strong>ni</strong> pia kwenye kukosa uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kufurahia ngono<br />
katika usiri. Kitabu <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> magonj<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> moyo kinapendekeza:<br />
“Mapenzi ha<strong>ya</strong>jaliwi tena kama tendo asilia linalojiendesha, uta<strong>ya</strong>ri<br />
<strong>wa</strong> huba baina <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pendanao unaoongoz<strong>wa</strong> na hisia zao, bali kama<br />
‘mafa<strong>ni</strong>kio’ <strong>ya</strong>nayo<strong>wa</strong>silish<strong>wa</strong> katika sinema za ngono na magazeti <strong>ya</strong><br />
kiponografia kama jambo la desturi. Wengine hulileta tumai<strong>ni</strong> hili katika<br />
maisha <strong>ya</strong>o binafsi, ambavyo <strong>ya</strong>weza vema ku<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>ya</strong> kimaamuzi k<strong>wa</strong><br />
mgandamizo <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>gonj<strong>wa</strong> wengi <strong>wa</strong> moyo k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi tena kufikia<br />
hiyo desturi ambayo, kusema kweli, <strong>ni</strong> uondoaji <strong>wa</strong> hisia na udu<strong>ni</strong>shi <strong>wa</strong><br />
upendo.” 163<br />
161 Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> cha Klaus Berger, Die Gesetzesauslegung Jesu, Part 1: Markus and<br />
Paralellen, Wissenschaftliche Monographic zum Alten und Neuen Testament 40, (Neukirchen, Germany:<br />
Neukirchener Verlag, 1972), uk. 345.<br />
162 Rud., kk. 343 – 345<br />
163 Karl M. Kirch. Krankheiten von Herz und Kreislauf, (Cologne – Braunsfeld: Rudolf Müller, 1977), uk. 83.
120 Uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> Kibiblia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kula Damu<br />
UZUIAJI WA KIBIBLIA JUU YA<br />
KULA DAMU (1994) 164<br />
Je, uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> kula damu (M<strong>wa</strong>. 9:4-5; Law. 7:26-27; 17:10-12, 14; 19:26;<br />
Kumb. 12:16,23-24; 15:23; Mdo 15:19-20; unahusu dhabihu tu 165 Kumb. 3:17)<br />
na uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> kula n<strong>ya</strong>ma <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma ambao ha<strong>wa</strong>jachinj<strong>wa</strong> au wenye damu<br />
(Kut. 22:30; Law 17:15, Kumb. 14:21, Mdo 15:19-20), kuhusu utaratibu <strong>wa</strong><br />
maadhimisho <strong>ya</strong> n<strong>ya</strong>kati za Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi ambao unahitajika tu kutuongoza katika<br />
hekima yetu <strong>ya</strong> kiroho leo, au mazuizi hayo <strong>ni</strong> amri za kimaadili zilizo bado<br />
halali pasipo mabadiliko yoyote?<br />
Kuna sababu tatu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> naami<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong>le mao<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> mwisho:<br />
K<strong>wa</strong>nza, amri hiyo ilitole<strong>wa</strong> mara <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza k<strong>wa</strong> Nuhu (M<strong>wa</strong>. 9:4-5) 166 kabla<br />
<strong>ya</strong> Israeli kuwepo.<br />
Pili, baraza la Mitume lilizuia ulaji <strong>wa</strong> damu na <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma ambao<br />
ha<strong>wa</strong>kuchinj<strong>wa</strong> (Mdo 15:19-20): “…k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>jiepushe na unajisi <strong>wa</strong> sanamu,<br />
na uasherati, na n<strong>ya</strong>ma zilizosongole<strong>wa</strong> na damu”.<br />
Uamuzi <strong>wa</strong> baraza la mitume unabisha<strong>ni</strong><strong>wa</strong> sana. Wengine <strong>wa</strong>nadha<strong>ni</strong> uamuzi<br />
unarudia tu amri zilizotole<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Nuhu (M<strong>wa</strong>. 9). Laki<strong>ni</strong> baadhi <strong>ya</strong> amri hizo<br />
zinakosekana katika Matendo 15. Wengine <strong>wa</strong>naami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba uamuzi<br />
hujumuisha orodha <strong>ya</strong> amri zote za kimaadili zilizo bado halali k<strong>wa</strong> mataifa. Je,<br />
hili linamaa<strong>ni</strong>sha k<strong>wa</strong>mba Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>sio Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi <strong>wa</strong>naweza kuua, kuiba na<br />
kudangan<strong>ya</strong>? Wengine <strong>wa</strong>naami<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba amri hizi zinahusika na Wakristo<br />
<strong>wa</strong>sio Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi tu <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong><strong>wa</strong>po hai pamoja na Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi au Wakristo <strong>wa</strong><br />
Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi. Laki<strong>ni</strong> je, tunapas<strong>wa</strong> kujiepusha na uabudu sanamu na uasherati k<strong>wa</strong><br />
sababu tu hili lina<strong>wa</strong>k<strong>wa</strong>za <strong>wa</strong>tu wenye asili <strong>ya</strong> Ki<strong>ya</strong>hudi?<br />
Maelezo bora <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> uamuzi <strong>wa</strong> mitume unazuia tu dhambi nne maalumu<br />
<strong>ya</strong>naonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> uamuzi uliku<strong>wa</strong> unajibu orodha <strong>ya</strong> mas<strong>wa</strong>li maalumu.<br />
Kutoka kwenye orodha, baraza la Mitume lilichagua amri hizo ambazo<br />
zina<strong>wa</strong>funga Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>sio Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi, na ku<strong>wa</strong>acha wengine nje. Hivyo,<br />
kifungu kinaweza kulinga<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong> na mkutano mwingine <strong>wa</strong> Mitume na Paulo<br />
pamoja na mfan<strong>ya</strong>kazi mwenzake katika Wagalatia 2. Hapa orodha nyingine <strong>ya</strong><br />
164 Ilirudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika “The Biblical Prohibition to Eat Blood”. Chalcedon Report No. 355 (Febr<br />
1995): 34 – 35.<br />
165 Katika Law. 3:14-17; 7:23 – 25 kinachozuili<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kula damu tu, na pia kula mafuta. Laki<strong>ni</strong> sehemu hizo za<br />
mafuta yote <strong>ya</strong> mn<strong>ya</strong>ma zilizomaa<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong>, ziliku<strong>wa</strong> kitumi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> dhabihu.<strong>Sheria</strong> iliu<strong>wa</strong> halali tu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>kati Waisraeli <strong>wa</strong>lipoku<strong>wa</strong> katika kutoa na kuchinja <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma wote katika hekalu. Mara tu<br />
lilipobomole<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>ngeweza kuchinja <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma na kula mafuta (Kumb. 12:15-16).<br />
166 K<strong>wa</strong>mba M<strong>wa</strong>. 9:4 hujumuisha uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> jambo hili inatete<strong>wa</strong> na Carl F. Keil. Genesis und Exodus.<br />
Brunnen Verlag: Giessen, 1983 4 (reprint of 1878 3 ). uk. 124 (tazama toleo la Kiingereza la ‘Keil/Delitzsch’)
Uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> Kibiblia <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Kula Damu 121<br />
masuala iliku<strong>wa</strong> kwenye mashaka na Mitume <strong>wa</strong>liamuru ku<strong>wa</strong> tohara haiku<strong>wa</strong><br />
muhimu k<strong>wa</strong> Wakristo <strong>wa</strong>sio Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi, laki<strong>ni</strong> kusaidia maski<strong>ni</strong> iliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><br />
muhimu.<br />
Sio<strong>ni</strong> sababu yoyote katika maelezo yoyote <strong>ya</strong>liyopo <strong>ya</strong> Matendo 15:19-20 k<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> uamuzi huu usiwe halali leo. Hata Mdispensashenalisti ambaye hukubali tu<br />
amri i<strong>wa</strong>po zinapatikana au kurudi<strong>wa</strong> katika Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>, <strong>ni</strong> lazima auchukue<br />
uamuzi huu k<strong>wa</strong> umaki<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Tatu, na hata hivyo k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu ndogo kuliko hoja zile mbili za kibiblia, Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nzo liliona Matendo 15:20 kama uzuizi halali. Hoja za pili na tatu zapas<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuthibitish<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kina.<br />
Katika 1903 na 1907, Karl Boeckenhoff alisoma k<strong>wa</strong> kina historia <strong>ya</strong> sheria<br />
mbili za chakula katika Matendo 15:19-20 katika karne tano za m<strong>wa</strong>nzo B.K. 167<br />
na katika Zama za Kati 168 na kuthibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo lilitambua<br />
sheria za v<strong>ya</strong>kula katika Matendo 15:20 ku<strong>wa</strong> amri halali. Uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> kula damu<br />
na <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma <strong>wa</strong>siochinj<strong>wa</strong> ulirudi<strong>wa</strong> katika mabaraza <strong>ya</strong> Gangrene (325 B.K),<br />
Orleans (536), Constance (692) na Papa Leo VI (886) na Calixtus II (1120) 169<br />
katika maka<strong>ni</strong>sa <strong>ya</strong> Mashariki na Kiothodoksi uzuiaji umeku<strong>wa</strong> ukionekana<br />
halali tangu mababu <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa hadi leo. 170 Katika ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Magharibi uzuiaji<br />
ulikuwepo ukiendelea kufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi hadi m<strong>wa</strong>nzo<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> karne <strong>ya</strong> 12. 171<br />
Haiku<strong>wa</strong> mpaka <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> usomi* uzuiaji ulipojadili<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mara <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza na<br />
kisha kukatali<strong>wa</strong>, 172 <strong>wa</strong>zi<strong>wa</strong>zi kabisa na Robert Pulleyn katika 1140 B.K. 173<br />
Katika sehemu nyingi, mfano Geneva, uzuiaji uliendelea kufanyika <strong>wa</strong>lau hadi<br />
kipindi cha Matengenezo. 174 Hakuna uthibitisho k<strong>wa</strong>mba uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> kula damu<br />
uliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> nyongeza <strong>ya</strong> baadaye <strong>ya</strong> ‘Ukatoliki <strong>wa</strong> Kirumi’ kwenye Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la<br />
k<strong>wa</strong>nza bali zaidi <strong>ni</strong> uthibitisho ku<strong>wa</strong> uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> kibiblia uliokubali<strong>wa</strong> na Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
lote tangu m<strong>wa</strong>nzo<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>lau k<strong>wa</strong> miaka elfu moja umewek<strong>wa</strong> kando pasipo hata<br />
jaribio la kuthibitisha.<br />
167 Karl Böckenholff. Das apostolische Speisegesetz in den ersten fünf Jahrhunderten. Ferdinand Schö<strong>ni</strong>ngh:<br />
Paderborn, 1903<br />
168 Karl Böckenholff. Speisesatzungen mosaischer Art in mittelalterlichen Kirchenrechtsquellen des Morgenund<br />
Abendlandes. Aschendhorffsche Buchhandlung: Münster, 1907.<br />
169 P. J. Verdam. Mosaic Law in Practice and Study Throughout the Ages. J. H. Kok: Kampen, 1959. uk. 19<br />
anakkubaliana na hili.<br />
170 Tazama k<strong>wa</strong> kina Karl Böckenhoff. Speisesatzungen. 1907. kk. 37-40<br />
171 Rud. uk. 62+65+66+70<br />
172 Rud. uk. 118 – 120<br />
173 Rud. uk. 120 – 122<br />
174 Tazama P. J. Verdam. Mosaic Law in Practice and Study throughout the Ages. Rud. uk. 19
122<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>ndishi<br />
Thomas Schirrmacher <strong>ni</strong> mwenyekiti <strong>wa</strong> Theolojia <strong>ya</strong> Elimu-maadili (ethics),<br />
umishe<strong>ni</strong> (missions) na Di<strong>ni</strong> za ki-ulimwengu (world religions)], <strong>ni</strong> Rais <strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>Martin</strong> <strong>Bucer</strong> Theological Serminary na Rais <strong>wa</strong> Gebende Haende gGmbH<br />
(Giving Hands: ‘Mikono Itoayo’) ambalo <strong>ni</strong> shirika hai la kimataifa la misaada;<br />
na vile vile mmiliki <strong>wa</strong> shirika la uchapaji (Publishing House) na mmiliki mdau<br />
<strong>wa</strong> shirika la ushauri (Consulting Company).<br />
Schirrmacher alizali<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1960, alisoma theolojia kuanzia m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1978<br />
hadi 1982 huko STH Basel na tangu m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1983 alisomea Cultural<br />
Anthropology na Ulinga<strong>ni</strong>fu <strong>wa</strong> Di<strong>ni</strong> (Comparative Religions) katika Bonn State<br />
U<strong>ni</strong>versity. Alitunuki<strong>wa</strong> Shahada <strong>ya</strong> Uzamivu <strong>wa</strong> theolojia katika mishe<strong>ni</strong> (Drs.<br />
Theolgy in Missiology) huko Johannes Calvin Foundation<br />
(Kampen/Netherlands) m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1985, Shahada <strong>ya</strong> Uzamivu <strong>wa</strong> Falsafa katika<br />
Cultural Anthropology (Ph.D in Cultural Anthropology) huko Pacific Western<br />
U<strong>ni</strong>versity, Los Angeles (CA) m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1989 na Shahada <strong>ya</strong> Uzamivu <strong>wa</strong><br />
Theolojia katika Elimu-maadili (Th.D in Ethics) huko Whitefield Theological<br />
Seminary, Lakeland (FL) m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1996. Katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1997 alitunuki<strong>wa</strong><br />
shahada <strong>ya</strong> heshima <strong>ya</strong> Uzamivu (D.D) kutoka Cranmer Theological House.<br />
Aliku<strong>wa</strong> mchungaji <strong>wa</strong> Ushirika <strong>wa</strong> Kiinjili <strong>wa</strong> Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> (Evangelical Society<br />
of Germany) huko Bonn na Erftstadt m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1982 hadi 1986, mchungaji mdau<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa Huru la Kiinjili (Evangelical Free Church) huko Bonn m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1992<br />
hadi 1998 na mchungaji <strong>wa</strong> Free Reformed Church huko Bonn m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1998 hadi<br />
2000.<br />
Schirrmacher alifundisha Missions, World Religions na Cultural Anthropology<br />
huko FTA Giessen (Germany) kutoka m<strong>wa</strong>ka 1983 hadi 1989, na kutoka m<strong>wa</strong>ka<br />
1990-1996 alifundisha Ethics, Missiology, Comparative Religions na Cultural<br />
Anthropology huko ‘Independent Theological Seminary’ mji<strong>ni</strong> Basel<br />
(‘Staatsunabhaengige Theologische Hochschule Basel’-STH Basel). Alishikilia<br />
na anashikilia viti mbali mbali v<strong>ya</strong> uprofesa, k<strong>wa</strong> mfano 1994-1999<br />
‘Philadelphia Theological Seminary’ (PA, USA) (Missions), 1995-2000 huko<br />
Cranmer Theological House (Shreveport, LA) (Missions na Ethics), na tangu<br />
1996 huko Whitefield Theological Seminary (Lakeland, FL) (Systematic<br />
Theology na Apologetics). Hutoa mihadhara au hufan<strong>ya</strong> kazi katika shule<br />
mbalimbali kama Freie Theologische Akademie (Giessen, Systematic<br />
Theology), The Neues Leben Seminar (Altenkirchen, Systematic Theology), the<br />
Akademie fuer Christliche Fuehrungskrafte (Grummersbach, Bussiness Ethics)<br />
na UNISA (U<strong>ni</strong>versity of South Africa).<br />
Mbali na hayo anajihusisha sana kimataifa na elimu <strong>ya</strong> ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha zaidi <strong>ya</strong><br />
shahada <strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>nza (postgraduate) <strong>ya</strong> masafa (distance) na tovuti (internet<br />
education), mfano, yeye <strong>ni</strong> mhusika mkuu <strong>wa</strong> Elimu <strong>ya</strong> Kitheolojia <strong>ya</strong> Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong>
123<br />
(Germany Theological Education) k<strong>wa</strong> njia Enezi (Extension) (‘Theologischer<br />
Fernunterricht des Neues Leben-Seminars’ au the European Extension of<br />
Whitefield Theological Seminary). Pia anahusika katika shughuli zote<br />
mbalimbali za uchapaji. Ameku<strong>wa</strong> mhariri <strong>wa</strong> ‘Bibel und Germeinde’ k<strong>wa</strong><br />
miaka kumi, sasa <strong>ni</strong> mhariri <strong>wa</strong> ‘Evangelikale Missiologie’, mhariri mdau <strong>wa</strong><br />
‘Contra Mundum: A Reformed Cultural Review’, mhariri <strong>wa</strong> ‘Reflection: An<br />
International Reformed Review of Missiology’ na Quersch<strong>ni</strong>tte. Ameandika na<br />
kuhariri vitabu 49 <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Ethics, Missiology na Cultural Anthropology.<br />
Tangu 1986 anamiliki shirika la uchapaji ‘Cultural and Science Publ.’ (Verlag<br />
fuer Kultur und Wissenschaft), ambalo huchapa vitabu v<strong>ya</strong> kisa<strong>ya</strong>nsi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong><br />
lugha, desturi, di<strong>ni</strong> na umishe<strong>ni</strong>. Ni mmiliki mdau <strong>wa</strong> Consulting Schirrmacher<br />
GbR, shirika la kibiashara na biashara <strong>ya</strong> elimu (Business and Educational<br />
Business company).<br />
Anataj<strong>wa</strong> katika Marquis “Who’s Who in the World”, katika “International Who<br />
is Who of Professionals”, katika “Who is Who in der Bundesrepublik<br />
Deutschland” na katika “International Who’s Who in Distance Lear<strong>ni</strong>ng”.<br />
Amemwoa mtaalamu <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu Dr. Christine Schirrmacher, Mkurugenzi <strong>wa</strong><br />
Islam Insitute of the Lausanne Movement, Germany. Ni profesa azungukaye <strong>wa</strong><br />
Masomo <strong>ya</strong> Uislamu huko “Whitefield Theological Seminary” (USA), na<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> vitabu viwili bora v<strong>ya</strong> Utambulishi <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu. Wana ndoa ha<strong>wa</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>wili <strong>wa</strong>dogo.
124 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Visawe* na Maelezo <strong>ya</strong> Maneno<br />
Akisi (reflect): toa taswira yenye kufanana na kitu asilia.<br />
Amali (values): Jumla <strong>ya</strong> mambo yote kwenye jamii <strong>ya</strong>nayoenzi<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
kuthami<strong>ni</strong><strong>wa</strong>. Amali zenye mahusiano (relative values), Amali kamilifu<br />
(Absolute values)<br />
Anguko (Fall, decline): kitendo cha dhambi kuingia du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> njia <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zazi<br />
wetu Adamu na Ha<strong>wa</strong>. 2. Hali <strong>ya</strong> kushind<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Anthropolojia (Anthropology): Mafunzo au elimu inayojishughulisha na<br />
kuele<strong>wa</strong> maisha na tamadu<strong>ni</strong> za binadamu.<br />
Asili (nature, essence): hali <strong>ya</strong> msingi <strong>ya</strong> kitu husika 2. Chanzo.<br />
Bai<strong>ni</strong>fu: -enye u<strong>wa</strong>zi, -enye kueleweka.<br />
Baolojia (Biology): Elimu inayohusu viumbe hai.<br />
Baragumu (ram’s horns): kifaa cha muziki kitengenez<strong>wa</strong>cho cha pembe za<br />
kondoo au mn<strong>ya</strong>ma.<br />
Dhamira (Theme): Jumla <strong>ya</strong> ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yote katika kitabu. Dhamira kuu <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zo<br />
kuu la m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi linalota<strong>wa</strong>la kazi <strong>ya</strong>ke.<br />
Dhana: <strong>wa</strong>zo au mtazamo fula<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Dha<strong>ni</strong>o (assumption): <strong>wa</strong>zo au fikirio.<br />
Dispensashenalisti: -enye ima<strong>ni</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> utendaji kazi <strong>wa</strong> Mungu k<strong>wa</strong> kuzingatia<br />
vipindi maalum v<strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati k<strong>wa</strong> kusudi maalum.<br />
Elimu-maadili (Ethics): Mafunzo au elimu ijishughulishayo na mambo <strong>ya</strong><br />
maadili (kujua mema na maba<strong>ya</strong>).<br />
Elimu <strong>ya</strong> nyota (astrology): Mfumo <strong>wa</strong> elimu ambao huchunguza mienendo <strong>ya</strong><br />
nyota na sa<strong>ya</strong>ri k<strong>wa</strong> kuami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> huathiri maisha <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nadamu.<br />
Epa (escape): kupisha kitu kipite, kwenda kando <strong>ya</strong> kitu au jambo.<br />
Euthanasia (euthanasia): Uuaji <strong>wa</strong> hiari, <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> mtu anauli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> anaona<br />
bora afe baada <strong>ya</strong> mateso au ugonj<strong>wa</strong> mba<strong>ya</strong>; au kumwua mwingine kutokana na<br />
mateso anayopata ili kumpumzisha.<br />
Falsafa <strong>ya</strong> Mpumbavu (Philosophy of the Absurd): Falsafa iliyoasisi<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nafalsafa <strong>wa</strong> Kifaransa Albert Camus aliyepinga kabisa ku<strong>wa</strong>po k<strong>wa</strong> amali<br />
kamilifu. (amali kamilifu=absolute values, relative values =amali husia<strong>ni</strong>).<br />
Fasili (defi<strong>ni</strong>tion, interpretation): 1. maana <strong>ya</strong> kitu au maelezo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kitu hicho<br />
2. toa maana au maelezo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kitu. Fasiri (Translate): toa katika lugha moja<br />
kwenda lugha nyingine.<br />
Fikra (reason): matumizi <strong>ya</strong> akili, akili. Ufikra (rationality).
125<br />
Hadhari (exceptions): mambo <strong>ya</strong>nayojitokeza kinyume na ka<strong>wa</strong>ida<br />
iliyozoeleka. Pia huit<strong>wa</strong> vighairi.<br />
Hele<strong>ni</strong>stiki (Helle<strong>ni</strong>stic): -enye asili <strong>ya</strong> mchanganyiko <strong>wa</strong> U<strong>ya</strong>hudi na mataifa<br />
mengine.<br />
<strong>Insha</strong> (Essay): Utungo wenye maelezo <strong>ya</strong> mjazo au nathari kama ilivyo katika<br />
hadithi n.k.<br />
Isimu (linguistics): Elimu inayohusika na sa<strong>ya</strong>nsi <strong>ya</strong> lugha.<br />
Istilahi (terminology): Msamiati maalumu utumikao katika shughuli Mahususi<br />
(mfano, istilahi <strong>ya</strong> kitheolojia “Utatu”; istilahi <strong>ya</strong> kibenki “ha<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>ya</strong> fedha”).<br />
Jinsi (sex): maumbile <strong>ya</strong> kike au <strong>ya</strong> kiume.<br />
Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Kiserikali (State Church): Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa lililokubali<strong>wa</strong> na serikali ta<strong>wa</strong>la<br />
kama ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la uta<strong>wa</strong>la huo.<br />
Kii<strong>ni</strong> tete (embryo): Tokeo au zao la kuungana k<strong>wa</strong> mbegu <strong>ya</strong> baba, na <strong>ya</strong>i la<br />
mama.<br />
Kipera : kitawi kidogo kutoka kati <strong>ya</strong> matawi makuu. 2. sehemu ndogondogo za<br />
jambo au kitu.<br />
Kirai (phrase): kifungu cha maneno ambacho kimsingi hakina kitenzi nda<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>ke.<br />
Kisawe (synonym): neno lenye kufanana na hilo au lenye kukaribiana sana.<br />
Kita (rely): zama 2. egemeza kwenye... au tegemea kitu fula<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Kitenzi (verb): Neno katika sentensi au tungo lielezealo <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> tendo au hali.<br />
Kizungumkuti: mtu ku<strong>wa</strong> katika hali <strong>ya</strong> kushind<strong>wa</strong> kuele<strong>wa</strong> kipi ataki<strong>wa</strong>cho<br />
kufan<strong>ya</strong> (kukosa maamuzi).<br />
Komentari (commentary): Kitabu kinachohusika na hoja, mao<strong>ni</strong>, maelezo au<br />
mafafanuzi zaidi <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kile kinachosem<strong>wa</strong> au kilichoandik<strong>wa</strong>. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo<br />
Komenteta <strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi au mtoa hoja, maelezo au mafafanuzi zaidi.<br />
Liturujia (liturgy): Taratibu au mfumo <strong>wa</strong> uendeshaji ibada.<br />
Maada (Matter): kitu chochote chenye uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuchukua nafasi na kina uzito.<br />
<strong>Maadili</strong> (ethics): matendo au tabia njema zinazokubalika na jamii husika.<br />
(Laki<strong>ni</strong> katika ujumla <strong>wa</strong>ke t<strong>wa</strong>weza ku<strong>wa</strong> na maadili mema au maadili<br />
maba<strong>ya</strong>).<br />
Mababa <strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa (Church Fathers): Viongozi <strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa katika karne za<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong>liotoa mchango uliotukuka k<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa.<br />
Mada (Topic): Jambo la kuzungumzi<strong>wa</strong> 2. kich<strong>wa</strong> cha habari.<br />
Mashariki <strong>ya</strong> Zama<strong>ni</strong> (Ancient Orient): Nchi za China, Japa<strong>ni</strong> na zile za<br />
Mashariki <strong>ya</strong> Asia katika <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> zama<strong>ni</strong>.
126 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Matengenezo (Reformation): Kipindi maalum katika ka<strong>ni</strong>sa kilicholeta mageuzi<br />
makub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kurudi katika msingi <strong>wa</strong> neno la Mungu kutoka katika mwelekeo<br />
ulioku<strong>wa</strong> ukifuat<strong>wa</strong> na Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa Katoliki la Rumi.<br />
Mchakato (process): Hatua mbalimbali katika utekelezaji <strong>wa</strong> jambo fula<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Mile<strong>ni</strong>a (millen<strong>ni</strong>um): Kipindi cha uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> B<strong>wa</strong>na Yesu cha miaka 1000<br />
(Tazama Ufu. 20:6).<br />
Mimbari (pulpit): Meza au aina maalum <strong>ya</strong> fe<strong>ni</strong>cha iwek<strong>wa</strong>yo mbele <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
na hutumi<strong>wa</strong> zaidi na kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> ibada na mhubiri.<br />
Miviga (rites/ rituals): Taratibu au tukio la jadi linalo husu mambo <strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Mseja (bachelor): Mtu ambaye hajaoa 2. Mtu asiye na mke.<br />
Mshoshalisti (socialist): mfuasi au mtu afuataye falsafa za kishoshalisti.<br />
Muktadha (context): Maelezo <strong>ya</strong>liyotangulia na <strong>ya</strong>nayofuata kifungu husika<br />
<strong>ya</strong>nayodokeza mazingira <strong>ya</strong> kifungu hicho. 2. Mazingira <strong>ya</strong> jambo lolote.<br />
M<strong>wa</strong>nam<strong>wa</strong>li (virgin): Msichana bikra <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> hajakutana na m<strong>wa</strong>namume.<br />
Mzizi (root): kii<strong>ni</strong> au kipande cha msingi cha neno.<br />
Mzunguko <strong>wa</strong> kuzali<strong>wa</strong> (reincarnation): Ima<strong>ni</strong> inayosema ku<strong>wa</strong> vitu vyote hai<br />
viko katika mzunguko <strong>wa</strong> kuzali<strong>wa</strong> tena na tena; <strong>ya</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> kila baada <strong>ya</strong> kifo (jambo<br />
la nje tu) kitu hai hicho huzali<strong>wa</strong> katika umbo jingine.<br />
Njozi (ideal): ndoto au mambo <strong>ya</strong>nayokubalika na kushawishi akili sana laki<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong>siyowezekana kutekelezeka.<br />
Othodoksi (Orthodox): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kushika na kuenzi ima<strong>ni</strong> iliyokubali<strong>wa</strong> au<br />
iliyothibitish<strong>wa</strong>. 2. Dhehebu la Kikristo.<br />
Panda (trumpet): Tarumbeta<br />
Ponografia (phonography): Maelezo na picha zinazohusu mambo <strong>ya</strong> mapenzi<br />
au ngono. K<strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida huweka mambo <strong>ya</strong> mapenzi <strong>wa</strong>zi sana bila uficho au<br />
hadhari yoyote inayofaa.<br />
Presbiteria (presbyteria): Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la kikristo lenye kufuata mfumo <strong>wa</strong> uongozi<br />
<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zee <strong>wa</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa na mabaraza kama vyombo vyenye nguvu.<br />
Protestanti (protestant): Madhehebu <strong>ya</strong>liyokaa kufuata mwelekeo <strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa<br />
Katoliki la Rumi tangu <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> Matengenezo.<br />
Rai (proposition, comment): hoja au ombi.<br />
Rejea za chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ukurasa (footnotes): Rejea zinazowek<strong>wa</strong> chi<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ukurasa<br />
husika na si mwisho<strong>ni</strong> m<strong>wa</strong> kitabu (endnotes).<br />
Sekyula (secular):- enye kufuata mifumo <strong>ya</strong> kidu<strong>ni</strong>a bila kuhusisha ima<strong>ni</strong> au<br />
di<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Shajara (diary): Kitabu cha kutunza kumbukumbu za mtu binafsi au matukio.
127<br />
<strong>Sheria</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Tukio (Case Law): <strong>Sheria</strong> inayohusu tukio au kisa fula<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Septuaginta (Sepuagint): Maandiko Matakatifu (Biblia) <strong>ya</strong> Kigriki<br />
<strong>ya</strong>liyoandik<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>somi sabi<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Sihiri (magic): Nguvu za kimiujiza, kishirikina n.k<br />
Theolojia (theology): Elimu au taaluma <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Mungu. ‘Theo’=Mungu,<br />
‘-logy’=mafunzo.<br />
Theolojia-Pangilivu (Systematic Theology): Mafunzo au masomo <strong>ya</strong> theolojia<br />
<strong>ya</strong>liyopang<strong>wa</strong> kufuata mada maalum k.v. Mungu, M<strong>wa</strong>nadamu, Dhambi n.k.<br />
Theonomi (theonomy): Mtazamo unaoiona heria ku<strong>wa</strong> ina chanzo katika <strong>Sheria</strong><br />
za Mungu.<br />
Toleo-rudufu (reprented version): Toleo la kitabu au kazi lililorudi<strong>wa</strong><br />
kuchap<strong>wa</strong> katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka mwingine.<br />
Uchaguzi (Election): Makusudi <strong>ya</strong> Mungu <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>chukua <strong>wa</strong>tu fula<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ingie<br />
katika ufalme <strong>wa</strong>ke na ku<strong>wa</strong>acha wengine).<br />
Udogma/Bubuso (dogma): Mfumo <strong>wa</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong> uliowek<strong>wa</strong> upas<strong>wa</strong>o kufuat<strong>wa</strong> bila<br />
kuuliz<strong>wa</strong> au kutili<strong>wa</strong> mashaka.<br />
Ufisadi (corruption): mambo machafu, <strong>ya</strong>siyofaa au kukubalika katika jamii.<br />
Ugwe: ulingo au mahali panapotaki<strong>wa</strong> jambo fula<strong>ni</strong> kufanyika na si vinginevyo.<br />
Ujamaa <strong>wa</strong> Kitaifa (National Socialism=NAZISM =’UNAZI’): Falsafa au<br />
mfumo <strong>wa</strong> itikadi <strong>ya</strong> kisiasa uliofuat<strong>wa</strong> na Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> Adolf Hitler.<br />
Ujamii (race): Hali <strong>ya</strong> binadamu ku<strong>wa</strong> na maumbile <strong>ya</strong> kimsingi <strong>ya</strong>liyo tofauti<br />
na wengine k.v. Waafrika, Wazungu, Wahindi, Waasia n.k.<br />
Ukamilifu (Absolutism): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kukiona kila kitu katika ukamilifu <strong>wa</strong>ke (bila<br />
upungufu). (Wafalme <strong>wa</strong> Ukamilifu – Kings of Absolutism)<br />
Ukiri (confession): Kitendo cha mtu kukiri au kukubaliana na jambo. 2. Toba.<br />
Ukosa-haki (injustice/unrighteousness): hali <strong>ya</strong> kukosa haki.<br />
Ukosa-usa<strong>wa</strong> (inequality): kutoku<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong>.<br />
Uliberali (liberalism) Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> kimageuzi au uendao kinyume na hali <strong>ya</strong><br />
ka<strong>wa</strong>ida iliyozoeleka na kukubalika.<br />
Ulimwengu Mp<strong>ya</strong> (New World): Aina fula<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> ima<strong>ni</strong>/di<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Umaksi (Marxism): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kuta<strong>wa</strong>li<strong>wa</strong> na falsasa za Marx.<br />
Umonastiki (Monasticism): Hali au maisha <strong>ya</strong> kita<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ya</strong>nayohusisha kujitenga<br />
na jamii na kujinyima.<br />
Un<strong>ya</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>paa (stigma): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kumtenga au kumbagua mtu.
128 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
Upinga-sheria (Antinomia<strong>ni</strong>sm): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kukataa kushika na kuenzi sheria. 2.<br />
Hali <strong>ya</strong> kupinga matumizi <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong> (Amri Kumi za Mungu) hata katika ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo<br />
cha maadili.<br />
Upinga-u<strong>ya</strong>hudi (Antisemitism): upinza<strong>ni</strong> dhidi <strong>ya</strong> u<strong>ya</strong>hudi na mambo <strong>ya</strong>ke<br />
yote.<br />
Ushika-sheria (legalism): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kutunza na kuenzi sheria. 2. Hali <strong>ya</strong> kutunza<br />
na kuenzi <strong>Sheria</strong> kama njia <strong>ya</strong> wokovu.<br />
Usomi (scholasticism): falsafa za kidi<strong>ni</strong> za kidi<strong>ni</strong> zilizoendesh<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>somi <strong>wa</strong><br />
kidi<strong>ni</strong> katika Zama za Kati huko Ula<strong>ya</strong>.<br />
Ustali<strong>ni</strong> (Stali<strong>ni</strong>sm): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kufuata ma<strong>wa</strong>zo, mtazamo au falsafa za Stalin.<br />
Utandavu (U<strong>ni</strong>versalism): -enye kusambaa au kukubalika du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> pote.<br />
Utatu (Tri<strong>ni</strong>ty): Hali <strong>ya</strong> Mungu mmoja ku<strong>wa</strong> katika nafsi tatu – Baba, M<strong>wa</strong>na na<br />
Roho Mtakatifu.<br />
Uta<strong>wa</strong> (divine): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kuzingatia mambo mema kama njia <strong>ya</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> karibu na<br />
Mungu. 2. –a Mungu.<br />
Uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Makuha<strong>ni</strong> (Hierocracy): Mfumo <strong>wa</strong> uta<strong>wa</strong>la ambao hu<strong>wa</strong>tazama<br />
makuha<strong>ni</strong> kama viongozi <strong>wa</strong>kuu.<br />
Uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Mungu (Theocracy): Mfumo <strong>wa</strong> uta<strong>wa</strong>la ambao humtazama<br />
Mungu kama kiongozi mkuu.<br />
Uumbaji (creation): Hali au kitendo cha kutengeneza kitu. Mungu hutengeneza<br />
vitu au <strong>wa</strong>tu kutoka katika vitu visivyokuwepo (sifa pekee <strong>ya</strong> Mungu). 2.<br />
Viumbe vyote vinapojumuish<strong>wa</strong> kama kitu kimoja.<br />
Uwepo Mkuu (Highest Being): Nguvu kub<strong>wa</strong> inayosadiki<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> chanzo na<br />
ta<strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong> vitu vyote.<br />
Uyuma<strong>ni</strong>sti (Huma<strong>ni</strong>sm): Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> maisha unaomwona binadamu ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
kii<strong>ni</strong> cha kila jambo.<br />
Uzamo/Upa<strong>ya</strong>tisti (Pietism): Hali <strong>ya</strong> kujitoa kabisa k<strong>wa</strong> Mungu.<br />
Uzoeshi (orientation): hali <strong>ya</strong> kufan<strong>ya</strong> mtu au kitu kizoee hali au mazingira<br />
fula<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Vuguvugu (movement): M<strong>wa</strong>mko au wimbi lenye mvuto mkub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kundi<br />
fula<strong>ni</strong> la <strong>wa</strong>tu lenye kufuata ma<strong>wa</strong>zo au mtazamo fula<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Wabaada- (post-): mwungano <strong>wa</strong> ‘<strong>wa</strong>-’ na ‘baada’, hivyo basi, Wabaadamile<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
(postmille<strong>ni</strong>alists) <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naoami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kutaku<strong>wa</strong> na mile<strong>ni</strong>a baada <strong>ya</strong> ujio<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Yesu mara pili hapa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Wahanga: Waathirika <strong>wa</strong> janga fula<strong>ni</strong>.
Wakabla- (pre-) : mwungano <strong>wa</strong> ‘<strong>wa</strong>-’ na ‘kabla’, hivyo basi, Wakablamile<strong>ni</strong>a<br />
(Pre-millen<strong>ni</strong>alists) <strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naoami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> kutaku<strong>wa</strong> na mile<strong>ni</strong>a kabla <strong>ya</strong> ujio<br />
<strong>wa</strong> Yesu mara <strong>ya</strong> pili hapa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Wanadiplomasia (diplomats): <strong>wa</strong>tu au <strong>wa</strong>taalamu <strong>wa</strong>jishughulishao na mambo<br />
<strong>ya</strong> upata<strong>ni</strong>shi au utafutaji ama<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Wanasilia (fundamentalists):Watu <strong>wa</strong>shikiliao misingi <strong>ya</strong> a<strong>wa</strong>li kabisa<br />
(fundamentalists).<br />
Waranti (guarantee): Hali au hati <strong>ya</strong> kupe<strong>wa</strong> huduma bila malipo.<br />
Waso- (A-): Kifupi cha ‘<strong>wa</strong>sio’, hivyo basi, Wasomile<strong>ni</strong>a (Amillen<strong>ni</strong>alists) <strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naoami<strong>ni</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakutaku<strong>wa</strong>po mile<strong>ni</strong>a hapa du<strong>ni</strong>a<strong>ni</strong> kama kipindi cha<br />
miaka 1000 bali hata sasa tumo katika mile<strong>ni</strong>a.<br />
Zama za Kati: Kipindi cha kihistoria katika Ula<strong>ya</strong> cha miaka <strong>ya</strong> kuanzia 1000<br />
BK hadi 1450 BK.<br />
Zama za M<strong>wa</strong>ko (enlightenment period): Kipindi maalum katika karne <strong>ya</strong> 18<br />
kilichochochea fikra k<strong>wa</strong> kina na kuzaa <strong>wa</strong>andishi na <strong>wa</strong>nasa<strong>ya</strong>nsi <strong>wa</strong>liotetea<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> fikra (reason) <strong>ni</strong> bora kuliko ima<strong>ni</strong> au di<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
Vifupisho v<strong>ya</strong> Maneno<br />
129<br />
kk. (pp.) – kuendelea, kurasa (nyingi)<br />
k. (c.) – Ikiambatana na m<strong>wa</strong>ka (mf. k.1920) huma<strong>ni</strong>sha “kama<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ka...”<br />
uk. (p.) – ukurasa<br />
k.v. – kama vile<br />
KK. (BC.) – Kabla <strong>ya</strong> Kristo<br />
BK. (AD.) – Baada <strong>ya</strong> Kristo<br />
rud. (Ibid.) – rudia rejea hapo <strong>juu</strong><br />
NKJV – New King James Version
130 Schirrmacher, <strong>Insha</strong> <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> <strong>Maadili</strong><br />
(<strong>Upendo</strong> <strong>ni</strong> <strong>Utimilifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>Sheria</strong>)<br />
Footnotes<br />
1. Muhadhara <strong>wa</strong> Twelth Northwest Conference for Christian Reconstruction in<br />
Seattle May 2, 1992. Iliyorudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika “Love is the<br />
Fulfillment of the Law”. Calvi<strong>ni</strong>sm today (k<strong>wa</strong> sasa: Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society) 3<br />
(1993) 2 (Apr): 7-11+32. Toleo fupi lilichap<strong>wa</strong> katika kitabu ‘God Wants You<br />
Learn, Labour and Love’.<br />
2. Eugen Huehn. Die alttestamentlichen Citate und Remi<strong>ni</strong>scenzen im Neuen<br />
Testament J. C. B. Mohr: Tuebingen, 1900. kk. 8-9 ameonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba,<br />
kimakosa Mafarisayo <strong>wa</strong>liifan<strong>ya</strong> sheria hii ku<strong>wa</strong> jambo binafsi na hivyo Yesu<br />
hanukuu Agano la Kale moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja bali anafan<strong>ya</strong> fasili <strong>ya</strong> sentensi hii k<strong>wa</strong><br />
kutumia <strong>wa</strong>andishi.<br />
3. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Georg Giesen Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”: Eine<br />
semasiologische Studie zum Eid im Alten Testament. Bonner Biblische<br />
Beitraege 56. Peter Hanstein: Koe<strong>ni</strong>gstein, 1981. uk. 2, neno ‘kuapa’ (Kiebr.<br />
‘sb’) pekee limetumika mara 215 katika Agano la Kale, na mara 75 liki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
Mungu kama somo lake kuu.<br />
4. Otto Michel. “miseo”. kk. 687-698 katika: Gerhard Kittel (ed.).<br />
Theologisches Woerterbuch zum Neuen Testament. 10 vol. W. Kohlhammer:<br />
Stuttgart, 1990 (iliyorudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> 1933-1979). Vol. IV., uk. 694.<br />
5. Sababu <strong>ya</strong> hili si tu rehema bali pia hukumu ijayo (Mit. 25, 22).<br />
6. Katika lugha nyingi wingi <strong>wa</strong> ‘kaka’ au <strong>wa</strong> ‘dada’ hutumika kujumuisha<br />
pamoja <strong>wa</strong>toto wote <strong>wa</strong> kike na <strong>wa</strong> kiume <strong>wa</strong> mzazi mmoja. K<strong>wa</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong><br />
wingi <strong>wa</strong> zama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ‘dada’, ‘Geschwister’ <strong>ni</strong> jina k<strong>wa</strong> kaka na dada. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
ka<strong>wa</strong>ida wingi <strong>wa</strong> ‘adelphos’ (‘kaka’), ‘adelphoi’ (‘kaka’ au ‘kaka na dada’)<br />
hutumika kuongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kaka na dada k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati mmoja. Hakuna neno jingine<br />
kudokeza kaka na dada k<strong>wa</strong> pamoja. (Wingi <strong>wa</strong> dada ‘adelphai’ <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>-dada<br />
tu.)<br />
7. Hapa Yakobo anam<strong>wa</strong>ndikia Mkristo <strong>wa</strong> Agano Jip<strong>ya</strong>! Kuna yeyote awezaye<br />
kuelezea <strong>ni</strong> jinsi ga<strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba, fundisho la sheria <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale si tena sheria
<strong>ya</strong> maadili <strong>ya</strong> Wakristo, lingeweza kuibuka katika mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> tamko kama hili?<br />
Luther alidumu katika kuuweka kando Waraka <strong>wa</strong> Yakobo ili kuendeleza<br />
mtazamo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> sifa du<strong>ni</strong> za sheria <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kale.<br />
8. Wilhelm Luetgert. Ethik der Liebe. Beitraege zur Foerderung christlicher<br />
Theologie. Reihe 2, vol. 29. C. Bertelsmann: Guetersloh, 1938. uk. 30<br />
9. Rud.<br />
10. Tazama rejea hapo <strong>juu</strong> kuhusu ‘kaka na dada’.<br />
11. Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> hutumia neno ‘Lieblosigkeit’, ‘kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na upendo’ ambalo<br />
linaund<strong>wa</strong> kama ‘Gesetzlosigkeit’, ‘kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na upendo’. K<strong>wa</strong> hiyo natumia<br />
neno ukosa-pendo, k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ‘ukosa-wema’ <strong>ni</strong> dhaifu k<strong>wa</strong> somo langu.<br />
12. Nilitumia Toleo la Mfalme James (King James Version) laki<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong>libadili<br />
‘i<strong>ni</strong>quity’ (uovu)’ ku<strong>wa</strong> ‘kukosa-sheria’, tafsiri bora k<strong>wa</strong> neno la Kigriki<br />
‘anomia’, “ku<strong>wa</strong> huna sheria”. Vifungu vingine v<strong>ya</strong> Biblia vimetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> na<br />
m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi kutoka andiko la Kigriki.<br />
13. Kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Erwin Lutzer. Measuring Morality: A Comparison of Ethical<br />
Systems (Dallas, Tex., Probe Mi<strong>ni</strong>stries Int., 1989) uk. 36<br />
14. Muhadhara kwenye Twelth Northwest Conference for Christian<br />
Reconstruction in Seattle May 2, 1992.. Iliyorudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika<br />
“Tri<strong>ni</strong>ty and Work: A Critique of the View of Daily Work in Other Religions and<br />
in Marxism”. Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society 6 (1996) 2: 14-20. Toleo fupi lilichap<strong>wa</strong><br />
katika kitabu ‘God Wants You Learn, Labour and Love’.<br />
15. Tazama Peter Gerlitz. “Buddhismus” . uk. 100-118 katika Michael Kloecker,<br />
Udo Tworuschka (ed.) Ethik der Religion – Lehre und Leben” vol. 2: Arbeit.<br />
Koesel: Mu<strong>ni</strong>ch & Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht: Goettingen, 1985, uk. 101<br />
16. Tazama rud. kk. 112 – 115
17. Heiner Ruschhaupt. “Bauen und Be<strong>wa</strong>hren”. Der Navigator Nr. 13 (Mai/Ju<strong>ni</strong><br />
1987): 2-3<br />
18 .Herman Cremer. Arbeit und Eigntum in christlicher Sicht. Brunnen Verlag:<br />
Giessen, 1984. uk. 8<br />
19. Friedrich Trzaskalik. “Katholizismus”. kk. 24 – 41 katika: Michael Kloecker,<br />
Udo Tworuschka (ed.) Ethik der Religionen – Lehre und Leben: vol. 2: Arbeit.<br />
op. cit. uk. 33<br />
20. Hermann Cremer. Arbeit und Eigentum in christlicher Sicht. Brunnen<br />
Verlag: Giessen, 1984. uk. 8<br />
21. Alan Richardson. Die biblische Lehre von der Arbeit. Anker-Verlag:<br />
Frankfurt, 1953. uk. 27<br />
22. Gustav Warneck. Die Stellung der evangelischen Mission zur Sklavenfrage.<br />
C. Bertelsmann: Guetersloh, 1889. uk. 67<br />
23. Tazama sura inayohusu maadili <strong>ya</strong> kazi katika kitabu changu Marxismus –<br />
Opium fuer das Volk? Schwengeler Verlag: Berneck, 1990<br />
24. Imenukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka Konrad Loew. Marxismus Qellenlexikon. Koelner<br />
U<strong>ni</strong>versitaetsverlag: Koeln, 1985. uk. 321<br />
25. Tazama Mo<strong>ni</strong>ka Tworuschka. “Islam”. kk. 64-84 in: Michael Kloecker, Udo<br />
Tworuschka (ed.) Ethik der Religionen – Lehre und Leben: vol 2: Arbeit. op. ct.,<br />
kk. 67+69<br />
26. Johannes Wachten. “Judentum”. kk. 9-23 katika : rud., uk. 10<br />
27. Hermann Cremer. Arbeit und Eigentum in christlicher Sicht. op. cit. uk. 9<br />
28. Alan Richrdson. Die biblische Lehre von der Arbeit. op. cit. uk. 16
29. Ursula Schulz (ed.). Die deutsche Arbeiterbewegung 1848 – 1919 in<br />
Augenzeugenberichten. dtv: Mu<strong>ni</strong>ch, 19813.uk. 200<br />
30. Karl Marx. Friedrich Engels. Werke 42 vol. Dietz Verlag: Berlin. 1956ff. vol.<br />
19. uk. 20<br />
31. Rud.<br />
32. Rud., uk. 21<br />
33. Rud.<br />
34. Rud. Vol. 21. uk. 501<br />
35. Ibid.; see the whole page<br />
36. Rud. uk. 32 (“Allgemeines Verbot der Kinderarbeit ist unvertraeglich mit der<br />
Existenz der grossen Industrie und daher leerer frommer Wunsch.<br />
Durchfuehrung desselben – wenn moeglich – <strong>wa</strong>ere reaktionaer, da, bei strenger<br />
Regelung der Arbeitszeit nach den verschiedenen Altersstufen und sonstigen<br />
Versichtsmassregeln zum Schutze der Kinder, fruehzeitige Verbindung<br />
produktiver Arbeit mit Unterricht eines der maechtigen Um<strong>wa</strong>ndlungsmittel der<br />
heutigen Gesellschaft ist”.)<br />
37. Tunataka kuonesha msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Marx, sio kujadili kazi za <strong>wa</strong>toto au haki <strong>ya</strong><br />
serikali kurekebisha.<br />
38. Konrad Loew. Marxismus Qellenlexikon. Koelner U<strong>ni</strong>versitaetsverlag:<br />
Koeln, 1985. kk. 221 – 222<br />
39. Karl Marx. Friedrich Engels. Werke.op. cit. vol. 32. uk. 360<br />
40. D. P. “Zu Tode gearbeitet”. Der Kassenarzt No. 12/1991, uk. 32<br />
41. Rud.
42. Alan Richardson. Die biblische Lehre von der Arbeit. op. cit. uk. 15<br />
43. Tazama maelezo kulingana na muktadha.<br />
44. Gustav Friedrich Oehler. Theologie des Alten Testament J. F. Steinkopf:<br />
Stuttgart, 18913.uk. 437<br />
45. Hapa Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> ‘m<strong>wa</strong>jili’ [‘Arbeitgeber’] humaa<strong>ni</strong>sha ‘mtoaji <strong>wa</strong> kazi’, mtu<br />
apmaye mwingine kazi’. Katika Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> tunaweza kusema Mungu <strong>ni</strong> mkuu<br />
‘Arbeitgeber’, Alye mkuu kabisa a<strong>wa</strong>paye <strong>wa</strong>nadamu kazi.<br />
46. Emil Brunner. Das Gebot und die Ordnungen. Zwingli Verlag: Zuerich,<br />
19394. p. 373<br />
47. Karl Marx. Friedrich Engels. Werke. op. cit. vol. 20. p. 444<br />
48. Rud. vol. 40. uk. 546<br />
49. Katika lugha nyingi wingi <strong>wa</strong> ‘kaka’ au <strong>wa</strong> ‘dada’ hutumika kujumuisha<br />
pamoja <strong>wa</strong>toto wote <strong>wa</strong> kike na <strong>wa</strong> kiume <strong>wa</strong> mzazi mmoja. K<strong>wa</strong> Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong><br />
wingi <strong>wa</strong> zama<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ‘dada’, ‘Geschwister’ <strong>ni</strong> jina k<strong>wa</strong> kaka na dada. K<strong>wa</strong><br />
ka<strong>wa</strong>ida wingi <strong>wa</strong> ‘adelphos’ (‘kaka’), ‘adelphoi’ (‘kaka’ au ‘kaka na dada’)<br />
hutumika kuongea <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> kaka na dada k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati mmoja. Hakuna neno jingine<br />
kudokeza kaka na dada k<strong>wa</strong> pamoja. (Wingi <strong>wa</strong> dada ‘adelphai’ <strong>ni</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>-dada<br />
tu.)<br />
50. Rud. vol. 19. uk. 21 (Katika Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> sentensi hii <strong>ni</strong> ngumu zaidi. In<br />
German the sentence is even more complicated. Kama ilivyo sawia k<strong>wa</strong> Marx.)<br />
51. Hermann Cremer. Arbeit und Eigentum in christlicher Sicht. op. cit. uk. 11<br />
52. Ilichap<strong>wa</strong> tena kutoka katika Chalcedon Report Nr. 367 (Febr 1996): 16-18
53. Ilichap<strong>wa</strong> tena kutoka katika “God’s Law in the Millen<strong>ni</strong>um: Where A-, Pre<br />
and Post-millen<strong>ni</strong>alists Should Agree”. Chalcedon Report No. 328 (Nov 1992):<br />
11-12<br />
54. Ilichap<strong>wa</strong> tena kutoka katika “‘Lex’ (Law) As Another Word for Religion: A<br />
Lesson Learned from the Middle Ages”. Chalcedon Report no. 320 (March<br />
1992): 7-8 = “Lex” (Law) As Another Word for Religion’: A Lesson Learned<br />
from the Middle Ages”. Calvi<strong>ni</strong>sm Today (now: Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society) 2<br />
(1992) 2: 5 + 14<br />
55. Hans Eggers. Deutsche Sprachgeschichte I: Das Althochdeutsche. Rowohlts<br />
deutsche enzyklopaedie 185/186. Rowohlt: Reinbek, 1963. p. 125 and Guenter<br />
Lanczkowski. Einfuehrung in die Religionswissenschaft. Wissenschaftliche<br />
Buchgesellschaft: Darmastadt, 1980. kk. 2-23.<br />
56. Ernst Feil. Religion: Die Geschichte eines neuzeitlichen Grundbegriffs vom<br />
Fruehchristentum bis zur Reformation. Forschungen zur Kirchen- und<br />
Dogmengeschichte 36. Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht: Goettingen, 1986.<br />
57. Tazama Ernst Feil. Religio. Rud. kk. 233+274-275<br />
58. Kipekee tazama Erich Heck. Roger Bacon: Ein mittelalterlicher Versuch<br />
einer historischen und systematischen Religionswissenschaft. Abhandlungen<br />
zur Philosophie, Psychologie und Paedagogik 13. H. Bouvier:Bonn, 1957. kk.<br />
92-95<br />
59. Peter Antes. “Religion einmal anders. Temenos: Studies in comparative<br />
Religion 14 (1978): 184 – 197<br />
60. Rud., kk. 189-192<br />
61. Rud., kk. 192 – 194<br />
62. Rousas J. Rushdoony. Institutes of Biblical Law. Presbyterian and Reformed:<br />
Philipsburgh (NJ), 1973. uk. 4
63. Mfano, Juu <strong>ya</strong> Umaksi: Marxismus - Opium fuer das Volk. Schwengeler:<br />
Berneck, 1990; “Der Kommu<strong>ni</strong>sms als Lehre vom Tausendjaehrigen Reich”,<br />
Factum 11/12/1986: 12-19; <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> Ujamaa <strong>wa</strong> Kitaifa: “National Socialism…”.<br />
Calvi<strong>ni</strong>sm Today (now: Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society) 2(1991) 2 (April): 16-23;<br />
makala ileile katika Symbiotica: The Journal of the Institute for Christian<br />
Economics Europe 1 (1991): 2: 23-29; “Die Religion des Nationalsozialismus”,<br />
Factum 11/12/1989:506-511; “Adolf Hitler und kein Ende”, Factum<br />
11/12/1989: 506 – 511; “Adolf Hitler und kein Ende”, Factum 6/1989: 252-255;<br />
k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla: “Reinkarnation und Karma in der Anthroposophie”, Factum<br />
11/12/1988: 473 – 482<br />
64. Gordon H. Clark. “Legalism”. uk. 385 katika Carl F. Henry (ed.). Baker’s<br />
Dictionary of Christian Ethics. Baker Book House: Grand Rapids (MI), 1973;<br />
kilichorudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> katika Gordon H. Clark. Essays on Ethics and Politics.<br />
Tri<strong>ni</strong>ty Foundation: Jefferson (MD), 1992. uk. 150.<br />
65. Greg. L. Bahnsen. By this Standard: The Authority of God’s Law Today.<br />
Institute for Christian Economics: Tyler (TX), 1985. kk. 67-68<br />
66. Alfred de Quervain. Die Heiligung. Ethick Erster Teil. Evangelischer Verlag:<br />
Zollikon, 19462. uk. 259<br />
67. Emil Brunner. Das Gebot und die Ordnungen. Zwingli Verlag: Zuerich,<br />
19394. uk. 79<br />
68. Hili linaping<strong>wa</strong> na David Chilton. Power in the Blood: a Christian Response<br />
to AIDS. Wolgemuth & H<strong>ya</strong>tt: Brentwood (TN), 1987. kk. 9-96<br />
69. Francis Schaeffer, Charles Koop. How Shall We Then Live? 1981; German:<br />
Francis Schaeffer, Charles Koop. Bitte, lass mich leben!. Haenssler: Neuhausen,<br />
1981<br />
70. Tazama C. Everett Koop. “Unterwegs nach Ausschwitz” (1977). S. 31-51<br />
and Ronald Reagan. “Recht zum Leben” Abtreibung und Gewissen” (1983). S.<br />
17-30 in: Ronald Reagan. Recht zum Leben: Abtreibung und Gewissen.<br />
Haenssler: Neuhausen, 1994
71. Klaus Bockmuehl. Christliche Lebensfuehrung: Eine Ethik der Zehn Gebote.<br />
TVG. Brunnen: Giessen, 1993. uk. 12<br />
72. Eduard Boehl. Dogmatik: Darstellung der christlichen Glaubenslehre auf<br />
reformirt-kirchlicher Grundlage. Scheffer: Amsterdam, 1887. S. 515<br />
(toleo-rudufu 1995).<br />
73. Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika Albert Camus, Der Mensch in der Revolte,<br />
(Reinbek: rororo, 1973), uk. 9<br />
74. Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika Albert Camus, Tagebuecher 1935 – 1951<br />
(diaries), (Reinbek: rororo, 1980), uk. 36<br />
75. Rud. uk. 119<br />
76. Tazama makala <strong>ya</strong>ngu kuhusu Samuel Beckettes “Waiting on Godot”: “Zum<br />
Weltbild des absurden Theaters”, Factum 2/1986:8-10<br />
77. Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika Albert Camus, Der Mythos con Sisyphos: Ein<br />
Versuch ueber das Absurde. (Reinbek: 19591), uk. 101<br />
78. Carl Christian Bry. Verkappte Religionen: Kritik des Kollektiven Wahns.<br />
Ehrenwirth: Muenchen, 1979 (toleo-rudufu 1924)<br />
79. Theodor Zahn. Das Evangelium des Matthaeus (Leipzig, Germany: A.<br />
Deicher, 1922, repr. Wuppertal, Germany: R. Brockhaus, 1984), pp. 243-249.<br />
K<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> hoja bora kuhusu viapo katika Biblia tazama: Walter C. Kaiser.<br />
To<strong>wa</strong>rds Old Testament Ethics (Grand Rapids, Mich.: Zondervan, 1983), p. 65;<br />
John Bun<strong>ya</strong>n Shearer. Sermon on the Mount (Richmond, Va.: 1906), kk. 70-74.<br />
80. Tazama sheria <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> viapo katika Hesabu 30:1-16; Gordon J. Wenham.<br />
Numbers. Tyndale Old Testament Commantaries (Leicester, England: IVP,<br />
1981), kk. 205 – 209.<br />
81. Juergen Kuberski. Darf ein Christ schwoeren? Bibel und Gemeinde 91 no. 2<br />
(1991), uk. 148. Tazama pia: Klaus Bockmuehl. Christliche Lebensfuehrung:
Eine Ethik der Zehn Gebote (Giessen, Germany: TVG. Brunnen, 1993), uk. 87.<br />
Bockmuehl anaandika, “… Anazungumzia ujanja <strong>wa</strong> kilaghai na kanu<strong>ni</strong> dhaifu<br />
katika matumizi maba<strong>ya</strong> <strong>ya</strong> viapo <strong>ya</strong>liyofany<strong>wa</strong> na Wa<strong>ya</strong>hudi ambao (kama vile<br />
<strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong>wekavyo vidole v<strong>ya</strong>o nyuma <strong>ya</strong> migongo <strong>ya</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>toapo ahadi),<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lijitengenezea kila aina <strong>ya</strong> mamlaka”. Bockmuehl anashind<strong>wa</strong> kuonesha<br />
matokeo <strong>ya</strong> kimantiki <strong>ya</strong> mtazamo huu laki<strong>ni</strong> anasisitiza k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yesu anazuia<br />
aia zote za viapo. Iki<strong>wa</strong> tatizo <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> ujanja <strong>wa</strong> kilaghai, k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> viapo vyote hivi<br />
vizuiwe, na <strong>wa</strong>la sio viapo v<strong>ya</strong> uongo tu? Kinyume chake, Bockmuehl anatumia<br />
uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> Yesu <strong>wa</strong> viapo binafsi, akirejea k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ujao, si viapo v<strong>ya</strong> mbele<br />
<strong>ya</strong> umma vihusuvyo mambo <strong>ya</strong>liyopita. Hata hivyo sipati tofauti <strong>ya</strong> kimaandiko<br />
kati <strong>ya</strong> mitazamo hii miwili.<br />
82. Tazama Robert L. Dabney. Systematic Theology (1875, repr. Edinburgh,<br />
Scotland: Banner of Truth, 1985), uk. 365. Tazama pia kk. 364-365.<br />
83. Helmut Thielick. Theologische Ethick, Vol II, Part 2: Ethik des Politischen<br />
(Tuebingen, Germany: J. C. B. Mohr, 1958), kk. 462-464<br />
84. Walter Bauer, Kurt and Barbara Aland. Griechisch-deutsches Woerterbuch<br />
zu den Schriften des Neuen Testaments (Berlin, Germany: de Gruyter, 1968).<br />
Col 1078 anafasili “Ndiyo” katika Ufu. 1:7 na 22:20 kama ahadi <strong>ya</strong> kidi<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
85. Rud., col. 1079.<br />
86. Walter Kuenneth. Politik zwischen Gott und Daemon: Eine christliche Ethik<br />
des Politischen (Berlin: Lutherisches Verlagshaus, 1954), uk. 367.<br />
87. Adolf Schlatter. Die christliche Ethik (Stuttgart, Germany: Verlag der<br />
Vereinsbuchhandlung Calwer, 1914), p. 120, note 1.<br />
88. Arthur Volkmann. “Was ist Schwoeren” Die Wegweisung 29 no 10 (1989),<br />
kk. 407 – 410.<br />
89. Rud., uk. 408<br />
90. Rud.
91. Imenukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka Praxis der Verkuendigung (Ocken: Kassel) 2-1984:10<br />
92. Rud.,<br />
93. Ashley Montagu. The Anatomy of Swearing (New York: Macmillan, and<br />
London: Collier-Macmillan, 1967) uk. 20 Montagu amepata uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong><br />
viapo na nadhiri v<strong>ya</strong> du<strong>ni</strong>a nzima, vikijumuisha ‘tamadu<strong>ni</strong>’ zisizoendelea kabisa,<br />
laki<strong>ni</strong> viki<strong>wa</strong> na tofauti kub<strong>wa</strong> katika maana. Anajadili historia <strong>ya</strong> ufan<strong>ya</strong>ji kiapo<br />
katika Uingereza k<strong>wa</strong> kina sana.<br />
94. August Daechsel. Das Neue Testament mit in den Text eingeschalteter<br />
Auslegung. Die Bibel … Vol. 7 (Lepzig, Germany: Justus Naumann, 1881), uk.<br />
6.<br />
95. Chr. Ernst Luthardt. Kompendium der theologischen Ethik (Leipzig,<br />
Germany: Doerffling & Franke, 1921), uk. 287.<br />
96. Rousas J. Rushdoony. Institutes of Biblical Law (Phillipsburg: Presbyterian<br />
and Reformed, 1973), uk. 287.<br />
97. <strong>Martin</strong> Luther, “Anmerkungen zum fuenften Buch Moses“ <strong>Martin</strong> Luthers<br />
Saemtliche Schriften Vol 3 (ed. Joh Georg Walch.. 1910. repr. Gross Oesingen,<br />
Germany: Verlag der Lutherischen Buchhandlung H. Harms, 1986), col 1429.<br />
98. Rud., col. 1428-1430.<br />
99. “The Articles of Religion”, The Common Book of Prayer (London: Marshall,<br />
Morgan & Scott, LTD 1956).<br />
100. Reformieter Bund, ed. Der Heidelberger Kathechismus (Neukirchen,<br />
German: Buchhandlung des Erziehungbundes, 1934), kk. 56- 57.<br />
101. Westminster Confession of Faith (M. S. Bushnell electro<strong>ni</strong>c version, 1991).
102. Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”: Eine semasiologische Studie<br />
zum Eid im alten Testament. Bonner Beitrage 56 (Koe<strong>ni</strong>gstein, Germany: Peter<br />
Hanstein, 1981), uk. 2.<br />
103. Rud., uk. 113<br />
104. Rud., uk. 377<br />
105. Rud., uk. 224<br />
106. Rud., uk. 368<br />
107. Baadhi <strong>ya</strong> tafsiri ziliondoa “kuinua mkono”.<br />
108. Tazama Theodor Zahn. Das Evangelium des Matthaeus, op. cit., kk.<br />
248-249; 705-706; 244 note 15.<br />
109. Kanu<strong>ni</strong> hii iliathiri<strong>wa</strong> na matumizi <strong>ya</strong> Agano la Kae, na sio k<strong>wa</strong> matendo <strong>ya</strong><br />
kifarisayo. Paul Billerbeck: Die Briefe Des Neuen Testaments und der<br />
Offenbarung Johan<strong>ni</strong>s erlaeutert aus Talmud und Midrasch: Kommentar zum<br />
Neuen Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch 3 (ed. Herman L. Strack, Paul<br />
Billerbeck. Mu<strong>ni</strong>ch: C. H. Beck, 1926), uk. 27<br />
110. Otto Michel anathibitisha “Kamwe isiwe hivyo” (=“Hasha”) ku<strong>wa</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> kiapo katika Der Brief an die Roemer. Vol. 4 Kritisch-Exegetischer<br />
Kommentar ueber das Neue Testament (Goettingen, Germany: Vandenhoeck &<br />
Ruprecht, 1978), uk. 138, note 6. Tazama pia: John Murray. The Epistle to the<br />
Romans. Vol. 1 The New International Commentary on the New Testament<br />
(Grand Rapids, Mich.: Wm. B. Eerdmanns, 1968), uk. 94, note 1; Friedrich Blass<br />
et. al. Grammatik des neutestamentlichen Griechisch (Goettingen, Germany:<br />
Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1979), uk. 311, note 2 (Linga<strong>ni</strong>sha na Paul<br />
Billerbeck. Die Briefs des Neuen Testaments, op. cit., uk. 133.); k<strong>wa</strong> masharti;<br />
C. E. B. Cranfield. A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Epistle to the<br />
Romans 2 Vols. Vol. 1 The International Critical Commentary 11 (1979 repr.<br />
Edinburgh: T & T Clark, 1989), uk. 181.<br />
111. Nadhiri <strong>ya</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu iliondoa uhalali <strong>wa</strong> nadhiri iliyofany<strong>wa</strong> na Sauli katika 1<br />
Sam. 14:24.
112. Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”. Op. cit., uk. 43.<br />
113. Jerzy Woz<strong>ni</strong>ak. “Bedeutung und Belege der Schwurformel haj Jahwe”.<br />
Biblische Zeitschrift 28 (1984), 2:245-249.<br />
114. Adolf Schlatter. Der Evangelist Matthaeus (Stuttgart, Germany: Calwer,<br />
1948), p. 155.<br />
115. Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”. op. cit., p. 21.<br />
116. Rud., Katika Wimbo Ulio Bora 2:7; 3:5 viapo hufany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> xxx“gazelles<br />
or the does of the field”xxx. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> According to Schlatter, rud., huu<br />
<strong>wa</strong>weza k<strong>wa</strong> mbinu za kishairi kuhusu Mungu, k<strong>wa</strong><strong>ni</strong> maneno ha<strong>ya</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> karibu<br />
sana <strong>ya</strong>nataka kufanana na majina <strong>ya</strong> Mungu.<br />
117. Ashley Montagu. The Anatomy of Swearing, op cit. Cited in Rousas J.<br />
Rushdoony. Institutes of Biblical Law, op. cit., pp. 10-18 & 106-107.<br />
118. Arthur Volkmann. “Was ist Schwoeren?”, op. cit., p. 409<br />
119. J. G. S. S. Thompson. “Oaths. “in The New Bible Dictionary, ed. J. D.<br />
Douglas (1962, repr. Grand Rapids, Mich., Wm. B. Eerdmans, 1979). Rousas<br />
John Rushdoony expresses the same sentiments in Law and Society: Institutes of<br />
Biblical Law 2 (Vallecito, Cal.: Ross House Books. 1986), p. 118. For further<br />
advocates of this view, see Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwoeren”. op. cit.<br />
p. 26, note 26. Giesen himself rejects this interpretation, however.<br />
120. Ashley Montagu. The Anatomy of Swearing. op. cit., uk. 35.<br />
121. 121. Rud.<br />
122. Tazama Walter Schick. “Eid II. Rechtlich..”. Col. 371 – 374 in:<br />
Evangelisches Staatslexikon. ed. Hermann Kunst, Siegfreid Grundmann
(Stuttgart, Germany: Kreuz Verlag, 1966). Schick anajadili sheria <strong>ya</strong> sasa <strong>ya</strong><br />
kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> perjury law.<br />
123. Tazama Peter Kawerau. Amerika und die orientalischen Kirchen: Ursprung<br />
und Anfang der amerika<strong>ni</strong>schen Mission unter den Nationalkirchen Westasiens.<br />
Vol. 31 Arbeiten zur Kirchengeschichte. (Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1958) kk.<br />
42 – 45.<br />
124. Au ‘agano’. Tazama Alexander Schweizer. Hinabgefahren zur Hölle als<br />
Mythus ohne biblische Begründung durch Auslegung der Stelle 1. Petr. 3,17-22<br />
nachgewiesen. (Zurch, Switzerland: Friedrich Schultheâ, 1868), uk. 36.<br />
Schweizer anatafsiri neno la Kigriki ‘eperotema’ kama ‘nadhiri’.)<br />
125. Inga<strong>wa</strong> katika kifungu iki nadhiri zao na ukiri <strong>wa</strong>o sio <strong>wa</strong> uami<strong>ni</strong>fu, hivyo <strong>ni</strong><br />
<strong>wa</strong> dhambi. Jürgen Kuberski. “Darf ein Christ schwören?”, op. cit, uk. 147.<br />
126. Jürgen Kuberski. “Darf ein Christ schwören?”, op.cit., uk. 147.<br />
127. Klaus Berger: Die Gesetzesauslegung Jesu. Part 1: Markus und Paralellen.<br />
Wissenschaftliche Monographien zum Alten und Neuen Testament<br />
(Neukirchen, Germany: Neukirchener Verlag, 1972), kk. 332 – 341.<br />
128. Rud., uk. 333.<br />
129. James Henley Thornwell. “Vows, “ The Collected Writings of James<br />
Henley Thornwell, Vol. 2., Theologicl and Ethical (1875/1974. toleo-rudufu<br />
Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth Trust, 1986) uk. 596. Thornwell anaandika <strong>juu</strong><br />
<strong>ya</strong> viapo, “Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Rumi limevizuia, na Waprotestant <strong>wa</strong>mevipuuza.”<br />
Ushughulikiaji <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> somo hili <strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> mafunzo bora kabisa yenye umuhimu <strong>wa</strong><br />
viapo k<strong>wa</strong> matendo <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la sasa.<br />
130. Georg Giesen. Die Wurzel sb’ “schwören, op.cit., uk. 39. k<strong>wa</strong> sababu<br />
“ku<strong>wa</strong> utetezi <strong>wa</strong> nabii unapinga perjury.”<br />
131. Rud.
132. K<strong>wa</strong> hoja ku<strong>wa</strong> “Amina” <strong>ni</strong> kanu<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ya</strong> nadhiri, tazama jed<strong>wa</strong>li hapo <strong>juu</strong><br />
kuhusu kanu<strong>ni</strong> za viapo.<br />
133. Katika vitabu v<strong>ya</strong> Injili, Amina mbili mbili [“Amin, amin…” nyongeza <strong>ya</strong><br />
mtafsiri]ziko 25 na zile za moja moja [“Amin…” nyongeza <strong>ya</strong> mtafsiri] ziko 50.<br />
134. Tazama Rousas J. Rushdoony. “Jesus Christ as the Witness,” Institutes of<br />
Biblical Law. op. cit., kk. 572-575. Juu <strong>ya</strong> viapo, tazama pia kk. 101 – 127.<br />
135. Justin Martyr. ‘Apology 65’. Iliyonukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika Alfons Heilmann (ed.)<br />
Texte der Kirchenväter. 5 Vols., Vol.3 (Mu<strong>ni</strong>ch, Germany: Kösel, 1964), kk. 276<br />
– 278.<br />
136. Tazama Friso Melzer. Unser Sprache im Lichter der Christus-Offenburg.<br />
(Tübingen, German: J. C. Mohr, 1952) kk. 420 – 425.<br />
137. Thomas Schirmacher. “Christlicher Glaube und Menschenrechte”<br />
(Russisch). POISK: Ezemedel’naja Vsesojuznaja Gazeta [Journal of the Russian<br />
Academy of Science]. Nr. 48 (446) 22 – 28. November 1997. uk. 13; ilichap<strong>wa</strong><br />
k<strong>wa</strong> kurudi<strong>wa</strong> “Christlicher Glaube und Menschenrechte” (katika Kirusi).<br />
Utschitjelskaja Gazeta (Russische Lehrerzeitung). No. 2 (9667) 3.2.1998. uk. 22.<br />
Iliandik<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> Konferenz Evangelikaler Publizisten (Mkutano <strong>wa</strong><br />
Waandishi na Wanahabari <strong>wa</strong> Kiinjili).<br />
138. Dietrich Bonhoeffer. Ethic. Chr. Kaiser: München, 1949. S. 118. Tazama<br />
pia Henri van Straelen. Abtreibung. Abtreibung: Die grobe Entscheidung. Josef<br />
Habbel: Regensburg, 1974. op. cit. uk. 70 – 71 kuhusu msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Bonhoeffer<br />
na Karl Barth <strong>juu</strong> <strong>ya</strong> utoaji mimba.<br />
139. Dietrich Bonhoeffer. Ethik. a. a. O. S. 18 – 119. Bonhoeffer anapinga utoaji<br />
mimba, hata kama maisha <strong>ya</strong> mama <strong>ya</strong>ko hatari<strong>ni</strong>. Rud., uk. 119, note 6.<br />
140. Lucio Brunnelli. “Ratzingers Plan für die Enzyklika”. 30 Tage und die Welt<br />
2 (1992) 5 (Mai): 28-31, hapa uk. 31<br />
141. Tazama pia See Ray. R. Sutton. Who Owns the Family: God or the State?<br />
Biblical Blueprints Series 3. Domi<strong>ni</strong>on Press: Ft. Worth (TX); Thomas Nelson:
Nashville (NY), 1987. S. 40-5; Rousas J. Rushdoony. The Institutes of Biblical<br />
of Law. ob. Cit., uk. 185-191.<br />
142. Achim Keller. Die Abortiva der Römischen Kaiserzeit. Quellen und Studien<br />
zur Geschichte der Pharmazie 46. Deutscher Apotheker Verlag: Stuttgart, 1988.<br />
uk. 23.<br />
143. Gustav Friedrich Oehler. Theologies des Alten Testaments J. F. Steinkopf:<br />
Stuttgart, 18913. uk. 372 (sic).<br />
144. Mifano na kumbukumbu katika Carle G. Zimmerman. Family and<br />
Civilization. Harper & Brothers: New York / London, 1947. kk. 359 – 383<br />
145. Rejea <strong>ya</strong> ka<strong>wa</strong>ida kuhusu kifungu hiki hususa<strong>ni</strong> <strong>ni</strong> Kenneth L. Gentry. The<br />
Christian Case Against Abortion (Buch). a. a. O. S. 24 – 43.<br />
146. Tazama pia majadiliano bora kabisa katika Ankerberg, John Weldon. When<br />
Does Life Begin? Wolgemuth & H<strong>ya</strong>tt: Brentwood (TN), 1989, vilevile katika<br />
kazi ifaayo <strong>ya</strong> Mrs. J. C. Willke. Handbook on Abortion. Hayes: Cincinnati<br />
(OH), 19793<br />
147. Werner Neuer. “Wann beginnt das menschliche Leben?”. Factum 9/1982:<br />
27-29<br />
148. Kuhusu matumizi <strong>ya</strong> Zaburi 51 kama hoja dhidi <strong>ya</strong> Utoaji mimba katika<br />
“Report of the Committee to Study the Matter of Abortion”. S. 83 – 122 in: John<br />
M. Frame. Medical Ethics: Principles, Persons and Problems. Presbyterian &<br />
Reformed: Phillipsburg (NJ). 1988. kk. 94-95+106-107.<br />
149. Gordon Wenham. “Law and the Legal System in the Old Testament”. P.<br />
3-23 in: Bruce Kaye, Gordon Wenham (Ed.) Law, Morality and the Bible.<br />
Inter-Varsity Press: Leicester (GB), 1978, uk. 3-34 (na rejea za machapisho).<br />
150. ‘Lex talio<strong>ni</strong>s’ <strong>wa</strong>s normally not carried out literally, but settled by fines.<br />
151. Uhakiki-usuli (Exegesis) na matumzi <strong>ya</strong> tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> tafsiri <strong>ya</strong> pili <strong>ya</strong> maadili:<br />
Carl F. Keil. Genesis und Exodus. Brunne Verlag: Gieâen, 19834 (Toleo-rudufu
187 33175 . uk. 525-526; Umberto Cassuto. A Commentary on the Book of Exodus.<br />
Magnes: Jerusalem, 1974, uk. 275; Normal Geisler. Christian Ethics: Options<br />
and Issues. Baker Book House: Grand Rapids (MI), 1989. S. 145; Gleason L.<br />
Archer. Encyclopedia of Bible Difficulties. Zondervan: Grand Rapids (MI),<br />
1982. uk. 247-249 : 2Mose 21, 22-25; Walter Kaiser. To<strong>wa</strong>rds Old Testament<br />
Ethics. Zondervan: Grand Rapids (MI), 1978. uk. 168-172+102-104; Gary<br />
North. Tools of Domi<strong>ni</strong>on. Op.cit. (Index); James B. Jordan. The Law of the<br />
Covenant: An Exposition of Exodus 21-23. Institute for Christian Economics<br />
Tyler (TX), 1984. uk. 113-115; Kenneth L. Gentry. The Christian Case Against<br />
Law”. Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty Today 17 (1972 – 73): kk. 602-605.<br />
152. Rud. S. 604<br />
153. Mtazamo <strong>wa</strong> Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la Kipresbaiteria la Mareka<strong>ni</strong>, umenukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika:<br />
Joe Morecraft. ‘With Liberty and Justice for All’: Christian Politics Made<br />
Simple. On<strong>wa</strong>rd Press: Sevierville (TN), 1991. uk. 182-184. Ka<strong>ni</strong>sa la<br />
Kipresbaiteria la Kiothodoksi lilikuja na uhakiki-usuli na hitimisho 1971:<br />
“Report of the Committee to Study the Matter of Abortion”. op. cit., uk.<br />
95-102+107-108 (Uhakiki-usuli ulio bora kabisa na hitimisho la Kut. 22:21-25<br />
<strong>ni</strong>naoufahamu) Tazama pia. Report on Abortion To The New York &<br />
Philadelphia Synod November 1977. Reformed Episcopal Church: Philadelphia<br />
(PA), 1977.<br />
154. Ilirudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> tena kutoka katika “Bribery and Corruption”.<br />
Christia<strong>ni</strong>ty and Society 8 (1998) 1:5<br />
155. Reiner Gödtel, Sexualität und Ge<strong>wa</strong>lt, (Hamburg: Hoffmann and Campe,<br />
1992, uk. 67. K<strong>wa</strong> kujibu <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi huyu, mauzo <strong>ya</strong> ponografia katika<br />
ta<strong>wa</strong>la za kale za Shirikisho la Jamhuri <strong>ya</strong> Ujeruma<strong>ni</strong> ilifkia <strong>wa</strong>sta<strong>ni</strong> <strong>wa</strong> dola<br />
bilio<strong>ni</strong> 1.5. ($ 1.5 bilio<strong>ni</strong>). Mbali na hilo, <strong>wa</strong>tu 20,000 <strong>wa</strong>lijichumia vitu v<strong>ya</strong><br />
kuendesha maisha <strong>ya</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> kutengeneza na kuza mambo <strong>ya</strong>husuyo ponografia.<br />
156. Frank Kaleb Janseb, Ed., Target Earth, (Pasadena: U<strong>ni</strong>versity of the<br />
Nations, Ha<strong>wa</strong>ii and Global Mapping International, 1989), uk. 68.<br />
157. Rousas J. Rushdoony, “Images, Ikons, and Pinups”, Journal of Christian<br />
Reconstruction, Vol. 1, (Summer 1974), Symposium on Creation, kk. 141-144.<br />
Rushdoony anaona ponografia kama wito k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> ubakaji. Anadhihirsha<br />
3<br />
175
<strong>wa</strong>zi ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tetezi <strong>wa</strong> mfumo-jike pia <strong>wa</strong>mefan<strong>ya</strong> kosa hili. K<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong><strong>ni</strong> anatetea<br />
Ruben’s nudes katika ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 142 <strong>ni</strong> jambo siri (lililofich<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ngu).<br />
Reiner Grödtel, op. cit, kk. 64-67, k<strong>wa</strong> mfano, anadhihirisha ku<strong>wa</strong><br />
m<strong>wa</strong>navuguvugu <strong>wa</strong> mfumo-jike - Alice Schwrzer pia anaami<strong>ni</strong> ponografia<br />
ku<strong>wa</strong> utangulizi <strong>wa</strong> ubakaji. Tazama pia Alice Sch<strong>wa</strong>rzer, PorNo: Opfer und<br />
Täter…, (Cologne: Kiepenhauer and Witsch, 1994).<br />
158. Tazama: J. N. D. Anderson, Morality, Law and Grace, (London: Tyndale<br />
Press, 1972), pp. 43 – 46.; and Rousas J. Rushdoony, op. cit., k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> hoja za<br />
Kikiristo dhidi <strong>ya</strong> ponografia. Edythe Draper, (Ed.,), The Almanac of the<br />
Christian World, (Wheaton, III.: Tyndale House, 1990), kk. 793-799 hujmisha<br />
utetezi bora kabisa <strong>wa</strong> upingaji <strong>wa</strong> pongrafia uliotole<strong>wa</strong> na National Coalition<br />
Against Pornography, vilevile mihadhara <strong>ya</strong> taasisi za Mareka<strong>ni</strong>.<br />
159. John H. Court, Pornography: A Christian Critique, (Downers Grove, III.:<br />
Intervarsity Press and Exeter, G. B.: Paternoster Press, 1980).<br />
160. Tazama pia; Papstlicher Rat für die sozialen Kommu<strong>ni</strong>kationsmittel,<br />
Pornography und Ge<strong>wa</strong>lt in den Kommu<strong>ni</strong>kationsmedien, Arbeitshilfen 71,<br />
(Bonn: Sekretariat der Deutschen Bischofskonferenz, 1989). Juzuu hii inatoa<br />
hoja zake k<strong>wa</strong> misingi <strong>ya</strong> sheria <strong>ya</strong> asili.. Katika ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 12, kipengele (note<br />
5), <strong>wa</strong>andishi <strong>wa</strong>naorodhesha mambo mazuri <strong>ya</strong> taasisi za kiserikali za Italia na<br />
Mareka<strong>ni</strong> ambayo <strong>ya</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>silisha uthibitisho <strong>wa</strong> athari onevuza ponografia<br />
katika vuymbo v<strong>ya</strong> habari.<br />
161. Imetafsiri<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika Kijeruma<strong>ni</strong> cha Klaus Berger, Die<br />
Gesetzesauslegung Jesu, Part 1: Markus and Paralellen, Wissenschaftliche<br />
Monographic zum Alten und Neuen Testament 40, (Neukirchen, Germany:<br />
Neukirchener Verlag, 1972), uk. 345.<br />
162. Rud., kk. 343 – 345<br />
163. Karl M. Kirch. Krankheiten von Herz und Kreislauf, (Cologne –<br />
Braunsfeld: Rudolf Müller, 1977), uk. 83.<br />
164. Ilirudi<strong>wa</strong> kuchap<strong>wa</strong> kutoka katika “The Biblical Prohibition to Eat Blood”.<br />
. Chalcedon Report No. 355 (Febr 1995): 34 – 35.
165. Katika Law. 3:14-17; 7:23 – 25 kinachozuili<strong>wa</strong> <strong>ni</strong> kula damu tu, na pia kula<br />
mafuta. Laki<strong>ni</strong> sehemu hizo za mafuta yote <strong>ya</strong> mn<strong>ya</strong>ma zilizomaa<strong>ni</strong>sh<strong>wa</strong>,<br />
ziliku<strong>wa</strong> kitumi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili <strong>ya</strong> dhabihu.<strong>Sheria</strong> iliu<strong>wa</strong> halali tu <strong>wa</strong>kati Waisraeli<br />
<strong>wa</strong>lipoku<strong>wa</strong> katika kutoa na kuchinja <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma wote katika hekalu. Mara tu<br />
lilipobomole<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>ngeweza kuchinja <strong>wa</strong>n<strong>ya</strong>ma na kula mafuta (Kumb.<br />
12:15-16).<br />
166. K<strong>wa</strong>mba M<strong>wa</strong>. 9:4 hujumuisha uzuiaji <strong>wa</strong> jambo hili inatete<strong>wa</strong> na Carl F.<br />
Keil. Genesis und Exodus. Brunnen Verlag: Giessen, 19834 (reprint of 18783).<br />
uk. 124 (tazama toleo la Kiingereza la ‘Keil/Delitzsch’)<br />
167. Karl Böckenholff. Das apostolische Speisegesetz in den ersten fünf<br />
Jahrhunderten. Ferdinand Schö<strong>ni</strong>ngh: Paderborn, 1903<br />
168. Karl Böckenholff. Speisesatzungen mosaischer Art in mittelalterlichen<br />
Kirchenrechtsquellen des Morgen- und Abendlandes. Aschendhorffsche<br />
Buchhandlung: Münster, 1907.<br />
169. P. J. Verdam. Mosaic Law in Practice and Study Throughout the Ages. J. H.<br />
Kok: Kampen, 1959. uk. 19 anakkubaliana na hili.<br />
170. Tazama k<strong>wa</strong> kina Karl Böckenhoff. Speisesatzungen. 1907. kk. 37-40<br />
171. Rud. uk. 62+65+66+70<br />
172. Rud. uk. 118 – 120<br />
173. Rud. uk. 120 – 122<br />
174. Tazama P. J. Verdam. Mosaic Law in Practice and Study throughout the<br />
Ages. Rud. uk. 19